


ye 5 
Ase ti: 
Fg eb) 








Samy 


4 Feb Baa bapay V6 ' 
RE laes 1 eta Figen) wl 42 1p 
Le FF i al 
+ 


ok! 


ix 


oe 

Neck: 
ie 
if 

















Tee Pee 
Cai Sue ket ae ae. 
palo pe nity 3 
privet 
int 
































fie i 


: ray ag 





Hiss Aes, Has, 
Biers 
Bi res nigra 








W\\ \ 
+\, 
\\ YAN 
i \ . \ 
HI NX BA 
; , ‘ 
\ 
H) AAS 


GURU IPTRKEKP AWARMWAR AISA HAAN 


\ \ 
‘ S \\ 
= 
i ? 
rin <> 
1 1S . — 
b ~ 
i if Ry Ris. = 
! ! x LD 














Digitized by the Internet Archive 
in 2007 with funding from 
Microsoft Corporation 


https://archive.org/details/firstgreekbookOOglearich 


‘ 
a) 
eee 





eres 


jul 


H 
pee 


NSS 


‘ s 





= mRUNNZ,); 


THE 


FIRST GREEK BOOK: 


BY 


CLARENCE W. GLEASON, A.M. 


MASTER IN THE Roxspury LATIN SCHOOL 


AND 


CAROLINE STONE ATHERTON, A.M. 


LATE OF THE Roxpury LATIN SCHOOL 


WITH AN INTRODUCTION. 


By WILLIAM C. COLLAR, A.M. 


MHAEN ATAN 







ABRARYP 
O oF THE 


UNIVERSITY 
OF 





me CALIFORMIE 


NEW YORK -:. CINCINNATI -:. CHICAGO 
AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY 


Copyriecut, 1895, By 
AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY. 





FIRST GREEK BOOK 


Re es 
Csot 


AUTHORS’ PREFACE 


THE First GREEK BOOK is an attempt to make, within 
proper limits, a book which shall appeal to both teacher 
and pupil, from its logical sequence of subjects, from its 
directness of statement, and its conciseness and freedom 
from unnecessary details which hamper and confuse the 
learner. 

We have intentionally departed from the beaten path 


in several important particulars. The second aorist, a 
tense constantly used, is introduced early in the book. 


Contract nouns and adjectives, always a stumbling-block, 
are postponed to a more natural position than is usually 
given them. The dual has been removed to its proper 
place, the appendix. For the purpose of increased 
interest and freshness, as well as to introduce the learner 
early to practice in the translation of a continuous text, 
dialogues, fables, and reading exercises are given as early 
as possible and continued through the book. It has 
seemed to us more sensible to begin the study of forms 
with the verb, followed by the O-declension of nouns, as 
pupils find it easier to learn adjectives in the order of 
their declension, than to learn first the feminine, and later 
the masculine and neuter. 


iv THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


The English-Greek exercises have been made subordi- 
nate to the sentences to be translated into English, as that 
will be the pupil’s main work in the study of Greek. It 
is assumed that the student is familiar with the commoner 
principles of Latin syntax ; accordingly the more common 
points of grammar, where the Greek usage is identical 
with the Latin, are omitted or merely referred to in 
passing. An effort has been made to give continuity to 
the exercises for translation, and at the same time to fix 
meanings and constructions by frequent repetition and 
occasional review lessons. 

Paragraphs and lessons marked with an asterisk may be 
omitted if the teacher wishes, or may be used for reference 
only ; but with an average class the book may well occupy 
two terms, or at most two thirds of the school year. 

We desire to express our deep sense of obligation to 
Mr. William C. Collar for careful reading of the entire 
book in manuscript and proof, and for many most help- 
ful suggestions. We are greatly indebted also to Mr. 
D. O. 8. Lowell, of the Roxbury Latin School, and to 
the editors of the American Book Company, for kindly 
assistance in reading and revising the book in proof. 


C.W. G. 


C. S. A. 
Roxsury, May Ist, 1895. 


' Lesson 


i, 


Il. 


XII. 


XIII. 


. REDUPLICATION 


CONTENTS 


a 

PAGE 

GRAMMATICAL INTRODUCTION .- 3-5 . 6 oe ee te we ME 
Verses, Intropuctory ; Present, Dds and Future In- 

dicetive Actives 2.2)... joie de Sart on eae ee 
Nouns, Inrropuctory ; THE O-DecLension — Agreement of 

TOTNES EES al Bik pe Nae ies a A EOD EL 

. A-Deciension Nouns— Adjectives in os, n, ov. . . . . 12-18 
. A-Dectension Nouns Mascutine — Accusative of Extent. 

Mpa aa 36 (0 as ae Sos oe a ees A ie ee 


. Prociitics anp Enciitics — Present and Imperfect of eipt 16-19 





Aorist, Perfect, and Pluperfect Indicative 
CUE VO Se cS. Pa a Sa ee Pee eRe se ee 

. Review or Nouns anp VERBS — Accusative of Specifica- 
tion::; Fable (Aesop): eA oe ke ae sl ee ee Bee 
. Persona, Enpincs — Indicative Middle. Dialogue. . . 24-27 
. PerFect MIDDLE AnD PassivE— Agent. . . . . . .« 27-29 


PALATAL AND LABIAL STEMS OF THE CONSONANT DECLEN- 
sion — Genitive with Nouns. Dialogue (Aesop). . . 30-33 


. LincuaLts OF THE Consonant DeEcLEeNnsion — Genitive of 


RED GAHON e i ae Oe ee e e Saas 


First Aorist AND Future Passtve— Present and Past 
Particular Conditions. Dialogue (Lucian) . . . . 386-40 


SuspsunctivE Moop —Vivid Future Conditions. Reading 
EsROrGine: CARADARIS) i562 ae os Gb ae a eee ae SS 
Vv 


vi 


LEsson 


XIV. 
Ys 
XVI. 


XVII. 
XVIII. 


XIX. 
XX. 
XXI. 
XXII. 
XXIII. 


XXIV. 
XXV. 
XXVI. 


*XXVII. 


XXVIII. 


XXIX. 
XXX. 


THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


OptTaTIVE Moop—Vague Future Conditions. Final 


Clauses . 


Liquip AND SyNcopaTeD NouNS OF THE CONSONANT 
DecLension. Dialogue. 


ConsonANT DECLENSION: Stems in s— Genitive with 
Verbs. Dialogue (Aristophanes) 


OpTaTIVE MIDDLE AND Passive — Object Clauses . 


Sreconp Aorist ACTIVE AND MIDDLE — Conditions Con- 
trary to Fact. Fable (Aesop). 


ADJECTIVES OF THE CONSONANT AND A-DECLENSIONS — 
Irregular Adjectives 


CoMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES — Genitive of Comparison 
Review Exercise. 


ApvERBs — Dative of Resemblance. Dative with Com- 


pounds . 


IMPERATIVE Moop— Commands and Prohibitions. 
Dialogue ‘ 


CONSONANT eee Nouns in I, x, EY — Two 
Accusatives 


INFINITIVES — Uses not in Indirect Discourse . 
ParRTICIPLES — Genitive Absolute . 


Contract VERBS IN €@— Adrés. 


Reading Exercise 
(Hellenica) ES an ee ae i, tak 
Contract Nouns anp ADJECTIVES — Time 


Nouns or THE Consonant DECLENSION — 
Reading Exercise 


DIGAMMA 
Dative of Cause and Means. 
(Euripides and Lysias) 


InpirEcT Discourse — The Verb yp . * 


InpireEcT Discourse, continued 


PAGE 


44-46 


47-49 


50-53 
55-56 


56-59 


60-62 


63-66 


67-70 


70-73 


73-75 
76-79 
80-83 


84-87 


88-90 


91-94 
95-97 


. 98-100 


LESSON 


XXXI. 


*X XXII. 
*X XXIII. 


XXXIV. 


XXXYV. 
XXXVI. 


*XX XVII. 
XXXVIITI. 
XXXIX. 


*XL. 
KA: 


XL. 


*XLIII. 


*XLIV. 
XLV. 
XLVI. 


XLVII. 


XLVIII. 


CONTENTS 


Contract VERBS IN 46@— Potential Optative. Read- 
ing Exercise (Cyropaedia) 


REVIEW OF THE ACTIVE VERB 


REVIEW OF THE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE VERB. Per- 


fect Passive of Consonant Stems . 


REVIEW OF THE CONSONANT DECLENSION — Rules for 
Gender. Dialogue 


Liqguip VERBs— Wishes . 


Seconp Passive System — General Conditions. 


Reading Exercise (Aesop) 
IRREGULAR Nouns. Reading Exercise (Pau- 
sanias) . Mee hae Dae ne Oe ee oe 


THE INTERROGATIVE tis, INDEFINITE Tis, AND Oo7Tts 


— Questions. Fable (Aesop) . 
Review oF Conpitions. Reading Exercise 
(Anabasis) oe ater se 
ForMATION OF Worps 
MI Verss: torype AnD cee Reading Ex- 
ercise (Anabasis) . wae ae 
MI Verses: riOnpr — Relative and Temporal 
Clauses Sipceas ie oo ei 


REVIEW OF torype AND TiOnpe. 


Reading Exercise 
(Lysias) Sis arse cc Rn GO te 


VERBALS. PERSONAL PRONOUNS . 
MI Verss: 8i8opr. Constructions with tas . 


MI Verss: Selxvupt anv &uv— Constructions with 


arte. Reading Exercise (Cyropaedia) 

Seconp Aorists oF THE MI Form—raptv. Read- 
ing Exercise (Cyropaedia) 

MI Verss: efyt— Review of eipl and @npl. Accu- 


sative Absolute. Reading Exercise (Doric Song) 


Vil 


PAGE 


. 101-105 
. 105-107 


. 107-110 


. 110-112 
. 118-115 


. 115-118 
. 119-121 
. 122-125 


. 126-129 
. 129-1383 


. 134-137 
. 137-139 


. 140-142 
. 143-145 
. 145-147 


. 148-151 


. 151-154 


155-158 


viii THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


LESSON PAGE 


XLIX. MI Verss: of8a— Participial Indirect Discourse . . 158-161 
L. MI Vergs: typr— Double Negatives. Reading Exer- 


cise (Lucillius) . . 161-164 

' Reapine Lesson: The Battle of Cunaxa (Anabasis) . . . 165-169 
Reapinc Lesson: The Peace of Antalcidas (Hellenica) . . 169-172 
Reapinc Lesson: Gobryas before Cyrus (Cyropaedia) . . 172-176 
Reaping Lesson: The Choice of Heracles (Memorabilia). . 176-182 
AppenpDIx: Tables of Declension and Conjugation . . . . . 183-250 
MEECTAT, VOCABULARINS. <i)... Sie FEA eis Roe oS BSI aa 
GREEK-ENGLISH,. VOCABULARY. 0°. 2° 6-5 2% sO ee 20-268 
PeGLme-GREEK VOCABULARY: 2° (5 -6a. 3 a Os eee 16 
GRA MMATIOAT TINDER? ho on, OS aS ee eA oe ee 


BD ap 11) ) Oe pe ee ee a ee a RPG Moraes sie vraee wl Se Tet 





INTRODUCTION 


—— 


Is Greek likely to hold its place in secondary education, 
or will an increasing number turn rather. to modern lan- 
guages and to science studies ? 

The answer depends partly upon the future attitude of 
the colleges. Will they continue to require Greek for 
admission, or, if they do not require it, will they directly 
or indirectly encourage it? It is no longer required, as is 
well known, for entrance to Harvard; but Harvard may 
be said still to encourage the study of Greek in the schools 
by making entrance more difficult for those who do not 
offer Greek. Most Eastern colleges maintain the Greek 
requirement, and it seems probable, for several reasons, 
that if Greek is by degrees dropped from admission re- 
quirements, it will continue to be fostered and favored by 
the colleges, at least unofficially and indirectly. That 
students well prepared in Greek will be particularly wel- 
comed, there can be no doubt. For the Greek department 
to decline permanently in importance and dignity would 
be regretted even by the men of science in almost any 
college. 

But perhaps the influence of schoolmasters will count 
for more in the schools than college prescriptions.. In 
fact, it seems probable that college prescriptions will in 
the future be shaped and determined as much by the heads 


ix 


x THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


of secondary schools as by the colleges themselves. Since 
President Eliot, twenty years ago, took the unheard-of 
step of calling upon the principals of a number of impor- 
tant schools, feeders of Harvard, to consult with himself 
and others of the Faculty on requirements for admission 
to Harvard, other college presidents have done the same, 
and associations have been formed for the express purpose 
of stated, formal consultation. | 

The head of a school can, if he chooses, exert a potent 
and often decisive influence on the choice of studies in his 
classes; he is the best qualified person to advise, he is 
most frequently consulted. The principals of most high 
schools and academies and of private schools that rank 
with them are classically trained men; a large proportion 
of them teach Greek, enjoy Greek, and would sooner lose 
any other branch of their school, unless it be Latin. 
Greek is a kind of mystery; it has a kind of social dig- 
nity; it is in the common view distinctly the study of a 

¥-scholar. Heads of schools may be counted on as cham- 
pions of Greek. 

But they see a certain tendency and drift away from 
Greek. ‘They are embarrassed when they are called upon 
to account for the beggarly fruits of three or four years’ 
study of Greek in the schools. They say that time enough 
is not allowed. But instead of more they must be content 
with less. In a word, better results must be shown than 
ever before, — and that with reduced time, — or the Philis- 
tines will be upon us. 

The problem to be solved is difficult, but not hopeless. 
The aim in Greek is changing, and it must change still 
more. Greek-composition must go. Will some one “rise 
and explain” why students who have had a good course 


INTRODUCTION xi 


‘in Latin composition need. to add Greek composition ? 
Does not the writing of Latin afford sufficient scope for 
that particular kind of discipline? What can Greek 
add? How can it yield a training different, or more 
varied, or more strenuous? In linguistic training no 
gymnastic has yet been discovered superior to Latin 
-composition, none that calls in an equal degree for a com- 
bination of alert and vigilant observation, concentrated | 
attention, ingenuity, memory, imitation, and induction. 
But in Greek we cannot afford to attempt more for our 
pupils than to open to them Greek literature —and that 
is coming to be recognized as the distinctive and proper 
aim of Greek study in the schools. And we must find 
the shortest way. I repeat, Greek composition must go. 
In what other ways can time be saved? Partly by re- 
moving unnecessary obstacles, partly by laying firm hold 
| of essentials and essentials only. Our business is not to 
train future professors of Greek. We must train our 
boys and girls to read —to read Xenophon and Thucyd- 
ides and Herodotus and Homer. ‘To this end reading 
must be begun at the earliest moment, even when only a 
| few paradigms have been learned. The simplest material 
must be used, and the teacher must lead the way, trans- 
lating and explaining first when needful. 

To this end also Greek syntax as an object per se, or 
even as an intellectual whetstone, must go. It must be 
made from the beginning auxiliary to an understanding 
of Greek texts. What is exceptional or rare has no place 
in an introductory manual. What is like English calls 
for nothing more than mention. Even on important con- 
structions practice need not be carried farther than to 
give the learner a clear comprehension. For example, he 


Xil THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


must know how to translate the different forms of condi- 
tional sentences. But to keep him hammering at exercises 
till he can turn a variety of English conditions into Greek 
without error, involves in the end a great waste of time. 
Unfailing accuracy in the application of knowledge comes 
with time and reading. 

The authors of “The First Greek Book” seem to me 
to have appreciated the position that Greek occupies, as 
briefly outlined above, and they seem to have forecast 
intelligently its probable future. They see that in the 
interests of Greek study it is mischievous to make ex- 
orbitant demands; that hitherto the mistake has been 
made in elementary Greek books of not recognizing the 
changed and changing aims of Greek study in secondary 
schools; that accordingly the beginner has been be- 
wildered, delayed, and disheartened by the needless 
multiplicity and mass of details with which he is con- 
fronted in his first study from a false idea of thorough- 
ness. I admire accordingly the wise restraint shown 
in every part of this little book. After a careful read- 
ing of it in manuscript I do not know what it contains 
that could be spared, nor what I should wish to see in 
such a manual that is not embraced within its scope. 
The plan of limiting the exercises for translation into 
Greek to about half the number of sentences given to 
- be translated into English seems to me most sensible. 
Brevity, which was evidently a constant aim in the 
selection, statement, and illustration of principles and 
facts, proves not unfrequently almost irreconcilable with 
clearness and simplicity; but here they will be found 
successfully and happily united. 

Does the book illustrate with sufficient copiousness the 


INTRODUCTION xiii 





inflections of the language? I think this will not be 
doubted when one takes account of the dialogues and 
selections for reading, which constitute an important 
feature of the book. ‘These colloquia and reading lessons 
should be noticed for another reason. While serving 
excellently as an introduction to a continuous text, like 
Mr. Gleason’s “ Gate to the Anabasis,” they help to awaken 
and sustain interest, and to show the learner that he can 
make use at once of his knowledge of forms and syntax. 
‘To translate detached sentences is one thing in the eyes 
of a boy or girl; to read a fable or anecdote is quite 
another. | 

To sum up briefly, the authors, with the excellent 
equipment of sound knowledge and much experience in 
teaching the elements of Greek, have produced a book 
free from the faults of excess and meagerness, designed 
with the right aim, built on just principles, and wrought 
out in its details with praiseworthy tact and skill. 
Wm. C. COLLAR. 


Roxspury LATIN SCHOOL, 
May Ist, 1895. 




















Sah ays 


THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


———— 


INTRODUCTORY | 


1. THe ALPHABET. — The Greek alphabet has twenty- 


four letters. 


Form. ts 
Aa a 
BB. 6 

Ty g hard 
Aa a 
hee 
Zt 2z 

ii ara 

06 th 

2 ia 3 

K «~~ korchard 
ye eae 
Mp om \ 
x 


NAME. 
Alpha 
Beta 


Gamma — 


Delta 
Epsilon 
Zeta — 
Eta 


Theta ,. 


Tota 
Kappa 


Lambda . 


Mu' 


ENGLISH 





Some. EQUIVALENT. Naum. 
Nv n Nu 
Be x Xi 

Oo ”) Omicron 
II w p Pi 

P p r Rho 
aos 8 Sigma 
Se 3 t Fat 
¥ 2 (wu) y Upsilon 
& ph Phi 

X xX kh Chi. 
Ub ps Psi - 

Q o 0 Omega 


a. The form ¢ is used at the end of a word, elsewhere o. 


2. VowELs. — The vowels are a, €,4,t,0,@,andv. Of 
these € and o are always short; 7 and @ are always long ; 
a, t, and v are sometimes short and sometimes long. 


FIRST GR. BK. —2 


1 


2 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


3. DipHTHones.— The diphthongs are at, av, et, ev, 
OL, OV, HV, vl, a, y, and wm. The last three, formed by the 
union of t with a long vowel, are called improper diph- 
thongs. (The tota here is called cota subscript, and with 
capitals is written in the line, as TOI AHMQI, 7d Sypa, 
*Huo Geto, o8eT0). 


4. PRONUNCIATION. — Of the vowels, 


is pronounced like a in father, 

eae 66 66 godfather, 

6c get, 

hate, 

‘* machine, 

66 pzn, 

i * note, 

ae ae “ o “ yrénovate. 

3 a * French w or German i. 


5. Of the diphthongs, 


at is pronounced like az in aisle, 


66 -- 66 66 


66 66 66 


eco ¢€ eC ei 3 M Qc Q; 
oS &% 8 2 8 g 


av * 66 “6 oy * loud, 
” ss set hhes@ht,} 
ev ‘“* os 6 *- feud. 
2g ne Son #*  -borl, 
ov * 66 “ oy § youth, 
vi * 66 ee 7 quit. 
Q, T, @ are “ _ simple d, n, o. 


Some teachers prefer to give each vowel of the diph- 
thong its proper sound, but without break between them. 
Thus et would have the sound of ez in eight, and ev would 
be pronounced éh-oo. 









=| INTRODUCTORY 3 
ka 6. ConsonANTS.— The simple consonants may be di- 
yided into 
a labials, ww, B, 9, p, 
palatals, K, Ys X; 

linguals, tT, 5, 8, o, X, v, p. 


Of these X, p, v, p, and o, with y nasal (8), are called 
semivowels, the others mutes. X, p, v, p are called liquids, 
o a sibilant. 


7. The double consonants are & (ks), p (ts), (8 with 
a soft s sound). 


8. PRONUNCIATION OF CONSONANTS. — In general the 
consonants are pronounced like their equivalents in Eng- 
lish. y, however, is always hard, like g in get, and before 
another palatal (kK, y, x) is nasal, like m in anger; x is 
like the German ch, and ¢ is pronounced like ds or dz. 


9. CLASSIFICATION. — The mutes may be arranged 
according to pronunciation in three orders, 


smooth, ™, «, T, 
middle, B, y, 6 
rough, , X, 9 
Mutes in the same order are called codrdinate. 


a. Observe that the first column above contains only 
labial mutes, the second only palatals, the third only lin- 
guals. ‘This is called arrangement by classes, and mutes 
of the same class are known as cognates. 


10. BREATHINGS. — Every vowel or diphthong which 
begins a word has either the rough breathing or the smooth 





1 By some teachers { is pronounced like English z. 


4 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


breathing. The former (‘ ) shows that the vowel is pre- 
ceded by the sound of h, the latter (’)) shows that the 
- vowel is not aspirated. 


et. “In diphthongs the breathing comes upon the second 
vowel. ‘The improper diphthongs, however, even when 
the iota is not subscript, have the breathing upon the first 
vowel; thus, etplokw, otkor, but ndew or ” Hide. 


12. At the beginning of a word p and v are aspirated; 
pHTwp, Voup. 


13.. SYLLABLES. — A Greek word has as many syllables 
as it has separate vowels or diphthongs. The last syllable 
is called the ultima, the one before the last the penult, and 
the one before the penult the antepenult. 


14. Division of Syllables. — In dividing a word we may 
place at the beginning of a syllable only single consonants 
or combinations of consonants which can begin a word ; 
as p{-hos, G-yw, dv-Opw-mros. Compound words are usually 
divided into their original parts. 


15. Quantity of Syllables. — A syllable is long by nature 
when it contains a long vowel or a diphthong; as dat-vo. 
A syllable is long by position when its vowel is followed 
by two consonants or a double consonant; as 66v-tes. 


16. AccEeNtTS.— There are three accents, the acute (’), 
the grave (*), and the ctrcumflex ("). 


17. Of these the acute may stand only on one of the 
last three syllables of a word, the circumflex only on one of 
the last two, and the grave only on the ultima. 


INTRODUCTORY 5 





18. Place of Accent.— The accent, like the breathing, 
‘Jstands on the second vowel of a diphthong (but aq, y, @ 
accent the first vowel, as in 11); as efkoot, edpov. 


} 19. The antepenult, if accented, takes the acute; but it 
jean have an accent only when the last syllable is short; | 
las GvO8pwaTros. 





20. The penult, if accented, takes the cirewmflex when 
lit is long by nature (15), and at the same time the ultima 
is short by nature. Otherwise it takes the acute; 8dpov, 
Kfjpvé, but Sdpov, Adyos. : 


21. The ultima may have the acute, circumflex, or grave 
faccent. A word with an acute on the ultima is called an 
oxytone (i.e. sharp-toned). An oxytone changes its acute 
accent to the grave when followed by other words without 
intervening mark of punctuation; thus, éml Tov Totapév, 
@ d8edde, aye Thv otpatiav, brother, lead the army to the 
river. 

22. The circumflex accent cannot stand on a short vowel. 
DO NOT FORGET THIS. 


23. Summary of Accents. —a. The last three syllables 
only can be accented (17). 
6. The First of these (the antepenult) can have the 
acute alone (1). 
ce. ‘The SECOND (the penult) may have the circumflex or 
acute (2). : 

d. The Tutrp (the ultima) may have the grave, cir- 
cumflex, or acute (3). 





24. Remark.— Notice how the principles of accentua- 
tion of Greek words differ from those of Latin. In Latin 


6 E THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


the critical syllable of a word is the penult: * Words of | 
more than two syllables are accented on the penult if the 
penult is long, etc.” In Greek the ultima is the decisive | 
syllable. If the vowel of the ultima is long, the penult) 
can have only the acute accent, and the antepenult can’ 
have no accent at all. Accordingly, in learning declen- 
sions, for example, (first) notice the position of the accent 
in the first form given, as the nominative singular of nouns, 


and (second) watch carefully the quantity of the ultima. — 


For example, in the nominative, GvO@pwios (47), we see 
a short ultima and the accent on the antepenult. In 
the genitive and dative the ultima lengthens and pulls 
the accent forward to the penult, dvOpdmov, dvOpamre. 
The tension is removed in the accusative by the shortening 
of the ultima again, and the accent flies back to its original 
place, the antepenult, dvOpwmov. When the accent of a 
word tends to go back in this way, it is called recessive. 


Final at and ot are considered short except in the optative mood and 
in ovkou. i 

25. PUNCTUATION. — In Greek we find the same period. 
and comma as in English. ‘There is also a colon or semi- 
colon, like a period above the line(-). The interrogation 
mark is the English semicolon (; ), as m&s €xeis ; how do - 
you do? . 








VERBS | ag 


LESSON I 
VERBS — INTRODUCTORY 


26. Voice.— The Greek verb has three voices, the 


active, the middle, and the passive. The active and 
passive are as in Latin or English. | 


27. The middle voice denotes that the subject acts upon 
himself, or for his own benefit. In form it is like the 
passive, except in the future and aorist tenses. 


28. Moop. — There are five moods: four proper or 


finite moods, the indicative, the subjunctive, the optative, 


and the imperative—and the infinitive. There are also 
participles, as in Latin, and verbal adjectives in tos and 
TEOS. : 


29. TENSE. — There are seven tenses: the present, the 
future, the perfect, the future perfect, the imperfect, 
the aorist, the pluperfect. The first four are called 
primary tenses, the others secondary. 


30. The aorist corresponds to the Latin historical per- 
fect, as dice, he loosed ; the perfect to the English present 
perfect or Latin perfect definite, as Xé\uke, he has loosed. 


31. NuMBER. — There are three numbers, the singular 
and plural, as in Latin, and the dual, which denotes two 
objects.? 





1 As the dual is rare, it has been omitted in the lessons, but the forms 
are given in the Appendix for teachers who think them desirable in ele- 
mentary work. _ 


8 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


32. PERSON. — There are three persons, as in Latin. 
The imperative lacks the first person. 


33. AUGMENT.—In the secondary tenses of the indica- 
tive the verb receives an increase or augment at the begin- 
ning. ‘This is of two kinds. 


34. Syllabie Augment.— The imperfect and aorist in- 
dicative of verbs beginning with a consonant prefix the 
syllable €. This is called syllabic augment: do, €-ddov. 


35. Temporal Augment.— The imperfect and aorist 
indicative of verbs beginning with a vowel or diphthong 
lengthen the first vowel unless already long. a and e 
become y,— tT, 0, 0 become T, w, 1,— at or a becomes 4, and 
ov becomes @. This is called temporal augment: &yw, Hyov. 


36. Verbs have recessive accent (24). 


THE INDICATIVE ACTIVE 


37. Learn the Present, Imperfect, and Future Indica- 
tive Active of Mw (516-18). 


38. VOCABULARY 
Bacdeda, be king; fut. Bacvietow. aya, lead, bring ; fut. d— (for dyrw). 
Ow, sacrifice; fut. bce. mépmrw, send; fut. wéppo (for ép- 
KeAevo, bid, order; fut. Kededow. Tow). 
tate, strike; fut. wralow. €x@, have ; imperf. etxov (for Zexov). 


39. TRANSLATE: 1. det, EXve, hdveE. 2. Dover, 
¥\ = , , ¥ A * 
edvov, XDoovot. 3. mates, Eales, Taicers. 4. maio- 

> 4 4 - 5 4 > , 

HEV, ETALOMEV, TALTOMEDV. . Baoiredw, €Bacidevor, 
4, 4 3 , , 
Bacirevow. 6. Kedevere; EexedeveTEe; KEAEVT ETE; 
7. Ober, ayovor. 8. wéurpouer, cixe. 9. Hye, Ever. 

10. Adoere, taiovor. 


NOUNS 9 


40. 1.. He orders, he ordered, he will order. 2. I 
destroy, I was destroying, I shall destroy. 3. They are 
leading, they will lead, they were leading. 4. You are 
king, you will be king, you were king. 5. He sends, 
they used to send (what tense?), I shall send. 6. He 
was sacrificing, I strike, they will order. 7. Did he lead? 
Shall you (plu.) strike? 8. They had, he will sacrifice. 


LESSON II 
NOUNS — INTRODUCTORY 


41. NuMBER. — There are three numbers, as in verbs 
(31). 


42. GENDER.— There are three genders, masculine, 
feminine, and neuter. ‘The same rules hold as in Latin: 
Masculine are names of males ; also most names of rivers, 
winds, and months. Feminine are names of. females; also 
most names of countries, towns, islands, and trees, and most 
nouns denoting qualities and conditions. Diminutive nouns 
are neuter. 


43. CAsE. — Greek has five cases, nominative, genitive, 
dative, accusative, vocative. The uses of the Latin abla- 
tive are divided between the genitive and dative. 


44. DECLENSION. — Nouns are declined in three divi- 
sions: the O-Declension, the A-Declension, and the General 
or Consonant Declension. 


10 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


THE O-DECLENSION 


45. Stem. — The stem ends in 0, sometimes lengthened 
to @. 


46. Nouns in og are generally masculine, sometimes 
feminine ; those in ov are neuter. 


47. In the following paradigms the masculine and neuter 
of the article and adjective are given with &vOpwmos and 
 b6Gpov, the similarity of forms making it seem expedient 
to introduce them with the nouns. Observe, however, 
that the article lacks the vocative. 


PARADIGMS 
SotAos, Corresponding 6 wodds &vOpwrros, Td KadOv Sapov, 
SLAVE, m. Latin Word. THE WISE MAN. THE BEAUTIFUL GIFT, N. 
SINGULAR 
N. §o0tdo0s _servus 6 codds a&vOpwros To Kaddv Séapov 
G. 8So0vA0v servi Tod godot avOpaov Tov Kadod SaHpov 
D. Soto servo To cope avOpaorw To KaAD Sapo 
A. SotAov servum Tov codpdv avOpwrov Td Kardv Sédpov 
v. 8o0tde serve — codbe ~ avOpwrre — Kaddv Sdpov 
PLURAL 
N. S000. servi ot cool avOpwrrot Ta Kaa Sapa 
G. SovrAwv servOrum tdv coddv avOpa Trav Tv Kadav Sdpev 
D. SovAo1s servis Tots wodois avOpmmors Tots Kadois Sdpois 
A. SovdAovs servos Tovs Todpovs GvOpmtovs Ta KaAG Sapa 
v. SotAo. servi — cohol avOpwrror — Karta 84pa 


a. Observe the resemblance between the case-endings 
of S0tXA0s and servus. 

6. Observe that the nominative, accusative, and voca- 
tive of 8@pov are alike, and in the plural end ina. What 
is the plural of Latin doénum ? 


NOUNS 11 


c. Read again the remark on accent (24), and account 
for the changes of accent in the paradigms. | 

d. Observe that codés has the circumflex accent on the 
genitive and dative of all numbers. All oxytones (21) 
of this declension are accented the same as oodds. ; 


48. Rule of Syntax. — Adjectives agree with their nouns 
in gender, number, and case. 


49. VOCABULARY 
d&ya8ds, adj. good, brave. paxpds, adj., long. 
Gyptos, adj., wild. ~ modes, War. 
Geds, god. otpatnyés, general. 
' tartros, horse. xeptov, place, spot. 
Adyos, word. jv, he was; joav, they were. 


50. TRANSLATE: 1. rod aypiov tmmov. 2. Tots 
codots Adyous. 3. of wérenor Hoav paxpot. 4. 6 
Beds Sapa Kaha eye. 95. of Adyor Tav Hedy oodot 
joav. 6. 6 advOpwros aye immovs Kadovs. 7. Tots 
Beois EOvov. 8. Kehedoa Tov oTpaTnyoy avOpamrous 
aye’ ayafovs. 9. mater Tos ayabods Sovdous. 
10. 7@ orparny@ emeume Sapa. 

51. 1. The horses were wild. 2. He will sacrifice to 
the god. 3. The spot was beautiful. 4. The generals 
will send brave men. 5. They bade the man strike? the 
slave. 6. He had a gift, a fine horse.® 


Notre.— The definite article in Greek is declined like an adjective 
of the vowel (O and A) declension: Masc. 6, rot, r@, tév, etc., as in 
the paradigm above. See 54 for the feminine, and Appewsly, fox the 
declension in full. There is no indefinite article. 





1 Pres. infin. active, to bring. 2 Cf. 50, 8. 
® An appositive, and so in the same case as 8@pov. 


a) 


| 


12 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


LESSON III 
A-DECLENSION NOUNS 


52. Nouns of this declension end in a or n (feminine), 
ads or ns (masculine). 

53. Stem. — The stem ends in a, which in the singular 
is often lengthened to @ or yn. After €, t, p, @ is gener- 
ally found in the singular; but after o, A, or a double 
consonant, & is found in the nominative, accusative, and 
vocative singular, and y in the genitive and dative. 


54. PARADIGMS 
X“pa, Corresponding Motca, h pikpa oxyvh, yépvpa, 
LAND. Latin Word. Mose. THE SMALL TENT. BRIDGE. 
SINGULAR ! 
N.V. _Kopa terra Moica h . pikpa oKynvh  yédvpa 


G. - Xepas terrae Motions Tis pikpas okynvis yedvpas 
D = Xopq terrae Moticy TH «piKPa oKHYyA ‘yehipa 
A.  X@pav terram Motcav Thy pikpav oKxnvqv yédvpayv 


PLURAL 
N.V. X@par terrae Motoar at pikpal oxnval  yépvpar 
G. Xeapav terrarum Movodv  rtédv pixpdv oxnvdav yedbupdv 
D.  X@pats  terris Motcats tats pixkpais oxnvats yehipats 
A. Xopas terras Moicas Tus pixpas oKnvis yebipas 


a. Observe that oxyvj changes its accent to the cir- 
cumflex in the genitive and dative of all numbers. This 
is true of all oxytones of the O and A declensions; cf. 47. 

6. Observe that in all the above nouns the genitive 
plural has the circumflex. ‘This is because the syllable 
results from a contraction of -dewv, ane is the same for 
all nouns of the A-declension. 


55. ApgJECTIVES of the vowel declension are declined 
in the masculine and neuter like nouns in os and ov, and 


ee Ee eee 


‘NOUNS 18 


in the feminine like nouns in @ or 4.1 Thus: dyads, 
aya0y, dyabdv; dyabod, ayabijs, ayaBot, etc. See 499. 
Cf. bonus, bona, bonum of Latin. 


56. VOCABULARY 
apagta, wagon. © ToTapds, river. 
OdrXarra, sea. oPepsds, a, dv, adj., terrible. 
Gea, goddess. é, out of, prep. w. gen. (é& be- 
Kakés, H, dv, adj., bad, wicked, cowardly. fore consonants). 
kopn, village. év, in, prep. with dative. 


moAéutos, (a, tov, hostile; ot odéucor, the els, into, prep. Ww. acc. , 
enemy, hostés; cf. médepos. 

57. TRANSLATE: 1. év tH ydpa Hoav KoOpar. 2. Tovs 
pLixpovs Ummous ayovow” eis Tov ToTapOV. 3. 6 OTpa- 
THYOS TOUS TOAELioUs EK TOY OKHVaY Hye. 4. TOEWOS 

N > 5 an , + \ , » 
poBepos jv ev TH Koy. 94. eis THY Oddatravy aka 


\ , , N N , x 
Tovs SovAous. 6. Kedever TOY OTPaTHYOY TéuTEW TAS 
¢ seen \ le TY si- ¢ , , 
apatas. 7. THY pikpav yédupay oi mohem.or hdcov- 


aw. 8. at Movoa Beaijoav codai. 9. Kehedoets, 
@° Oa Kahy, Tov oTpatynyov Bdew. 10. tmmovs KaKods 
Elyov EV TO Xwpiy. 

58. 1. The men have small wagons. 2. The sea was 
terrible. 3. They were bringing small gifts out of the 
tent. 4. O wicked general, you are striking a good 


man. 06. In the village they were sacrificing to the 
goddess. 6. He leads the slaves into a terrible place. 





1 @ if the os is preceded by ¢, t, p, po; otherwise n. 
2 y movable, added to the third person singular in e and to all words 


ending in ov, if the next word begins with a vowel. It may also be 


added at the end of a sentence. 
8 0, commonly used with vocative, but often left. untranslated. 


J 
5 


14 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


LESSON IV 
A-Nouns — MASCULINE 

59. PARADIGMS 
veavias, ~ arodtrys, TEATACTHS, carparys, 
YOUNG MAN. CITIZEN. TARGETEER. SATRAP, 

SINGULAR 
N.  veavlas mwoXtrns TEATACTHS carpamys 
G. ~veaviou . awodtrov mEeATAC TOU caTpatrov 
D: = veaviq. woktry TEATACTH carpary 
A.  veaviav aoAttrhny TEATAC THY catpamrny 
Vv. veavia Todtra  meNTAoTs, carpary 
: “PLURAL 

N.V. veavlat qmoNtrat TeATaoral cTaTparat 
G. vedvidv TONTOV TEATAC TOV carpatrav 
D.  vedviats moXtrats TeATACTAIs carpatrais 
A.  veavias ao\tras meAT ACTS carpatas 


a. "Observe that masculine nouns of the A-declension 
differ from feminine nouns in a and y only in the nomina- 
tive, genitive, and vocative singular. 

_b. Decline otpatidtys dyads, 6 tapacdyyns. 
Notre. — National names in ns and nouns in trys have a in the vocative, 


as Ilépons, Persian, Tlépora&; wodtrys, wodtta. Most others in ns have y 
in the vocative. 


60. MODEL SENTENCES 


a. €-eXavver tapacdyyas tmévte, he marches five para- 
sangs. : 
B. @vov hyyépas Séxa, they sacrificed (during) ten days. 
a. Observe that in a the accusative is used to tell how 
far he marched, in B to tell how long they sacrificed ; in 
other words, a shows the extent of the march, 8 the extent 
of the time of sacrificing. 


NOUNS 15 


61. Rule of Syntax. — Extent of time or space is expressed | 
by the accusative case. 


62. VOCABULARY 
Séxa, indecl., ten. To tedlov, plain. 
éf-eXatver, he marches. mévre, indecl., five. 
7 WpEpa, day. Tlépons, a Persian. 
kal, and. otpariorns, soldier. 
Béptns, Xerizs. rokevw, evow, shoot, hit with 
Tapacdyyys, parasang, - an arrow. 
33 miles. togérns, Lowman. 


63. TRANSLATE: 1. vedviar wévtTe Hoav ev TH TOV 
, Al c . , , 
CaTpatov TKHVY. 2. 6 aopes catpamyns Bact\ev- 
> 4 4 - , > , , 
oe. 3. e€-ehatver Tapacdyyas déka eis TEOLoV KANOD. 
4. 6° Répéns tov carpamny Kedever meATacTas ayew. 
5. els THY TOV TokELiwy ydpav TofdTas Kal qedTa- 
otis méuovrw.’ 6. Tots veaviats Sapa emer 6 
— 7? 3 , > ~ “~ ~ , ‘\ 
Eépins. 7. e&-ehavver ek THs Tov Ilepoav Kopns Kat 
Tous ToLoTas ayer Tapacayyas wévTe. 8. 6 OTparnyds 
, > / ; ‘ , - V coer e.. e , 
Kehevel, @ TO€dTa, TOUS OTpaTIMTas Tokevew. 9. HUE 
= /, ~ \ A ¥f- e a...3 
pas mévte Oeois kai eats EOvov oi woNtrau. 


64. 1. The soldiers’ tents were small. 2. The satrap 
marches five parasangs and bids the men sacrifice. 
3. Bowmen were shooting in the plain. 4. For ten 
days we sent gifts to the Persian. 5. A targeteer 
struck the young man’s horse. 3 Ns 





1 The dependent genitive, having the foree of an adjective, commonly 
has the attributive position, i.e. between the article and noun. 

2 Proper names may take the article. 

8 Cf. 57, 2, n. 


16 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


*65. Atahoyos. — Owpas kal 6 MadntHs 


Thomas Schoolboy 
9 \ A i % ‘ 
©. "Ardrja viv, @ adeAde, Ti THmEepov Ewabes ev TO 
Well now, my _ brother, what to-day did-you-learn 
didacKanrelo ; 
school ? 
M. [lo\da 8) Ewabov, Owudoidiov, pddiota Se Ta 
A lot of things, Tommy, especially but 
“EAAnUiKa ovouata. 
Greek nouns, 
©. Ta d€ “EdXAnuxa yarera éotiv; 
hard is 
b] a i. > / A 7 x €.2¢ / 
_ M.-Ov dita: ewot ye Soned fpdova } 1% “Papaixy. 
Saas No, indeed; tome at-least seems easier than Latin. 
~ ©. Karov todto: thy yap ‘Popaixny picd. viv 88 oper 
: That’s fine! for I hate. let us go 
TavEopevot. 
- and play. 


M. Ov dfra: ta yap éridera ovérs weudOnka. 
: adjectives notyet I have learned. 
| - ©. BarBai. 


Oh dear ! 
a 


LESSON V 
PROCLITICS AND ENCLITICS 


66. Some monosyllables have no accent, but are pro- 
nounced with the following word. ‘These are called 
proclitics (from tpo-K\tvo, lean forward). 


67. The proclitics are the articles, 6, H, ot, at; ei, 7, 
HS, as, od (ovK, odx), not, and the prepositions é¢is, év, é. 
68. Certain other words are regularly accented, but 
lose their accents and are pronounced as if a part of the 


preceding word. These are called enclitics (from éy- 
kKMtve, lean on). | 


ENCLITICS — VERB eipi 1T- 


69. The most common enclitics are the present indica- 
tive (excepting the second person singular) of eipt, be, 
and onpt, say; the genitive, dative, and accusative singu- 
lar of the pronouns of the first and second persons; the 
indefinite pronoun tis, tl; the indefinite adverbs od, 
TOTE, TH, THS; and the particles yé, Té, Tot, Tép. 


3 VERB cipi 
70. Learn the Present and Imperfect Indicative of etpt 
(528). 
71. MODEL SENTENCES 


a. 6 &vOpwtros aodds éoTiv, the manis wise. 
B. tv tote dvOpwttds Tis, there was once a man. 
y. TO dHpdv cov kahdv éeotiv, your gift is pretty. 
6. 6 tos pov peiLov éotiv, my horse is larger. 
e. €t Tis éoTiv ayabds, 7f anybody is brave. 


a. Observe that in a, 8B, y, «, the enclitic drops its 
accent, but in 6 the accent of éotiv is unchanged; in 
8 and y, however, the accents of tis and gov are not lost, 
but reappear as acute accents upon the ultimas of &v@po- 
mos and 84pov. In e, tis gives: its accent to et, and 
receives one from éotiv. 


72. Accent of Enelitices.— After another word the en- 
clitic always loses its accent, except a dissyllabic enclitic 
after a word with the acute on the penult. 


73. The word before an enclitic receives an additional 
acute on the ultima, if it has not (@) an accent on the 
ultima, or (0) an acute accent on the penult. 


74. Before an enclitic an oxytone does not change its | 
acute to the grave (21). : 


FIRST GR. BK. — 3 


18 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK Par 


75. A proclitic before an enclitic receives an acute 
accent. 


6. When denoting existence or possibility, or at the 
beginning of a sentence, éott is written ott. So after 
GAG, Kal, ovK, Or TOTTO. 


‘Ep VOCABULARY 
1 &yopa, market place. 7 pax, battle. 
6 &beAbds, brother. 1 086s, road, march. 
et, if. 6 omAtrys, heavy-armed soldier. 
érl, prep. w. gen., on; w. dat., 70 Omdov, implement; oma, arms. 
on, by; w. acc., to, against. ov, not. od« before asmooth breath 
ixavés, 4, dv, adj., able. ing, ovx before a rough. 


78. TRANSLATE: 1. €orieiot. 2. eipi, qv. 3. <i, 
3 49 > v4 > ge Pp > 3 | ess 
€ore, nre. 4. e€opev, nuev,cipi. 5. Hoar, éoti, noOa. 


79. 1. They are, they were. 2. You are, we are. 
8. He was, he is. 4. We’ were, you (plu.) were. 
5. There is, it is, you (sing. ) were. 


80. TRANSLATE: 1. of mod€uiot eiow év Tats Tov 


wn A e - - A 
aTpatiwtov oKnvats. 2. 0 veavias é€oTiv’ ixavos. 
eyy = ¥ Q ns wits = n 
om\itas aye. 3. & TM ayopa €oTEe, @ ToNtTaL 


4. éni ths apaéns Hv Ta onda.” — 5. ixavds ovK éort 
7T® GdEAP@ Sopa Kata TeuTew. 6. ot SovdAdL elon 
, 8 > , e c A “A ~ , , 
rofdérar® ayafoi. 7. at odot THs TOU GaTpadmou yo- 
- 4 > tea “~ / Ss , 4 
pas pakpaiciow. 8. emt TH Daddtry Hv ywpiov Kadov. 
9. &v Tn hoBepa payyn ot omAirar Hoay ayaloi. 





1 éort takes v movable, like a word ending in ov (57, 2, n.). 

2 Notice the singular verb with neuter plural subject. A neuter plural 
subject commonly takes its verb in the singular. 

8 Nominative, because it refers to the same person as the subject. 


VERBS—REDUPLICATION 19 


81. 1. The general’s hoplites are cowardly. 2. The 
satrap is a Persian. 3. The men’s gifts are on the 
wagon. 4. If you have slaves, you are not wise. 
5. We were in the villages of the enemy five days. 
6. The hoplite’s brother is a bowman. 


LESSON VI 


REDUPLICATION 


82. ‘The perfect and pluperfect tenses have the redu- 
plication, which is the sign of completed action. 


83. In verbs beginning with a single consonant (ex- 
cept p) reduplication consists in prefixing that consonant 
followed by e, as Xé-Avka. But a rough mute is changed 
to the cognate smooth (9, a), as Té-Ouka. 


84. In verbs beginning with two consonants (except a 
mute and a liquid), with a double consonant, or with p, 
the syllabic augment (34) is used instead of the redupli- 
cation, as {ntéw, eLytyKa, oTpatevw, éoTpaTevka, piTTa, 
€pptha, but ypadw, yéypada. 

85. In verbs beginning with a short vowel or a diph- 
thong the reduplication takes the form of the temporal 
augment (35). | 


86. When the perfect is reduplicated as in 83, the 
pluperfect prefixes the syllabic augment to the reduplica- 
tion. In other cases the pluperfect retains the augment 
of the perfect, 


20 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


AORIST, PERFECT, AND PLUPERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE 


87. Learn the Aorist, Perfect, and Pluperfect Indica- 
tive Active of vw (516). 


88. &yw has the perfect jxa (the aor. A&a is rare), 
wéptra has the aor. €mepba, perf. métopda, € changed 
to o. 

_ Form the aorist, perfect, and pluperfect of Bactdeto, 
Ovo, KeXevo, Talo. 


89. . VOCABULARY 


GBpol{w, collect, &Bpolow, 78poica, 7ApoiKka. 

yedpw, write, ypdipo, éyparpa, yéypada. 

Sidkw, pursue, Sid—w, Glwfa, SeBlaxa. 

Bavpdtw, wonder at, admire, Savpacw, Bavpaca, reBatpaka. 

Kwodvo, hinder, kodiow, ékddvoa, KekodUKG. 

melOw, persuade, melow, Emeroa, mémeKa. 

otpatevw, make an expedition, erpatetow, totpatevea, éorpdrevka. 

Kara, prep. w. gen., down, beneath; w. acc. down along, through, by, 
according to. 


90. TRANSLATE: 1. €d\vce, héduxe, EXeAVKEL. 2. Ede- 
AUKecav, NelUKaor, EAvoay. 3. hédvKas, AAdoaper, 
€lehvxere. 4. €orpdrevoe, eoTpdrevke. 9. 7HOpor- 
ka, HOpoikn. 5. dedudyaor, €diweéav. if ey paaba- 
pe, yeypddare. 8. Hye, exe. 

91. 1. I destroyed, I have destroyed, I had destroyed. 
2. He assembled, he has assembled. 38. They made an 


expedition, they had made an expedition. 4. He had 
led, they have led. 5. You ordered, we had ordered. 


92. TRANSLATE: 1. émi tovs mohepiovs AYE TovS 
4_- NARS Se Se en DP e \ 
oTpatidtas Kata THY poBepav Oddy. 2. 0 aTparyyos 


a 


REVIEW OF NOUNS AND VERBS 21 


Tovs meATaoTas éediwkey yucpas wete. 3. Adyous 


codovs yeypadacw oi modtra. 4. dapa éemerouder, 


cal Wane Q 7 ¥ \ f= 
dovAov Kal immous déka. 95. HOporoay Tovs Todas 
LS X 7 ‘ a € an EN g 3 , : 
eis’ TO wediov. 6. Ta Tov dmAiTwY Omra EOavpacaper. 
7. ov mémeike TOUS Kakous avOpdmovs. 8. eaTparedxer 
éml tas Tov catpdmov Képas. 9. exwhtoare THY 
a a , , ¥ pea 
paynv, ® Tokdrac Kakot. 10. HOpoixa orparidiras 
Ex THS X@pas, OmAitas Kat TeATAGTGSs. 


93. 1. He hindered the satrap. 2. They had written 
wise words. 3. They made an expedition into the 
country of Xerxes by sea. 4. We have not collected 
soldiers. 5. I ordered the slaves to bring horses. 


LESSON VII 
REVIEW OF NOUNS AND VERBS 


94. Present and Imperfect.— The stem of the present 
and imperfect is the same, and is learned in the theme, 2.e. 
the first person singular of the present indicative active. 
Its final vowel is o before p or v, elsewhere e. 


95. Future.— The stem of the future active and middle 
is formed by adding oo (ce) to the verb stem (except in 
liquid verbs, which will be treated later). 





- 1 The idea of motion in the verb makes els w. acc. necessary, instead 
of év w. dat. 


292 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


96. Aorist. — The stem of the aorist active and middle 
is formed by adding oa to the verb stem. (For liquid 
verbs, see 803.) 


a. Lingual stems drop Tt, 5, 8, before s; Bavpato, 
Bavpa(S)ow, avpa(d)oa. 
97. Perfect.— Vowel stems, many liquid stems, and 


some linguals, add the tense suffix -ka to the reduplicated 
verb stem to form the perfect active. 


a. Lingual stems (especially those with themes in fw) 
drop T, 5, 8, before -ka; TeBatpa(d)Ka. 


98. Pluperfect.— The pluperfect changes -ka of the 
perfect to -Ke, in the singular lengthened to -kn, -kys, 
-KEL(V). 


99. Second Perfect.— Many verbs add a to the redupli- 
cated verb stem to form the perfect. Most stems in 
aw, B, K, y change to the cognate rough mute, if a short 
vowel precedes. ‘Those in @ and x remain unchanged. 
This is called the second perfect to distinguish from the 
perfect in -ka, the inflection being the same. 


100. Second Pluperfect.—a of the second perfect be- 
comes € in the second pluperfect; the inflection is the 
same as that of the first pluperfect. 


101. MODEL SENTENCES 


- av ob Trodéuror poPepoi eior paynv, the enemy are terrible 
in battle. 
B. Kava thy Kehadqyv, LT have a pain in my head. 


a. Observe that paynv in a shows in what respect the 
enemy are terrible; Thv kepadyy in £ the part affected by 
Kapvo. This is called the Accusative of Specification. 


REVIEW OF NOUNS AND VERBS 23 


102. Rule of Syntax.— The Accusative of Specification 
with a verb, adjective, noun, or clause, denotes a part 
or quality to which the expression refers. 


103. TRANSLATE: 1. BeBacidkevkey advOpwros Kakds 


3 a a las , ¥ A - /-= ‘ 
ev TH Tov Ilepowvy X¢PeL. 2. €meroe TOUS Vveavias TA 
9 , A ~~ me fl , > : 
OmTAQa TEMTELY TOLS TOU Fépfou OTPATLWTALS. 3. €€- 


, > “ , la - ld ie \ 4, 
eXavver Ex TOU xwpiov Tapacdyyas Séka émt THY Oddat- 
4 500 + \ es +4 \ / 
tav. 4. 000s pakpa Kal PoBepa éotw emi Tov ToTapor. 
D. 6 oTparnyos €otpdrevKey cis THY Kapnv. 6. eis Td 
- \ , \ e fee 3 , ee X 
pikpov mediov tovs Omdiras éxexehevKer SiwKey ToS 
/ > , la > \ 4 ¥y 
moheutous. 7. avOpamovs déxa ayalods wayyy eree 


§ , Q , e y ibe e x N 
KEW TOUS Todepiouvs. 8. ixavyn éotrw H Dex Tov 

, lo A 
TOhELov KwrVeLY. YQ. ETaLE TOUS LaTOUS Ev TH AyopPa 


6 TOD TroAtTou SovdAos. 


104. 1. The citizens have sacrificed to gods and god- 
desses. 2. They will order the soldiers to destroy the 
‘bridge. 3. Were they able to send hoplites against the 
Persians? 4. The peltasts were cowardly in war. 
5. He pursued the peltasts for five parasangs. 


*105. Mt€@os. —"Imtros kal ”Ovos 
Fable Ass, 
“AvOpwrds tis elyev tmov Kal dvov. odevdvTwy Sé ev 
while traveling 
TH 00@ eltrev 0 dvos TH imme, “ AaBé Tu €x TOU Eu“od Bapous, 
said take a bit my load 
et Oéders eivat pe aav.” o b€ ovK« éreicOn. 0 Sé dvs 
wish to be alive-and-well. He complied 
TETWY EK TOD KOTTOU ETENEUTNGE. TOD Oe OeaTOTOU éTTLOeVTOS 
falling suffering perished ; when-his-master-put 
TavTa AUT@ Kal avTijv THY Tod dvou Sopav, Opynvarv o im7os 
all upon him besides hide lamenting 


24 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


- a - if 
éBoad, “Oipor TH Tavabrio: py Oerdynods puxpov Bapos 
cried out O dear, wretched me when-I-didn’t-wish ; 
AaBetv, idov dravta Bactala cal tHv dopav. Tots pKpots 

to take, behold, all of it I carry 

e / “A > s / > / 
Ol peydror ovy-Ko.WwvovYTES aupoTepot cwOncovTaL ev Big. 
the strong joining with both will be saved life. 


LESSON VIII 


MIDDLE VOICE—PERSONAL ENDINGS 


106. In the Passive Voice the subject is represented as 
-acted upon; as 6 GvOpwtros Etrép.hOy, the man was sent. 


107. In the Middle Voice the subject is represented as 
(1) acting on himself, (2) for himself, or (3) on some- 
thing belonging to himself; as datvopat, Z show myself or 
appear, Twovotpar dpagds, I make myself wagons, dveTar 
Thy Ovyatépa, he ransoms his (own) daughter. 


108. The forms of the middle and passive are the same 
except in the future and aorist. 


109. The following table gives the personal endings of 
the active, middle, and passive, as found in the indica- 
tive, subjunctive, and optative. 


TABLE OF PERSONAL ENDINGS> 


ACTIVE. MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. 
Primary Tenses. Secondary Tenses. Primary Tenses. Secondary Tenses. 
Sing. 1. pe v Sing. 1. pat pny 
2. $ (ot) s 2. oar oo 
3. ov (tt) — 3. TAL TO 
Plur. 1. pev pev Plur. 1. reba pela 
2. TE TE 2. wBe (Be) oe (Ge) 
3. vot, aoe Vv, TOV 3. vrat io ere 


VERBS 25 


a. Verbs in @ do not have the primary endings pi and 
ou in the Indicative active. ‘The ending tt you have seen 
in éort. 

b. The endings of the imperative and infinitive are 
given in 242, 259. 

THE INDICATIVE MIDDLE 

110. Learn the Present, Imperfect, Future, and Aorist 

Indicative Middle of Xd (517). 


111. VOCABULARY 
amé, prep. w. gen., (away) from. werd, prep. w. gen., with, among ; 
Bo. Lat.-abs w. ace., after. 
q &pxy, province, rule. pera-réurw, send after; mid. sum- 
Bovdctw, evow, plan; mid. plan for mon (to one’s self ).- 
one’s self, deliberate. oxte, indecl. eight. 
Sikatos, a, ov, adj. just. To tradlov, child. 
6 Kipos, Cyrus. , matw, wavow, stop (some one); ~~ 


mid. stop one’s self, cease. 

a. Observe that the force of the middle voice often 
seems to change the meaning of the verb: vopat, I ran- 
som; treiBopat, J persuade myself, hence obey; while otpa- 
tevowat hardly differs from the active in meaning, but 
is much more common than otpateta. 

112. TRANSLATE: 1. dderar, M¥oerar. 2. Eddero, 
eljcato, 3. émeioavto, weicovrar. 4. pera-méep- 
Youa, pet-ereupapny. 5. E€Bovdevov, eBovrevow. 
6. €otparevero, éotparevodpyny. 7. mavoecbe, rav- 


ecbe. 8. dOpoilopeba, HO poilopucba. 





1Tf a verb is compounded. with a preposition, the augment comes 
directly after the preposition, which loses a final vowel before this 
augmented form ; per-érepmrov, dar-fyov. But wept and mpd keep the final 
vowel ; mpo-érreuipe, mept-fjye, Cae 


26 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


113. 1. They ransom, they ransomed. 2. I shall 
obey, I was obeying. 3. He stopped, he is stopping. © 
4. We shall deliberate, we are deliberating. 5. He used 
to summon, he summoned. 


114. TRANSLATE: 1. 6 qodtrys Ta maidia boeTaL. 
2. ot avOpwro. To Sixaiw oatpdmy' weiovta.. 
3. Kdpov per-erguparo dad tis apyns. 4. ,Kipo 
emeloavTo ot wévTEe OTparnyol. 5. yyou Tovs immous 
els THY ayopav. 6. émavovto of moh€utor. 7. pera 
THV baXNV Ol OTpaTL@TaL Eis TO TEdlov HOpoilorTo. 
8. én tous Ilépads éorparevoato pera Tov ToD Kipou 
omhizav. 9. Bovdevodpcba juépas dx7d. 10. eBov- 
Aevovto ot wodtrau év TH ayopa. | 

115. 1. We took the field with the soldiers against — 
Cyrus’ enemies. 2. He will obey Cyrus and bring ~ 
his arms to the tent. 3. The just citizens assembled — 
in the market place. 4. They summon eight young — 
men from the village. 5. After ten days you will © 
deliberate. ra 

*116. Avadoyos. — Avo Tatdia 


Two 
: 2 , an 
Tlasdiov A. ‘O éuos mratnp* e&wxé por thuepov® SHpov — 
‘my | gave ° me to-day ; 
/ . 
KaXOV. 


Tlasdiov B. Kandas. . ti Cote; 
Good ! What 





1 Notice that a verb meaning obey takes the dative in Greek as in — 
Latin. 
2Tat.pater.© 4S si 8 CE pepe. 


VERBS 27 


A. Odmorte eixaferw Suvicets 


Never to guess you will be able. 
B. Todr’ oida. ic viv, Aéye pot, @s TAYLOTA. 
I know that. Come now, tell right away. 
A. “Axove ody: yiva axé wot, weyadnv Kal Karn. 
Listen then; goose ° big 
/ /, Z > \ \ / ed e > a“ 
B. Oavpacia éyers' adAA Nn ToLnoNs WoTEp 7) ev TO 
Strange things but don’t do as 
7 1 / ‘ : 
vew@?! yipa. 
widow 


A. Ilds rAéyers ; 
How do you mean? > 


B. Té yap; ov péuyncar; adda 7 pytnp? pou Karet 


do you remember my (of me) 
pe, Kal itéov éotiv. émnv de Hew tTavta r€€w cor. 
I must go. When Icome back all to you. 
lp 
LESSON IX 


PERFECT INDICATIVE, MIDDLE AND PASSIVE 


117. Learn the Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect 
Indicative, Middle and Passive of dw (517). 


118. The perfect and pluperfect middle and passive are 
inflected by adding the personal endings directly to the 
reduplicated verb stem, as héAv-tat. For the inflection 
of the tenses in consonant stems, where many changes are 
necessary for euphony, see 488, 521. : 


119. The stem of the future perfect middle and passive 
is formed by adding go (or ce) to the stem of the per- 
fect middle; this tense is commonly found with passive 
force. ; | 





1 Cf. 105. 2 Lat. mater. 


28 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


120. Write a Synopsis * of the indicative active and 
middle of dv, bio, otpateto, Tato, in the third person 
singular and plural. 


191, *: MODEL SENTENCES 


a. TA Tabla AehioeTat Id TOD ddeAdod, the children 
will have been ransomed by their brother. 

B. Tipatar imd tov BapBapwv, he is honored by the 
barbarians. 

y- kekddaotat TH Aoxay@, he has been punished by the 
captain. 


a. Observe that in a and £, the agent is expressed by. 
t1r6 followed by the genitive (compare ab with the abla- 
tive in Latin); in y, by. the dative without a preposition 
(as is the case with the gerundive in Latin). 


122. Rule of Syntax.—In Greek the agent with the 
passive voice is expressed usually by t1é and the geni- 
tive; but with the perfect and pluperfect passive the 
simple dative may be used. 


123. VOCABULARY 
© BapBapos, barbarian. masevw, evow, train up a child, 
Sua, prep. w. gen., through; w. educate (cf. ma.8tov). 

ace., on account of. Lat. per. mopedw, ebow, make go; tmopevopat, 
Onpevw, etow, hunt wild beasts, proceed, advance. 

catch. . civ, prep. w. dat., with. Lat. cum. 
TO Onplov, wild beast (cf. Oy tls, who? rl, what? 
~ pedo). piros, 7, ov, adj. friendly ; as noun, 
© kopapxys, village chief. _ friend. 





~- 1The accent of tls, rl, is never changed to grave ; this! is a to distinguish 
from the indefinite tls, any one. 


i 


VERBS 29 


124. TRANSLATE: 1. \éAvras, EX€AvTO, AedkDoera.? 


2. wemawWevdpela, meraWevoducla, 3. émemdpevrto, 
meTopevvTat. 4. €oTparevTat, €oTpaTevoeTal, EoTpa- 
tevto. 9. BeBovrevoe, BeBovrAevoa. 6. exexddi- 


oe, kexwrtoec Ge. 


125. 1. He has been set free, he had been set free, he will 
have been set free. 2. They had ransomed, they have 
ransomed. 38. You(plu.) will have been educated, you had 
been educated. 4. We have proceeded, we had proceeded. 
5. He has been hindered, they had been hindered. 


126. TRANSLATE: 1. éorpdrevtro emi Tovs BapBa- 
povs. 2. ov Tots (our) dirouw~ BeBovdedpcOa. 
3. dua Ti Téravoar; 0 Kwpdpyns pe meTA-TéTEUTTAL. 
4. dia THs Tov BapBdpwv ydpas wemdpevvTar Tapa- 
odyyas oxTo. 5. Ta Onpia Tots eK THS Keopns? 
otpatiotais TEOnpevtar. 6. Tis wemaidevTar TO GOd@ 
komapyy; 7. éxexédevoto® bd Tod Gatpdzov Tovs 
SovAous SiwKeEw. 


127. 1. The village chief had been educated in the 
satrap’s province. 2. They have deliberated with their 
friends. 3. Why (on account of what) have you ad- 
vanced through the plain? 4. The dreadful war will 
have been stopped. 5. We had ransomed our friends. 





1 The v of AéAvpar is lengthened before o in AcAvoopan. 

2&& Tis KOpns modifies orpatiérats, and so has the position of an 
adjective. How would the meaning differ if this phrase came after 
oTpaTim@Tats ? 

8 The perfect of kededw is KexéXevepar, not KexéAcvpat, as would be 


expected. 


30 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


LESSON X 


PALATAL AND LABIAL STEMS OF THE CONSONANT 
DECLENSION —GENITIVE WITH NOUNS 


128. The Third or General Declension includes all 
nouns not belonging to the other two. ‘The stem usually 
ends in a consonant, but there are a few vowel or diph- 


thong stems. 

129. Examine carefully the following table of case 
endings; notice how they differ from those of the other 
declensions ; and compare with the corresponding Latin 
endings. ) : 


GREEK. LaTIN. 
M. and F. Neuter. ‘oS M. and F. Neuter. 
Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. 
N. sOr— €5 — cf N. Ssor— _— 68 _— a 
G. OS wv os ov ay Bee um is um 
D. t ot L ot D. I ibus’ I ibus 
A. vora as (vs) — 4 A. em,im_ s, Is — 4& 
Vv. sor— €s — a ‘Vv. sor— 6s — & 
130. PARADIGMS 
pira€, 6, Siapvé, 7, prep, Hy ovros 6 Kfjpvé, 
GUARD. CANAL. VEIN. THIS HERALD. 
SINGULAR 
N. oddak Sidpvé bref ovTos 6 xfipué 
G. dbdakos Sidpvxos bdrcBds TovTov Tov KipUKOS 
D bvdake Sidpvxe brcBi TOUT TH KPUKL 
A. gdvdAaka Sidpvxa bréBa TovTov TOV KhpUKG 
v. gbraé Stdpvé bre — — kfjpré 
PLURAL 
N. Vv. bdAakes Sidpuxes — PAEBes OUTOL Of  KhpPiKES: 
G. gvdAdkov  Staptxyeov brcBav TOUTWVY TOV KnPIKOV 
D. bdAagr Sidpvét bret TovToLs Tots KipVEL 
A. dd\aKkas Siapvxas préBas - TOUTOUS TOS KHPUKAS 


CONSONANT DECLENSION 31 


a. Observe that when gs is added to the stem in the 
nominative singular and dative plural, it is combined with 
the final mute to form € or . <A labial mute with ¢ gives 
wy, a palatal €. 

b. Observe that in this declension also the accent 
remains as far as possible on the syllable on which it 
stands in the nominative singular; except odAéy, which 
accents the ultima in the genitive and dative of all num- 
bers. This is.true of most monosyllables of the consonant 
declension ; wv and ow are circumflexed. 

e. Notice that the demonstrative pronoun in Greek 
is used with the article, in which case the article is 
not to be translated ; and further, that the demonstrative 
does not, like an adjective, stand between the article and 
noun. Compare the declension of the masculine given 
above with that of the article. 


131. MODEL SENTENCES 


a. 086s éoTL Hd TLepav, it is a three days’ journey. 
B.. & TH xopa Av Teixos Thivav dTTdv, there was a 
wall of baked bricks in the country. 


y. Thv Tod Sypov etivorav elye, he had the good will of 
the people. 

5. év TH Kdpy O6Bos TOV oTpatiwtav Hv, there was fear | 
of the soldiers in the village. 


Observe that in a the genitive tells the measure of the 
journey ; in 8 it denotes the material of which the wall 
consists; in y it is the subject of the feeling of good 
will; in 6, the object of the fear, they were afraid of the 
soldiers. 


32 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


132. Rules of Syntax.— The genitive is used to denote 
measure (of time, space, or value) or material, of which 
anything consists; the subject of an action or feeling, 
Subjective Genitive; and the object of an action or 
feeling, Objective Genitive. 


133. TRANSLATE: 1. rapa Tov Opakar HKev 0 KHpvéE. 
2. rovTov Tov @paxa éeverougher mapa Kipov. 3. Tis, 
® Knpv&, mHv dddrayya ake; 4. 6 THs dddayyos 
poBos kakds éorw. 5. 4 Sé SiapvE eos paxpa Kat 
Svomdpevtos. 6. did THS Siwpvxos HKov ai TaV Opa- 
Kav darayyes emi tHv Oddarrav. 7. Tapary Oadrdrry 
nv oTpatomedov oKnvaV piKkpav. 8. of ayalot 
dudakes exivdbvevov ev TH OTpatoTédw. 9. piabov 
npepav Ska 6 Kopos éereprpev. : 

134. 1. The guard was proceeding to Xerxes. 2. The 
general sent for these heralds from the camp. 3. Fear 
of this general filled (held) the line. 4. They will send 
gifts to these Thracians. 5. Beside the canal is a road 
of five parasangs, hard to pass. 


ton; - VOCABULARY 


$é, conj., post-positive, but, and. 6 pioOds, pay. 
Svomépevtos,! ov, adj., hard to get mapa, prep. w. gen., from (beside) ; 


through. w. dat., by the side of, near; w. 
ake, WE, come, have come (like a acc., to (the side of), contrary to. 
perfect). . TO oTpardmedov, camp. 
6 @pdt, Opaxds, Thracian. — yj ddrayé, pddrayyos, line of batile. 


KivSuveto, ow, etc., encounter dan- 0 éfos, fear. 
ger, be in peril. 





1 Some adjectives in os, especially compounds, have only two termina- 
tions, the feminine being the same as the masculine. : 


CONSONANT DECLENSION Be 


*136. Avadoyos. —Tvvi kal XHv 
See Lesson VIII. 


Oopuas. XOés oby tr-éoyou réEewv! wou Trepl exeivns Tis 
yesterday promised that 
/ \ iol , 
X1PAs Kal TINS KHNVOS ; 
Tewpytos. Madsora ye* todto? yap od paxpov éotw. 
yes, indeed 
©. Aéye 67. dict av axovoaime. 
tell me, then. I’m dying to hear it (I should hear most gladly). 
/ nm < 
[. “Axove yap. Turn tis ynpa xiva cixev, ) cal? 
listen which 
e , ¢€ / Sia 3 > fal »” / de id > 
EKACTHV nMEpav @MOvV QUT €TLKTE. voplicoaca E WS, €bl 
every egg laid. Thinking that 
mrelous TH OpviO. KpiOas mapa-Bdro, dvo wa TéEeTaL Tis 
more bird barley should give would lay 
me © , ~ > / ¢ \ / \ / +O 
NLEPAS TOVTO ETTOLNGEV. 17) é XV, WLEANS yEevomevn, oud 
did. fat having become, not even 
ee a e / a 307 
amra&é THs Nuepas TsKeELV édvvato. 
once to lay was able. 
@. Elev: ayadov éott todTo. adda Ti SyroOt Oo pdO0s; 
well; but shows 


IT. ‘O pd0os Snroi, @s Aic@mos attos édeEev, OTe of Sia 





as Aesop himself those-who 
f= cal / 4 b] a n \ \ / 
meovetiav TOV TAELOVWV* ETrL-VUMOVYTES KAL TA TrAapOVTAa 
greediness a more desire even what-they-have 
atro-BarXovetv. 
lose, 
1 Fut. infin. act. of A€yo. 8 Cf. Lat. dvum. 
2 Neut. of ovros. 4 Gen. with ém-Oupotvres. 








FIRST GR. BK. —4 


34. THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


LESSON XI 


LINGUALS OF THE CONSONANT DECLENSION — 
GENITIVE OF SEPARATION 


137. Most Lingual Stems add gs to form the nominative 
singular, dropping t, 6, or 0, as édmé-, édtis, hope, 
yiyavt-, ylyas, giant; but nouns in ovt drop Tt and 
lengthen o to w, as eovT-, A€wv, lion. In neuters the 
nominative singular is generally the same as the stem, 
dropping final t,1 as copat-, cdpa, body. 


138. PARADIGMS 
vv€, 7, dpvis,6,H, Aris, H, Adv, 4, TotTo TO cpa, - 
NIGHT. BIRD. HOPE. LION. THIS BODY. 
: SINGULAR 
N.  vv0§ Spvis éXtris Aéwv TovTO TO copa 
G. -vuKTdés dpvidos éXrrlSos AéovTos TovTOU TOD THpaTOS 
D. ~—-vukrl Spvide édmrlBe Aéovtt TOUTY TH THpaTL 
A.  voKTa dpviv édrrida Aéovra ToUTO TO cTHpa 
Nao VO Spvis eri déov — — copa 
PLURAL 
N.  voKTES dpvides éXarides Aéovtes TavTa, TA Topara 
G.  - vUKTO@V opvtbev €&\rriSov AcévT@v ToITwV Tdv T@pdToV 
D.  vuét Spvior éXtriot Aéovet TOUTOLS TOIs THpacL 
A. voxTas dpvidas érridas Néovras = s TatTa Ta cHpara 


*139. Remark.—a. Linguals with nominatives in ts 
and vs, except oxytones, drop the lingual in the accusative 
singular, and add v; Spvts, dpviv, bird. 

6. All stems in u8, and those in vt except oxytones, 
have the vocative singular like the stem, 6 or Tt being 
dropped; édmis, €dti, ylyds, ylyav, giant. But the 





1 y, p, s are the only consonants that can stand at the end of a word. 


. LINGUAL NOUNS 35 


present active participles, as dpxev, ruling, have the 
vocative like the nominative. 

ce. The consonants vt, v6, v6, are dropped before s, and 
the preceding vowel is lengthened, € and o becoming et 
and ov; A€ovar (A€ovToCL). 

140. MODEL SENTENCES 


a. ToUTH eSoEe Tot Trok€pov Travoacbat, zt seemed best to 
him to give up (stop himself from) the war. 

B. evtat0a bt-érxov dddAjov ws TpidkovTa oTdbia, at 
that point they were about thirty stades distant from one 
another. 


a. Observe the case of tod€épov and adddAjrov. This is 
one of the primary and principal uses of the genitive. 
How do you express separation in Latin? 


141. Rule of Syntax.— The genitive may denote that 
from which anything is separated or distinguished. 
Hence it is found after verbs denoting to remove, restrain, 
release, cease, fail, differ, and the like. 

142. TRANSLATE: 1. b7d Tov Addov Emenee TovTOUS. 

N , C225 z Yer e , 
tous guyddas. 2. 7d paotiywy érdevov ot Bap- 

X la , 4 , "ial | ee ier, ? 
Bapou kata Tov Addov. 3. viKras Kal nuépas Sddexa 
bd b] , , e 3 \ val Z Y\ = 
ovK €mavovTo modguov. 4. 7 édmis THS viKys EdvoE 

\ , a e las 2 > 4 
Ta oTpatevpata poBov. 9. ol orpati@ras ev édtrion 
kadats Hoav. 6. ot OBeot tiv epw méumovor Tots 
avOpdémos. 7. e&-ehatve Td oTpdrevpa Tapacdyyas 

4 SN ‘ b] / S= % 
mevrekaioeka emt Tov Evdpadryny wotapdv. 8. emt mo- 
A 9 : 5 »¥ ¥ - , > 
Tapov yHKovow, Evdparnv ovopa. 9. opvilés etor 
kat Onpia év TovTw TO ywpiw. 10. Tots yépovow 

emeiovto ol KYpUKES. 


36 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


143, 1. At the foot of the hill was a river, Euphrates 
by name. 2. He collected this army after the war with? 
the Persians, 3. The exiles wondered at the bodies of 
the enemy, 4. He will free the birds from their fear 
of the wild animals. 5. Old man, you stopped the 
soldiers from their strife. 


144. VOCABULARY 
6 yépwv, yépovros, old man. To SvopLa, Ovdpatos, name. 
$aSexa, indecl., twelve. TO OTpATEVLG, TTPATEDLATOS, Army. 
7 Epis, Epidos, strife. vm, prep. W. gen., under, by (agent); 
o Eidparns, ov, Euphrates River. w. dat. (rare), beneath ; w. acc. 
6 Addos, hill. (to a point) under, to the foot of, 
H paorTit, pdoriyos, whip, lash. (Cf. sub.) 
q vixy, victory. © pvyds, puyddos, exile. 

SONS eee 
LESSON XII 


FIRST AORIST AND FUTURE PASSIVE— PRESENT AND 
PAST PARTICULAR CONDITIONS 


145. Learn the First Aorist and Future Indicative Pas- 
sive of Adw (518). Notice (1) that they are formed from 
the same stem, which is found by adding 6n to the simple 
verb stem; (2) that the first aorist passive has the 
active personal endings. 


146. Write a synopsis in the indicative active and 
passive, third person singular and plural, of Lidw, Bia,” 





' 1 Observe that the genitive closely depending on another noun is vari- 
ously translated, according to the meaning of the word on which it 
depends. 

2 Aor. pass. érdOnv. 


PASSIVE VOICE 37 


_ Topedw, &yopevw (harangue), oTpatevw, remembering that 
all tenses of the passive except the aorist and future are 
the same as the middle. ~ 


147. In conditional sentences the clause containing the 
condition, or zf-clause, is called the Protasis, and that 
containing the conclusion is called the Apodosis. 


148. The supposition contained in a protasis may be 
particular or general. <A particular supposition refers to 
a definite action, occurring at a definite time. A general 
supposition refers indefinitely to any act occurring at any 
time. 


149. The negative of the protasis is regularly py, that 
of the apodosis is ov. 


150. MODEL SENTENCES 


a. el odTos ddnPever, Kadds Exet, if this man speaks the 
truth, it is well. 

B. ei todTo mpage, kahds Exe, if he did this, it is well. 

y. €b Beds Hv, otTov ovK HoOuev, if he was a god, he did 
not eat food. 


a. Observe (1) that none of the above sentences 
implies anything as to the fulfilment of the condition ; 
(2) that the tenses of the indicative are used in both 
parts of the sentence. 


151. Rule of Syntax.— When the protasis simply states 
a present or past particular supposition, implying nothing 
as to the fulfilment of the condition, it has the indicative 
with eit. Any form of the verb (but generally the indica- 
tive) may stand in the apodosis. 


38 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


152. TRANSLATE: 1. €\vOn, AvOyoeral. 2. AvOy- 
oopeba, eAvOnper. 3. eradevOnoar, TavdevOyoorrat. 
4. kwdderar, KwvOHjoeTaL, KeKMOAVTAL. 9. EropedOys,' 
emopevov. 6. OnpevOnocovrar, TeOjpevvtar. 7. Te 
to€evoetat, TokevOnaerar. 8. éxehedoOnv,” Kex€édevo- 
pat, Kexehevoopar. 9. €BovredOn, €BeBovdevto. 
10. AvOyjoe, Topever, EaTpaTevo-an. 


153. 1. They are being educated, they will have been 
educated. 2. He was educated, he had been educated. 
3. We were being hindered, we have been hindered. 
4, They will be ordered, he has been ordered. 5. I pro- 
eeeded, I had proceeded. 


154. TRANSLATE: 1. evredlev éropevOnoav otal- 
\ c A = Race XN > / e ~ > 
pous emTa emt TOV Evpparynv wotapov. 2. 6 Kupos et 
pn TO apyvpuov elye, Tols oOTpatidrais ovK emepurbe 
pucbov. 3. mawWevPyocovrat vd Tov codod dida- 
7 \ ld > \ “ , , 
oKddov. 4. 70 madiov & pn T@ didacKdw ydpw 
” x Y peri \ , it. che 
EXEL, OVK EoTL Oixatov. 5. 7d TaLdiov pera ToV Tlepoay 
> 4 e la ¢e ‘\ “ <4 ~ > oor ae 
éraoevOn. 6. of éovTes Ud TaV veaviav eOnpeEv- 
> , a AS , A 
Onoav. 7. €xexéevoto T@ OTpaTHY@ apyvpLov TéL- 
, ‘er LO x % \ , 
mew. 8. Kdéapyos ei eAve Tas OTOVdas THY SiKkyV 
¥ , > 4, > “A , 
exe. 9. Tis erof evn ev TH paXy 5 10. oi iDpicrah 


AvOyjcovTa, vTO TaV dilwy KaTa TOUS OpKouUSs. 





1 The aor. pass. of ropevw is used rather than the aor. mid., with force 
of mid., advance. 
cs eikebes inserts a o in the aor. pass, stem as well as in that of the pak 
mid. and pass.; cf. 126, n. 3, 


PASSIVE VOICE ~~ 39 


155. 1. From there he will advance twelve parasangs 
through the plain. 2. We were educated by good and 
wise men. 3. We are grateful to the teacher if he 
has written these words. 4. If the truce has not been 
broken by the enemy contrary to their oaths, we are not 
in peril. 5. The soldiers were hindered from war by 
the heralds. 


156. VOCABULARY 
To &pytptov, (silver) money. ph, adv., not, used in protasis, pro- 
6 S8dc0Kados, teacher. hibitiona, purpose Iam, ete. 
7 Silky, justice, deserts. Cf. Sixavos. 06 dpKos, oath. 
évredOev, adv., from there, thence. 1 orovdh, libation; omovSal, a truce. 
émra, indecl., seven. 6 orabuds, day’s march, stage. 


6 Knkéapxos, Clearchus, a general 1 xdpts, xapttos, favor, gratitude. 
under Cyrus. 


*157. Atddoyos. — Mévitrtros kal ‘Eppfjs (Lucian). 


Menippus Hermes 
a ¢ rn / 
Mev. [lod 8€ of xaroi eiow } ai Karai, ‘Epun; émi-derEov4 
: ~ where point out. 
> 
QUTOUS. 
“Epe. Ov oyoryn pot, @ Mévirre: adda Kat éxeivo 
I hayen’t time over there 
Cu. & 
atro-Breov, éml ta SeEia, evOa o “TaxwOes tré éote cal 
look off right hand where and 
Ndpxicoos nal ’Ayirreds Kal “EXévn cat Anda kal dros 
Achilles Helen in a word 
bee Ter val U i 
Ta APKXALA TAVTA KAXAN. 
ancient all beauties. 
> n / a ‘ an lal 7, 
Mev. ‘Octa& pova op® Kal Kpavia Tov capKav. yupva, 
bones only T see skulls flesh stripped 
a .. , 
OMolLa Ta TONKA. 
alike most 





1 Aorist imperative. 


40 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


e \ \ A 
Epp. Kai pnv éxetva éori & mdvres of trointal Bav- 


yet those what poets 
\ > a nr 
palovat Ta 0oTa wv! od Eotxas Kata-hpoveir. 
which you seem to despise 


f \ ¢ 
Mev. “Opws thy “Enévnv pou éri-devEov: ov yap 
still 
x / yg 
av d.a-yvoinv éywye. 
could distinguish I, 
4 . . nw tA 
Epp. (pointing). Todto to xpaviov » ‘EXévn éoriv. 
Mev. Kita a tovto tocodtTo. érecov “EXXnvés Te Kal 
then so many fell 
BapBapo., cai Trocabrat Teres EAVOnCAD ; 
cities 
“Epp. “AXN ov cides, @ Méwre, Cacav tHv yuvaixa.? 


yes, but saw living’ 
ov me \ eae t 5 on ae \ \ 
eps yap av Kal ov avenéontov eivar “Toind apdi yvvatkt 
would-have-said even without blame — to be such about 
TONY YpoVvoy ahyea Tacyelv.” 
a-long-time woes to suffer 
a od 


LESSON XIII 


THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD—VIVID FUTURE 
CONDITIONS 


158. Learn the Present and Aorist Subjunctive, Active, 
Middle, and Passive of Atw (516-18), and. the Present 
Subjunctive. of eipi (528). | 

Notice (1) that the subjunctive has primary endings 
(109) in all tenses, and (2) that the ending is always 
preceded by a long vowel, w or y (@ before p or v). 





1 Gen. after kara-dpovetv. ? Ace. of yuv#. 


SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD 41 


159. The uses of the subjunctive are generally those of 
the primary tenses of the Latin subjunctive. ‘The perfect 
subjunctive is rare. There is no future. 


160. MODEL SENTENCES 

a. €dv pi KoAdoyS Tov Traida, tovepds Eotat, 7f you do 
— not punish the lad, he will be bad. 

 B. topev> py TotTo trorGpev, let us go; let us not do this. 

y- py TotTo Toijowperv, let us not do this (one thing). 

a. Observe that in a the protasis contains a supposition 
of future time, vividly and distinctly stated ; the verb of 
the protasis is a subjunctive with éav (not ei), while the 
apodosis contains a simple future indicative. Such a 
supposition is called a VIVID FUTURE condition. 

6. Observe that in f and y¥, topev, tordpev, and trotjow- 
yev all are in the first person subjunctive, expressing 
exhortation. Ina, 8, and y, all the tenses express future 
time, the present denoting continued or customary action, 
the aorist usually momentary action. 


161. Rule of Syntax.— When a future supposition is 
stated distinctly and vividly, the protasis has the subjunc- 
tive with é4v; the apodosis may contain any verb of 
future time (generally the future indicative). 


162. The first person of the subjunctive (generally 
plural) is used in exhortations. Its negative is py. 


163. TRANSLATE: 1. ddoper, dowper. 2. py 
hicopea, pn idpcOa. 3. wawdevdpefa, tadevfa- 
pe. 4. @peayafol. 5. un exopev didrovs kaxovs. 
6. €av AvOn, €av AvVOGow. 7. éav Bovrevwrtat, éav 
dikavo. @ow. 8. eav Kwhtoy, eav KodvO. 


42, THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


164. 1. uu) AKowpev Tas oTovdds. 2. EGY TA Ora 


ay 5) - , 5A a oN , 
EYwmev, ov KWOvVEVTOMEV Exel. 3. KUpos éav Kehevon 
\ Fre Sees , N , , s)\ 
Tovs OTpaTLaTas SidKew TOs BapBdpous, Tavoe. edOvs 
5. dO por 


Tov Todeuov. 4. didEwpev TOvS TodEplovs. 


CapeOa rept tov Addov Tovtov. 6. of mod€uror eay 
‘A 5 4 e , xX ‘ Y \ , 
Ta avopdTroda apmTdawot Tapa TOs OpKoUs, THY SiKyY 

S¢ P , > , , la) , 
e€ovat. 7. twavedpeba, ® pido, Tovrov Tov Tohenov. 
8. av ot yépovres ikavol Wot, TEpt TOY OTOVdaY GV 
eA Ness 9 > As BN N ¥ 5 ; 
nuw BovrevoovTat. . evOUs Gv pr olKade Topev- 
On, Ta xXpypata vro Tov adeAdov aptacOycera. 


10. eav adnbedons, Sopa Kara cou (to you) Téupo. 


165. 1. If he plunders the. possessions of his friends, he 
will have his deserts. 2. Let us not be cowardly, for 
the general will send us home. 3. They will proceed at 
once to this river, if the enemy are there. 4. If the 
enemy muster about this place, we will immediately shoot. 
5. Let us speak the truth about the battle in the plain. 


166. VOCABULARY 


éAnPedw, ow, speak the truth. 

To avdpatrodov, slave. 

dprdlw, dprdcw, ipTaca, 1pTaKa, 
WpTacpoar, ypracOnv, plunder, 
seize. 

yap, conj., for, post-positive. 

éav, av, wv, if; el is never used 
with the subjunctive, but in- 
stead one of the three forms 
given. 


éxet, adv., there. 

evOis, adv., at once, immediately. 

jets, Nav, Hpiv, npds, we, of us, 4 
to us, us, plur. of éya, I. 

olkade, adv., homewards. 

mepi, prep. w. gen., about, concern- 
ing; Ww. ace., around, about. 

TO Xpfipa, aros, the thing (used); 
TO XPHpATa, possessions. 





1 Jn poetry also w. dat, 


SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD 43 


167. READING EXERCISE 
Menon’s SPEECH TO HIS MEN 


Xtpatiatat, viv Kidpos Bovrerar Tois tokdtas ayeww er) 
\ > , 27 a _2 , , 
Tov adergov. éav pot treiaOnTe, ov KivduvevaceTe, TrEOV 
dé 4) of GAXoL OavpacOncecGe Ud Kipov. eyo yap Kedrevw 
e a > \ \ , >\ \ \ / 
vpas evOds SiaBaivey Tov ToTamov. éav péev yap BovAwvTat 
ErecOat (to follow) of adrot, bas vomset (will consider) 
Kipos apictovs. éav dé py of addr. SiaBalvwo, mwadrLv 
, ev > \ / e fag x 
mopevoouela arravtes (all) eis TO oTpaToTedov, tiv é 
/ n / c \ @& . ae 4 
Téurper Spa Kara, OTAa Kal imtous Kal. dpyvpLov. 


168. 1. The soldiers with Cyrus were taking the field 
against the Persians. 2. And Clearchus, an exile, 
ordered his soldiers to cross a river. 3. “If you are 
willing to cross this river at once,” said he (én), “the 
other troops will cross with you. 4. And Cyrus will 
admire you and be grateful to you.” 5. Thereupon the 
bravest of the bowmen immediately began-to-cross the 
stream. | 


169. | VOCABULARY 
BovAopar, wish, be willing. Sia-Batve, fut. Sa-Bacopar, go 
GAXos, GAA, GAO, another, other. across, Cross. 
whéoy, adv., more. dpirros, y, ov (superl. of dyads), 
q, conj., than. best, bravest. 


Upeis, Upav, piv, pds, you, of you, mad, adv., again. 
to you, you, plur. of ot, thou. viv, adv., now. 











44 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


LESSON XIV 


THE OPTATIVE MOOD—VAGUE FUTURE CONDI- 
TIONS—FINAL CLAUSES 


170. Learn the Optative Active of Avo (516) and the 
Present Optative of eipit (528). 

Notice (1) that the optative adds the secondary endings 
(109) to the tense stem, but the first person singular of 
w@ verbs ends in pu; (2) that the ending is preceded by 
the mood sign t, which unites with the vowel of the tense 
stem to form ot (in the aorist at). 


171. The optative takes the place of the subjunctive 
in Latin after a secondary tense. The present and aorist 
differ, as in the subjunctive, only in duration of time. 
The perfect is rare; the future is used only in indirect 
discourse. 


172. MODEL SENTENCES 


a. el TatTa TéptoiTe, TavTa Kahds av Exot, if you 
should send this, all would be well. . 

B. otpatetovtat tva THv Tohewlov edSatpoverTepor Gow, 
they take the field that they may be more prosperous than the 
enemy. | 

y. éotpatevoavto iva Tav Trodepiov evSarpovéorepor elev, 
they took the field that they might be more prosperous than 
the enemy. 


a. Observe that in a the protasis contains a supposition 
of future time, but stated less vividly and distinctly than 
when the subjunctive is used (160); the verb of the prot- 
asis is an optative with el; the apodosis also is an optative, 


OPTATIVE MOOD 45 


and must contain the particle @v. Such a supposition we 
may call a VAGUE or Less Vivyip FUTURE Condition. 
Read again 160, 161. | 

b. Observe that in 8 and vy the subordinate clause 
shows the purpose or motive of the action of the verb. 
Notice that in 8 the verb in the purpose clause is subjunc- 
tive after a primary tense, but in y becomes optative, when 
the leading verb is changed to a secondary tense. 

e. Observe that the clauses of purpose, or Final Clauses, 
as they are called, are introduced by tva. Instead of tva, 
dtrws and as are often used. 


173. Rule of Syntax.— When a future supposition is 
stated less distinctly and vividly, the protasis has the 
optative with ei; the apodosis has the optative with av. 





174, Rule of Syntax. — Final Clauses, or clauses of pur- 
pose, introduced by tva, dtras, or as, take the subjunctive 
when the leading verb is primary, the optative when the 
leading verb is secondary. The negative is py. . 


175. TRANSLATE: 1. ei rovTO det ypddot, Kah@s av 
¥ > nw , ~ » +” + 
exo. 2. €l TovTO ypawere, Ka@s Gy Exo. 3. €av 
TovTo ypasm, Kalas ee. 4. €i TOVTO ypade, Kaas 
eye. 9. Spa mente, ws Teion Huas. 6. dapa 
eTeuwev, ws Teioevey Nuas. 7. nkovow wa Onpevacw. 
8. HKov wa Onpevorer. 


176. 1. ei tovs orparnyods Kehevoeve E€vous ayeu, 
oTpdatevpa poBepov av aOpoilo. 2. rovro empager, 
wa Baorevor avti tod adeddov. 3. KAXéapyos 0 
guyas tapa Kipov hee wa dirov eipioxa. 4. ob 


46 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


OTpaTi@Tra, ei Tuppdyxovs exovey pdOvpor Gv elev . 
5. eb mas ayous, ouppayovs ay exors ayalors. 
6. ef 6 €yOpos emi TO ToTay@ Ein, Exor av THY Sikyy. 
7. el TO oTpardredov apmdlouv, ayagas Kat oma 
av evpioxoev. 8. ef pr) TOvs immovs Ucamer, SuKaiws 
ovK av mpagapev. 9. ody TO GaTpamTy Topevoducla 
iva pn otrov 4 amopia. 

177. 1. We sent the herald, that he might do this. 
2. If he should. always do this, it would be well. 
3. They have sent ten days’ pay, that the mercenaries 
may be zealous. 4. If he should find an enemy in the 
tent, instead of a guest friend, he would justly wonder. 
5. From there they advanced five stages, in order that 
there might not be a lack of grain. 


178. VOCABULARY 
acl, adv., always. Kadés, adv. of Kadds, finely, well. 
avril, prep. w. gen., instead of. KaAds Exer, it is well. 
y aropla, want, lack. 0 €évos, guest friend, Lat. hospes; 
Sikatws, adv. of Slkatos, justly. plu. mercenaries. 
evpiokw, fut. eipqow, find. mpartea, mpatw, émpata, do, act. 


6 éxOpds, personal enemy, Lat. mpdOupos, ov, adj., zealous. Cf.132,n. 
inimicus, in contrast with wodé- 6 otros, grain, food. 
pros, public enemy, hostis. 6 ctppaxos, ally. Cf. paxn. 





LIQUID AND SYNCOPATED NOUNS AT 
LESSON XV 


LIQUID AND SYNCOPATED NOUNS OF THE CONBO- 
NANT DECLENSION 


179. PARADIGMS 
Nouns ADJECTIVE 
NYeROV, 6, phTwp, 6, phy, 6, evSaipov, ee 
LEADER. ORATOR. MONTH. PROSPEROUS. 
SINGULAR id. F. N. 
N.  yepov pTwp Bh evSaipov eVSatpov 
G.  Tyyepdovos PATOpOs pNVv6s evSalpovos 
D. Thyepove PhTopL pyvi evdalpove 
A.  ‘yepova pyTopa Piva evdatpova eWSatpov 
Vv. = Yepov pijrop phy eVSatpov 
7 PLURAL 
N. V. Hyepoves — PHTOpes pfives edSaipoves  edSalpova 
G. yepovev pytépev  pyvev evdatpovev 
D. Hhyepooe PyTopet pyot evSalpoor 
A.  yepovas PhTopas Bijvas evSaipovas ev8alpova 


a. Observe that the oxytones have the vocative singu- 
lar like the nominative, while in pytap it is like the stem ; 
so in evdaipov. 

b. Notice the datives evSaipoot, pytopot, where v only 
is dropped, but Néovor (138), where vt occurred. 


PARADIGMS 


180. 

Tarhp, BATHP, 

FATHER. MOTHER. 
Singular Plural Singular Plural 
N. TAT TaTepes BATH pnrépes 
G. (matépos) tatpés tatépev (pntépos) pyTpés = pNTEpwv 
D. (warép.) arpl TAT PAL (uyrépt) pytel BT pao. 
A. TaTépa mTarépas pnTépa pntépas 
v. TwaTeEp Tarépes PA\Tep pntépes 


48 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


avip, 
MAN, 
Singular Plural 

N, avip (Qvépes) avdpes 
G. (Gvépos) avipds (avépwv) davipav 
D. (Gvép.) avdpi avipaort 
A. (davépa) avipa (Gvépas) avdpas 
v. avep (Gvépes) Gvdpes 


a. Observe (1) that watihp and pyrnp drop ¢ in the 
genitive and dative singular and accent the ultima; ~ 
(2) that the vocative ends in -ep and has recessive accent ; 
and (38) that in the dative plural -ep becomes pa-. @vya- 
Tnp, daughter, is declined and accented in the same way. 

6. Observe that dvip follows the declension of trat%p, 
but inserts 6 where € is dropped. 


181. TRANSLATE: 1. Kehevcovow uas Yyenovas 


TeuTrew wa Tovs “EAAnvas OLKQOE aywow. 2. 0 vov! 
b] \ , a + ~A , 2 ee 
EVLAUTOS OWOEKA pyvas €xXEeL. 3. T@ daiuove® éni- 


oTevev 0 avyp. + 4. év TOUT@ TH Xwplw ayaves Hoav 
tots “EMAnor. 5. Oayav mpd THs TOV Mydwv dd- 
hayyos qv. 6. at dpeves Trav “EXAjvov rpdbipor 
joav. 7. eis mediov kat (both) evdamoyv Kat Kadov 
eropevOnaay ot "EXAnves. 8. dia THS xLdvOS Hyov 
Ta avopaTooa. 9. pet-ereuato thy Ovyarépa pera 
éviavtovs d@dexa. 10. dua Ti, eATEp, mero Oy copar 
to watpt; Il. rots pyropar xadpw €exovow Hdy- 
ere yap mept Tov yevos. 


182. 1. We shall put confidence in the leaders of the 
Greeks. 2. Cyrus with his mother came to the flourish- 





1 Observe the force of the position. 2 Why dative ? 


LIQUID AND SYNCOPATED NOUNS 49 


ing country of the Medes. 3. If this orator is wise, he 
will bid us send an army to the harbor. 4. Children 
obey their fathers; soldiers obey their leaders. 5. At 
present the Greeks are holding games; for they have 
ceased from war. 





183. VOCABULARY 
6 dyav, Gvos, contest, game. ot MfSou, wv, the Medes. 
6 Saipewv, ovos, divinity. moretw, ow, trust, put confidence in. 
6 “EdAny, qvos, a Greek. mp6, prep. w. gen., before, for. 
6 éviauTése year. 1 piv, ppevds, mind. 
6 Atphv, évos, harbor. 7 Xt@v, Svos, snow. 
*184. Avadoyos. — Ilepi tot Mévavos 


Ilais. Tis yap jv obtos 6 Mévar, trepi ob érxeEds Tote Huiv; 


whom once 


AvsacKkaros. Mévav hv otpatnyos Oettares, TavT@v TaV 


“EAAHV@V 0 KaKLOTOS. 


Thessalian all 


worst. 


Ilais. Aca 5é ti Tadra ye Aéyets ; 


Acé. 


, A ad 
Avott adel avt@ hirov Hv TO adcKeiv. 
because him wrong-doing. 


Ilais. Ti yap ody érroier; pov érate Tods avdpas ; 


Acé. 


did-he-do \ not 
li ‘ 
Kai para ye: word O& Kal KdKiov, Kal évioTe 
» yes, indeed much too worse sometimes 


/ aA 
éxNeTTE TA YPN ata Kal TOANaKIS eTAATTETO Wevd). 


used-to-steal 


often made up lies. 


Ilais. Mov ébirovy aitov of otpati@ras ; 


Aié. 


loved 
Oi 5é Kaxol pévov: trevOopuévovs yap Ttods avdpas 
only obedient 


ETOLNTATO EK TOU GuUV-adLKElY - aUToOls. 


by joining in crime them 


Ilats. “Os hoBepds obtos 6 Mévav. 


what a dreadful fellow 
FIRST GR. BK. —5 


50 


~ 


THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


e 


LESSON XVI 


‘STEMS IN 2 OF THE CONSONANT DECLENSION — 


GENITIVE WITH VERBS 


185. PARADIGMS 
‘ Nouns 
Yévos, 76, ZwKparns, 6, Kpéas, Td, 
BIRTH, RACE, SocRATEs. FLESH (PLU. MEAT). 
SINGULAR 
N. yévos ZeoKxparns Kpéps 
G. (yéveos) yévous (Zoxpareos) Boxpdrovs (kpéaos) Kpéws 
D. (yévet) yéver (Yoxpatet) Boxparer (Kpéat) kpéat 
A. yévos (Zexpatea) Boxpary Kpéas 
v. ‘yévos ZoKpates Kpéas 
PLURAL 
N. (yévea) yévn (kpéaa) Kpéa 
G. (yevéwv) yevav (Kpedwv) Kpeav 
D. yévert Kpéact 
A. (yévea) -yévn (kpéaa) kpéa 
ADJECTIVE 
GAnOqs, TRUE. 
SINGULAR PLURAL 

M. F. N. M. F. N. 
N. G&AnOHs a&AnVés (GAnBées )GAnPets (AAnVEa) GANOF 
G. (&AnBéos) aANPots (GAnBéwv) arXnPav 
D. (GAnGEr) GAnOet é&AnPéor 
A. (GAnOéa)aAnOA aAnOés &An Pets (&AnPéa) &ANOF 
v. &An Es (GAnOées aAnPets (GAnPéa) GANOF 


a. Observe (1) that like sibilant stems in Latin the o 
of the stem is seen only in the nominative singular; (2) 
that in the other cases o is dropped and the preceding 
vowel is contracted with the vowel of the case ending. 


186. 
a. THS xerpos avtod €haBeTo, he took his hand. 
B. odTos pév atTod Hpaptev, this fellow missed him. 


MODEL SENTENCES 


| 
, ° 
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 


STEMS IN > 51 


y. T&v Treidvev émi-OdpotvTat, they desire the greater. 
5. héwv Gpxetar Tdv a Onpiov, the lion rules the 
other beasts. 


a. Observe that the genitive is used with verbs of 
various meanings to denote the object of the action of 
the verb. 


187. Rules of Syntax.—(a) The genitive follows verbs 
signifying to make trial of, begin, take hold of, touch, claim, 
aim at, hit, miss, attain. 

(6) The genitive follows verbs signifying to taste, smell, 
hear, perceive, comprehend, remember, forget, desire, care 
for, spare, neglect, wonder at, admire, despise. 

(c) The genitive follows verbs signifying to rule, lead, 
or direct. 


188. TRANSLATE: |. rov nyeudva emeprey Emi TO 


+ \ A“ > A > , c.i3 \ l4 

dpos. 2. da TOY d6pav EropEvovTo ot audi Kéapyov 
> <o = /, > lal > 4 > A 

els TO oTparomedov. 3. evredbev é€-eXavver Emi TOTA- 
N N > , , A Q , 

pov 76 evpos Svo TACOpav. 4. TadTa Ta Telyyn TEpL- 


etye THY TaV Mydwy ywopav. 5. 6 Kupos Iépons pev' 
nv TO yevos: erardedOn Sé Ev Tots TV Mydwv vopois. 


6. evOds dpywpev Tod To\€uov. 7. Hpxov Tov Se€vovd 

Képws Tov EdAjvev. 8. Tav Kpedy TovT@V TOV OnpiaVv 
> 4 e “A , ‘ 4 / 

ov yevooua. 9. ot Tov LwKpatovs Piror hoywr 


ahyfav yKovov. 10. tots adyféou pytopo. yapw 
EXOMED. 





1 When two parts of a sentence correspond symmetrically to each 
other, pév and 8€ are used; pév, better left untranslated, serves to show 
that a second clause is to follow. Contrast is often indicated. 


52 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK a 


189. 1. They proceeded with the guides to the moun-— 
tains. 2. Two walls surround the plain at the foot of ' 
the mountain. . 3. Cyrus ordered Clearchus to command — 
the right wing of the Greeks. 4. But Clearchus was 
not a Greek by birth. 5. Clearchus and his men 
began the battle. 6. According to his custom Socrates © 
began the talk. 7. Friends, let us always listen to 
truth-speaking men. 


190. VOCABULARY 
Gkovw, Akovcopat, yKovea, hear. TO képas, wing of an army. : 
aul, prep. w. acc., round, about. © vépos, custom, law. 
dpxw, dptw, etc., begin, rule. TO Opos, mountain. 
yevopar, yetoopar, etc., taste. mept-exw, etc., surround. | 
Sefuds, a, dv, adj., right. To twACpov, plethrum, distance of j 
S00, Svotv, or Svo, two. 100 Greek feet, 97 English feet. . 
70 evpos, breadth. TO Tetxos, wail. . 


*191. Avédoyos. —Tépwv kat LwoKPaTHS 


[=rpewuddys 87, yépwv, ds pwavOavey BovreTat, ad-rKvel- 
Tat (goes) mpos THY TOD LwKpdtous oikiav: Kal éyer TO 
pabnth ov opa (he sees) po trav Oupdav. | a 


Xrp. Dépe, tis yap odtos ert Ths xpeuwdOpas avip ; 
come basket 
Maé. Autos. 
himself. 
rp. tis avtds; — 
Mad. Yewxparns. 
Xtp. °Q Lwoxpares.—iOr, obtos, dvaBdnoov adrév pot 
, call 
péya. 
loudly. 
Mad. Adros péev ody ob Kddecov: od yap pot ayoNX%}. 
call time (leisure). 


OPTATIVE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE 53 


Xtp. °"O Yoxpates, @ Lwxpariszov. 
dear little Socrates. 
Lox. Ti pe ares, @ edbypepe ; 
creature-of-a-day. 
nr Led n , 

Xtp. Uparov pev 6 te Spas, avtiBor@, Kdt-evmé por. 

what you-are-doing, I pray, tell me, — 
Lox. *AepoBar& Kal mrepippovd tov nov. 

“Twalk the air and contemplate the sun.” 


Ltp. “Emest’ amd tappod tovs Oeodvs wtepdpoveis, adn 
; ae = % basket despise 
OUK ato THS YHS; 
earth 


Lax. M2 rodto réEns. AGEs 58 kata Ti; 


for what 
4 r 
Xtp. Bovropuar pabeiv réyerv. 
learn 
/ / >’ \ \ e \ / 
Sox. Kafe TOLVUV ETL TOV LEPOV oKiproba. 
sit-down then sacred stool. 


Xtp. “ldod KaOnpat. 
here-I-am __all-seated. 
Lawx. “Axove yap ovv. 


— 


LESSON XVII 
OPTATIVE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE—OBJECT CLAUSES © 


192. Learn the Present, Future, and Aorist Optative, 
Middle and Passive, of Avw (516-18), and the Future 
Indicative and Optative of eipi (528). 

Notice that the aorist passive adds ty to the tense stem, 
and as in the other moods has the active personal endings. 


193. MODEL SENTENCES 


a. éti-pedetobe Strws Uvbpes Eceabe dyaol, see to it that 
you are (or be) brave men. 


54 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


B. éoxdtrer Stas 1 THALS OwOHCETAL, he saw to it that the 
city should be saved. 


a. Observe that the dependent verb of a does not tell 
the purpose or motive, as in final clauses (172), but is the — 
object of the leading verb. In fact, a single word, as — 
tTovto, could be substituted for the whole clause, thus: — 
See to this, namely, that you are brave men. 

6. Notice the mood and tense of this object clause, and — 
that the same mood and tense are retained when the lead- — 
ing verb is secondary. Compare with this final clauses. _ 


194. Rule of Syntax.— Clauses denoting the object of | 
verbs signifying strive for, care for, effect, regularly take 
the future indicative with émws or Stes ph, after both — 
primary and: secondary tenses. 


195. MODEL SENTENCES 

a. poPeitar py Totto yévyntat, he fears that this will 
happen. | 

B. &hoBnOyn pH (ov) Totto yévorto, he feared that this 
would (not) happen. 


a. Observe the mood used after doBettar py. Tf we 
change oBeitar to a secondary tense, époByOy (8), what 
corresponding change is there in the dependent clause ? 
What is the Latin usage? Notice that when py means 
lest or that, the negative is ov. 


196. Rule of Syntax.— Verbs denoting fear, caution, — 
or danger, take the subjunctive with py after primary | 
tenses, and the optative after secondary tenses. 








1In Greek authors, however, for the sake of greater’ vividness, the 
subjunctive is often retained, eyen when the leading verb is secondary. 





OPTATIVE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE 55 


197. TRANSLATE: 1. ei wopevBein, Kad@s av €Eyvor. 
2. et dpoilowTo, modemos Gv ety. 3. €t aA potcatvTo, 
Kah@s av exo. 4. dédouKa py ov weiPynTrar. 5. edet- 

\ > 7 td 9 > \ 
oa py ov teioito. 6. Bovreverar Omws adyabor 
¥ 3 , 9 ¥ PY , \ 
éexovtat. 7. eBovdevero ows Evovtarayaboi. 8. Ta 

py y , 
Tardia eTeupev Wa mardevbein. 


¢ 


198. 1. €Bovdevero 6 Kutpos omas py emt (in the 
power of) 7@ adekd@ €orar. 2. ederca pr 6 TaTHpP 
pe peta-méeuwaito. 3, ei S@pa TéeuToLTO, Ta TaLdia 
Gy Mdoro. 4. emi-pédeTrar 6 apxywy OTs ol OTPATLaTAaL 
Eoovrar mpd0upor. 9. Sedoikacr yap pr) ov TavowvTar 

e 6 , Aw , ¥> e 
ot Ilépoat tovrov tov od€pmov. 6. edecayv ol 
9 X\ , X\ \ , 

Eddnves pu) Tpoo-dyoey mpds TO Kepas. 7. ovr- 
, 7 4 ‘\ A 4, > ‘ 
émeuTre pvAaKas omws Tov Kupov dvudarrouev, eb Ta 
Onpia mrnovdfo.. _ 8. wap-erxevalev oOmws ot F€vou 
ey , y ee” N » ¥ 

Ta emitTHOeia EEovow. 9. é€yw Tov avOpwroy Eexqura 
4 ae \ “A / , > , 
OTWS [LY VITO TOV TOELiov maioito. 10. edvdratrouny 
2) Tpos TO OTpaToreEdoy Tropevbeins. 


199. 1. I am afraid that you will proceed to the satrap. 
-2. He was afraid that we should not send for the guide. 
3. Cyrus plans to be king! in place of his brother. 
4. They were on their guard lest the enemy should . 
assemble. 5. If he should take care that the soldiers 
be brave, he would be able to lead the Greeks against 
the fortification. — 





-1 How expressed ? 


56 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


200. VOCABULARY 

SéSo.xa, J am afraid, perfect of  mAnoiate, mAnoidcw, etc., draw 
(Se(S) with force of present. near, approach. 

Baca, FL was afraid, aor. of  mpds, prep. w. gen., looking toward, 

(SelSw). Jrom ; w. dat., at, in addition to; 

émi-péAopat,! take care, look out. w. acc., to, towards. 

€miTHdeos, a, ov, adj., suitable; ta  mpoo-dyw, etc., lead to, lead against. 
emiTH Sera, provisions. oup-mépmrw,” etc., send with. 

Tapa-cKevatw, dow, etc., prepare, dvddrrw, duvddge, etc., watch, guard, 
arrange, provide. defend ; cf. pidag. 

kee 2 es SA 


LESSON XVIII 


SECOND AORISTS—CONDITIONS CONTRARY TO FACT 


201. Learn the Second Aorist Active and Middle In- 
dicative, Subjunctive, and Optative of Nette (519). 

Notice its resemblance in the indicative to the imperfect, 
and in other moods to the present. 


202. Remark.— The second aorist is merely a simpler 
form than the aorist in o, as it is formed directly from 
the verb stem, and is called second because it is less 
common than the other. As was seen in the case of 
the second perfect (99), the second aorist occurs in 
- consonant stems, where—except in a few verbs— for 
some reason the regular aorist is not found. When both 





1 A deponent verb, one that has middle or passive forms with active 
meaning. 
2 For cvv-réyaw, v becoming p before a. 


SECOND AORISTS 57 


aorists occur in the same verb, the first aorist usually is 
transitive, as €otyoe (from toTypL1, set), he set (something), 
but 2 aor. éotn, he stood. 


*203. Special Rules of Accent in the Second Aorist: 


1. The active participle is oxytone. 

2. The infinitive middle accents the penult. 

3. The infinitive active and imperative middle 
second singular circumflex the ultima. 


204. MODEL SENTENCES 


a. el Kipos attod jv, wavtes dv Tpev dyabol, if Cyrus 
were here, we should all be brave. 

B. et Totto émpagav, kahds av Eoyev, if they had done 
this, it would have been well. — 

y- €b ph tpets HAPeTE, Erropevdpeba Gv él Baordéa, zf 
you had not come, we should be on our way against the king. 


a. Observe that jpev shows what would be the case 
(now) if the supposition in ei... qv were true. So écyev 
shows what would have been the case — but was not —if 
émpatav had been true. In vy the apodosis shows what 
would now be the case if the past supposition ei ph WAGeTeE 
had been fulfilled. 

6. Notice (1) the tense and mood in both protasis and 
apodosis, and (2) observe that the apodosis has av. 


- 205. Rule of Syntax.— When the protasis states a 
present or past supposition implying that the condition 
is not or was not fulfilled, the secondary tenses of the 





58 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


indicative! are used in both parts of the sentence. The 
apodosis has av. 


206. TRANSLATE: 1. éduTopr, éav Aimwor, ei AlizroLev. 

2. €dtmero, éav imnrat, ei NimotTro. 3. EhaBe, wa 
5 Y Y ¥ 

AdBor, wa A\aByn. 4. ArAOes, Wa EAOys, wa EdOo.s. 

> Y ¥ y ¥ Y 2. Y > 

5. eldov, tva toa, iva toouw. 6. evpere, €av evpyre, él 

Y x » a 8 x 4 : , 

evpoure. 7. ElTomev, ELTTOMEV AV. . av yernTa., ye 
¥ >, 2 Ny Piece ae oe 

voito av. 9. ad-tKovTo, pn ad-ikwvTat, wy ap-iKowTo. 


207. 1. edeurav pr ot rod€uror Tov Aodoy Aizovev. 
2. nOov emi ta Orda ot "EANnves. 38. El ExivdvvEv- 
omer, ebudatropev Gv TO oTpatomedov. 4. et EMorev 
eis TOUTO TO Ywplovy, Ta EmiTHOELA Gv EVpoLeY. 9. Emel 
ag-ixovto é€mt THY Oddarrav, yyewovas evpov. 6. odK 
Gv elmete TouTO, el yy adnOes Hv. 7. e& Kdpos tov 
pcbov ereprbe, mpd0vpor av éyévovto of E€vor. 8. ed 
Tovs puyddas Ad By, Sixaiws mpd&er. 9.-avdpes dmev 
ayabot ws wy emt” Tots BapBapors yerdpcOa. ) 

208. 1. They fled to the mountains that they might 
not be in the power of the Persians. 2. When the 
generals came to the villages, they took peltasts and hop-_ 
lites. 3. If we had broken the truce, the gods would 
not be on our side (with us). 4. We shall send the chil-— 
dren that they may see the games. 5. If you were 


speaking the truth, you would persuade us. 6. If you 
had spoken the truth, you would have persuaded us. 





1 The imperfect usually refers to present time, but may point to an act j 
as going on or repeated in past time. ‘The aorist refers to past time ; the © 
pluperfect is rare. _ 2Cf. 198,1.. -- 

. 





SECOND AORISTS 59 


209. VOCABULARY 

&d-tkvéopar, 2d aor. adh-ikdpny,  eEpxopar, 2d aor. AAPov, EAB, come, 
arrive. go. 

yiyvopat, 2d aor. éyevounv, be- evpioxw, 2d aor. evpov, evpa, find. 
come, be. AapBave, 2d aor. éEAaBov, AdBa, 

elrov, elrw, etc., 2d aor., I said take. 
(no present in use). opdw, 2d aor. elSov, te, see. 

érel, conj., when, since. debyw, 2d aor. Epvyov, piyw, flee. 
*210. READING EXERCISE 


"AvOpwtros kal A€wv Zuv-odevovtes! (sop) 


Iloré. cuv-mdevce Réwv avOpwor@: éveixovy? otv pos 
> / a / 2 \ 3 oe 5:2 na / / 
aAAnXous Tois Novos. Evpov Oé Ev TH 0O@ TreTpiVHY oTnAnV 


opoiav avdpi,? érépavy otnAnv A€ovTOS cuu-TViyovcay.* Kal 
0 avOpwiros vmro-delEas® rpos aitnv tadta Edn, “"1de® ras 
éopev KpeitToves 7) vpeis Tavtes, Kal pwpadéo. Urép array 
Onpiov.” wbm-éraBe Sé 0 Aéwr, “TH tpav 87 ottw Tpatretat. 
el yap édvvavtTo AéovTes yAUderv" ALBovs, TOANOUS av Eides 


> A / 99 
€ml N€OVCLV. 


211. VOCABULARY . 
cvv-oSeva, travel together; cf. 686s.  Kpelrtwv, Kpetrrov, gen. ovos, adj., 
GAAhAwv, ots, ovs, Nom. wanting, better. 

one another ; cf. addos. popadéos, a, ov, adj., strong. 


aérpivos, 1, ov, adj., of stone, stone. vmép, prep. w. acc., over, above. 

Spo.os, &, ov, adj., similar, like; daras, dwaca, day, adj., all, every. 
Lat. similis. vro-AapBave, interrupt. 

1 oTHAn, pillar, statue. 6 AlBos, stone. 

mas, ady., how. 





1 Pres. act. participle. 4 Pres. act. partic., throttling. 


2 For évelxeov, wrangled. 5 Ist aor. act. partic., having pointed. 
8 Cf, dat. with sinvilis. 6 Imperative of elSov. 


7 to carve. 


60 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


LESSON XIX 


ADJECTIVES OF THE CONSONANT AND A-DECLEN- 
SIONS—IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES 


212. Some adjectives have the masculine and neuter of 
the consonant declension; the feminine has @ in the nom- 
inative and accusative singular, changing to @ in the geni- 
tive and dative after a vowel or diphthong, otherwise 4. 


213. (Stems in vt.) 


PARADIGMS 
Xapleis, PLEASING. _  &xdv, WILLING. 
SINGULAR 
N. Yaplets xapleroa yaplev éxov éxotoa éxdv 2 
G. yxaplevros yxapiérons xaplevros éxkdvTos éxovons  éxdvTos 
D. YXaplevre  Xapieooy  xaplevrs éxévTt  exovon éxovTt 
A.  Xaplevra yxapleroav yaplev éxévTa exotoav éxdv 
vy.  Xaptley Xapleroa  yaplev éxov éxotoa éxov 
PLURAL 
N.v. xaplevres yapleroar yxaplevra éxkévTes éexotoar éxdvTa 
G. YXaplévrav xapteocav yapiévTev éxdvTwv ékovcav éExdvToV 
dD. xapleor! yapiéeooats xaplert éxotor éxovoais éxotor 
A. Xaplevras xaptéooas xaplevra ékévTas éxovcds  éxévTa 
was, ALL, 
SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
N. as Taoc0 wav TavTeS Tao.  TavTa 
G. TtavTés mwacns tavTds TavTev jwarav TavTev 
D wavtt mwaon avril Tact Tacs Tact 
A. WavTa wacav av TavTas waras TavTa 


a. Observe that the feminine is declined throughout 
like Motoa (54). 6. Most stems in avt, evt, and ovt 
are participles (XXV). 





1 xapleot for xaplevror, € not lengthened, although vr is dropped. 
2 So also dxwy, axovoa, akov, unwilling. 


214. (Stems in v and av.) 


a. There is but one 


yAukts, SWEET. 


ADJECTIVES 


SINGULAR 
Ne yAukts yAuketa yAvkb 
G. yAuKéos yAukelas yAvuKéos 
D. (yAukéi) yAuKet yAukeiq (yAuKét) yAuket 
she yAvukiv yAuketav yAvko 
v. yAvko yAvketa yAvuko 

PLURAL 
N.Y. (yAuKées) yAukets yAuKetar yAukéa, 
G. yAuvKéov = =s- yAuKel@v ss YA UKéwv 
D. yAuKéot yAukeiaitgs = -- yAuKéort 
A. yAukeis yAukelds yAvukéa 


61 


- péAds, BLACK. 


péAas 
péAave 
pedav 


péAaiva : pédav 
péAavos pedalyns péAavos 
pedcaivy péAave 


piAava péXatvav péAav 
péeAaiva péAay 


péAaves péAatvar péLava 
peddvov pedaivav peddvev 
péAaot peAalvars péAace 
péeAavas peAaivas péeAava 


other adjective in av (rTdXdas, 


wretched). Adjectives in vs, however, are common and 
are generally oxytone. 


combine forms of all the declensions. 
are péyas, large, and twodts, much (many). 


i ga 


Por foe 


215. Irregular Adjectives. 


péeyas, LARGE. 


peyas 
peyaAou 
peyaro 
peyav 
peyare 


. peyaaAor | 


peyadov 
peyadous 
peydAous 


peyarn 
peyaAns 
peyary 
peyaAny 
peyarn 


peyarar 

peydAav 
peyaAats 
peyaras 


PARADIGMS 


SINGULAR 


peya 
peyaAou 
peyaro 
heya. 
peya 


PLURAL 


peyara 
peyGAov 
peyadous 
peyara 


qwoAvs, MUCH. 


aroAvs 
aroAAod 
TOAAD 


aroAvv 


arodAol 
arohA av 
aroAAots 
aroNAovs 


TOAAH 
TroAA fs 
TrohAT 
ToAAHy 


mrokAal 
moAdoy 
aro\Aats 
ToAAGs 


Some adjectives seem to 
The most common 


TrOAV 
atrodAod 
ToA@ 


arOAD 


TrOAAG 
aroAaov 
aro\Xois 
TOAAG 


62 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


216. TRANSLATE: 1. €x THs TOV GaTpamov apy7s 
c= 4%, , > 5 4 A 
otpatidtas €daBe Toddovs. 2. odK EmiaTEvoper TACL 
lal 4 . > 4 , \ A > 
Tots pytopow. 3. eis mediov péya Kal evdampov e€- 
elavver. 4. Ta TavTwy TOV Onpiwy Kpéa yuKéa Av. 
5. opvidas etpey ev TH Kaun peyadds Kal pedaivas. 
6. mpos Ta Opn edOds Eduyov Exdvtes. 7. 7d Spor 
“~ cae | , > , , ‘ 
tats Beats’ macais xapiey eoti. 8. oTparevua Ttodv 
> “a > 4 4, ~~ 7 - PA Foe a , 
exel NOpoilero. 9. mavra Ta Oma Emi apatov peya- 
hov nyeto. 10. nuépas words EropevovTo ot “EAXy- 
ves Oia Ywpas pedaivys. 


217. 1. Against their will the citizens came to the 
market place. 2. Many possessions they found in the 
large camp. 8. All our hopes of victory left us. 
4, When all (had) arrived, they began the games. 
5. Strife is not pleasing to all.. 6. Willingly did the 
Greeks heed (hear) the words of this great man. 7. For 
he spoke pleasing things about victory. 8. The plain 
was all black. 9. A great host had plundered every- 
thing in the country. 





1 The dative is used with adjectives and adverbs of kindred meaning 
with the verbs that govern the dative. 








COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES — «€668 


LESSON XX 


COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES — GENITIVE OF 
COMPARISON 


218. As in Latin there are three degrees of comparison, 
— positive, comparative, and superlative. 


219. Examine the following adjectives : — 


POSITIVE (Stem) CoMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE 
1. Slkatos, just (Stkaro-) Sixarétepos Stkavétatos 
2. codés, wise (codo-) coparepos cTopoTatos 
3. pédas, black (peAav-) peAavrepos peAdvratos 
4. ddnOjs, * true (&AnGes- ) &AnPéorepos aAnPéoraros 


a. Observe that (1) the comparative is formed by 
adding -tepos to the stem of the positive, the superlative 
by adding -tatos; (2) when the penult of stems in o (like 
codds) is short, o becomes w before -tepos and -tatos. 

6. The comparative and superlative are declined like 
adjectives in os, @ or n, ov. 

e. This is the most common form of comparison. 


220. Examine the following adjectives : — ° 


PosITIVE Root CoMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE 
1. dts, sweet, glad (m8-) jStov Sicros 
2. raxis, swift (rax-) Bdocowv for traxtwv Taxirros 
3. aloxpés, base (aicoy-) aicy tev alo-xirros 
4. & pds, hostile (€x8-) éx Otwv éx 8torros 


a. Observe that in these adjectives the comparative is 
formed by adding -twv to the root (not the stem) of the 
positive, the superlative by adding -toTos. . 

b. This mode of comparison is confined to certain adjec- 
tives in vs and pos. 


64 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


ce. The comparative is declined like evéaipwv (179), but 
ova may contract into w, oves and ovas into ovs. 


*221. ‘Table of Irregular Comparison (for reference). 


ayabds,*good, brave. 


ev8alpov, fortunate 
edvous,  well-disposed 


Kakés, bad, weak, cowardly 


Kadés, beautiful 
peyas, great 
Bikpdés, small 


mots, much, many 


padios, easy 
Xaptes, pleasing 


dpelvov 
BeAttov 


Kpe(tTev 

Agav 
evSatpoverrepos 
evvotorepos 
kaKktov 

RTTeV 

xelpov 

KadAtov 

pelLov 
ikpotepos 
harrov 

pelov 

twrelwv (rA€éov) 
dav 
XApteorepos 


apioros 
BéAricTos 
KpaTioTos 
A@orTos 
edSatpoverratos 
evvotorTaTos 
KaKLOTOS 
[HKirra, adv. ] 
xelptrros 
Ka ALo-TOs 

pe yLoTOS 
pikpotatros 
éLdxtoros 
(peto-ros, rare) 
tmAeioTos 
pgoros 
Xaprerraros 


222. Adjectives may be compared also by prefixing 
padrov, more, and padiota, most (234), as paddov Sikaos, 
more just, padtota copds, most wise. 


223. Compare dyptios, ikavds, mpd0vpos, Todos. 


224. 


a. éopev KpeitToves 7 tpels, 
iB. €opev kpeittoves tpav, 


MODEL SENTENCES 


we are stronger than you. 


y. OUTwS tTepi-yevioeTat TOV dvTioTaciwTav, in this 
way he will get the better of his opponents. 


COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 65 


a. Observe the case used after kpeittoves in 8, when 
#, which is used in a, is omitted. What case is used in 
Latin when quam is omitted ? 

6. Notice that y contains no comparative, but the idea 
of comparison in Trept-yevyoetat requires the genitive. 


225. Rule of Syntax.— A comparative is followed by 
the genitive when 4, than, is omitted; if 4 is expressed, 
the same case follows that precedes it. 


226. Rule of Syntax. — The genitive follows verbs signi- 
fying to surpass, to be inferior, and all others which imply 
comparison. 


227. TRANSLATE: 1. évredfev Kipos tv Baotdeav 
, > , {3738 , eQv 9 9 > Lg 
maw aro-Téumre.’ THY TaxioTnY ddV. . OUK €o6- 
peOa kaxtovs Tay a\\wy otpatiwrav. 3. @ KaKioTE 
> 4 3 ‘ A , $-394--e.- # y . 
avOpatwr,® adv Tots Todepiors Ep * Nuas neers. 4. 7 
N a pes > , = 3 \ Ey eon 
guyn Tos modeuiows aodareotépa €or H new. 
d. 6 5€ avyp akiditatos pev didos Tots Pidots, yade- 
moétatos d€ €xOpds Tots Todepious.” 6. dmdirds €da- 
¢ , , > A , mf A 
Bev as mreioTovs. 7. miotdétepos jv To Kipw 7H TO 
dvA\w avdpit. 8. éav tov woTrapdv d.ia-Baivyte, Kdpos 
oe, 4, 4 e - , , lal ¥ 
tw xapw ee ws tpolvporepois TavtTwv Tov addov. 
9. ovros 6 olvos HdvoTOs ott. 10. mepi-eyevero TaV 
€xXOpav ravtwr. 





1 Historical present, used for aorist in vivid narrative. 
2 Acc. to denote the road over which one passes. 
8 Partitive genitive, 
4 For és, . elided, and aspirated before a rough breathing. 
5 The forms éert, eloi, are often omitted. 
FIRST GR. BK. —6 


66 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


228. 1. Let us be more faithful than the barbarians. 
2. Cyrus was the most bitter enemy of all. 3. The 
safest road is not always the quickest. 4. He was more 
worthy to be king than his brother; for he surpassed the 
wisest men. 95. They sent back as many targeteers as 
possible. 


229. - VOCABULARY 
d£vos, a, ov, adj., worthy. mods, 4, ov, adj., faithful. 
dtro-tréwtrw, send back, send away. Taxds, eta, v, adj., swift, quick. 
d&opadts, és, adj., safe. q vyy, flight, retreat; cf. hevyo. 
7 Bactveva, queen. XaAerds, 4, dv, adj., severe, biter, 
mdvs, eta, 0, adj., sweet. harsh. 
6 olvos, wine. ds, adv., as; w. superlatives, ds 
mept-ylyvop.ar, be superior to, surpass. TaxLoTos, as guick as possible. 
*230. REVIEW EXERCISE 


"Avip kal Aéwv. (See Lesson XVIIT) 


‘Os 88 6) cuv-ddevor, EreEev o avip, Ev 5 rH éun (my) 
olkia TOAAG KANG eoTL, TA pev piKkpd, Ta O€é weydra. 
"ANA radvt@v Ti pdduota hlrov éaTi cot; Edn O A€éwv. 
Ilavra dire (I like) aitav, én o avip, adr’ dyadpa! 
Tt” yvapiev émol ye Sox@ (1 seem) rrodrv pireiv. 


Kai 6 érepos, OF Oavpdo.ov® TodTo, adrAa Tivos* éoTl TO 
 dyadpa ; 
ap 5 , 3 \ / a 7 @ bu 5 &? 
—’Avédpos éatt Kal A€éovTos, Ov EXaBev ovTOS. avdpes On 


yap apyovow amdvrwv Onplav.’ 


broraBov® dé 7d péya Onpiov Edn, Tadra odv ov réyers* 
el EVTOL Chamever) SuvawwTo AéovTes yAVPELY Aiovs TrOANOVS 
av idows émrt A€ovew. 





lorhan. : 2 Neut. of rls, a certain. °% Cf. Oavpato. 
4 Gen. sing. of rl, what? 5 Cf. 187, c. 6 2nd aor. participle. 


ADVERBS | 67 


LESSON XXI 


ADVERBS — DATIVE OF RESEMBLANCE AND DATIVE 
WITH COMPOUNDS 


231. Adverbs are regularly formed from adjectives. 


232. MODELS 
ADJECTIVE. Gen. Prur. Masc. ADVERB. 
1. Sixavos, just Sikalov Suxalws, justly 
2. codds, wise codav copas, wisely 
3. Hdbs, sweet 7déov ndéws, sweetly, gladly 
4. as, all TAYTOV tTavtws, wholly 


a. Observe that adverbs are formed by changing v of 
the genitive plural masculine to s. 


MODELS 
ADJECTIVE ADVERB 
1. rodts, much aod OF ToOAAG, much 
2. péyas, great péya or peyada, greatly 
3. pdvos, alone povov, only 


6. Observe that the neuter accusative of an adjective 
(either singular or plural) may be used as an adverb. 


COMPARISON 
233. MODELS 
POSITIVE CoMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE 
1. Stxalws, justly StkaréTepuv Sikatétara 
2. copas, wisely ToPaTepov copetara 
3. nd€é€ws, gladly ~ HStov Rovere 
4. kaxas, ill aT TOV qkirra, 


_ a. Observe that the comparative of the adverb is the 

neuter accusative singular of the comparative of the 
corresponding adjective; the superlative is the neuter 
accusative plural. 


68 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


6. Form the comparative and superlative of txavds, 
TOA, TpoWdpws, Taxéws, dodadds. 


a) | He IRREGULAR COMPARISON 


1. para, much, very; paddov, more, rather; padvora, most. 
2. avo, above; avwrépw, avetatw, 
3. éyyts, near; éyyvrepov or éyyutépw ; éyytrara or éyyuTare., 


235. MODEL SENTENCES 

a. edpov tretpivyv oTHAHV opoidv dvdpi, they found a 
stone image like a man. 

B. apie. Kadais Kal peyddats yuvatki, he associated 
with fair and stately women. 

y. ovrdéEds oTpatevpa étrohéper Tots Opaki, he collected 
an army and began to make war on the Thracians. 

a. Notice the case used after dpoidv in a, and cf. similis 
in Latin. So pide, associated with, and émohéper, of 
hostility. 


236. Rule of Syntax. — The dative is used with all words 
of union, resemblance, agreement, and approach, and their 
opposites. 


237. MODEL SENTENCES 


a. Mavid ovv-eoctpateveto TH SapvaPato, Mania took 
the field with Pharnabazus. 

B. 6 Sijpos ép-péever Tots dpkors, the people remain true to 
the oaths. 


a. Observe in these sentences an example of a construc- 
tion which you have often seen in Latin. But the number. 
of prepositions found in composition with verbs in Greek 
is much smaller than in Latin. 


ADVERBS | 69 


238. Rule of Syntax.— The dative follows many verbs 
compounded with év, ovv, or ém, and some compounded 
with tpdés, Tapa, tepi, and i1r6. 


239. TRANSLATE: 1. ydvcTa HKovoa Td Ovopa Tov- 


tov Tov €xOpod* Sewédratos yap jv. 2. wept vikns 
eTpexov ws tpodvporata, 3. ouv-ereupe TH Baor- 
heia HUAaKaS wS apiotovs. 4. ot "EAAnVes, Eze of 


Toheion eyyvTEpov eylyvovrTo, Tov ET. mpoOvpdrepov 
mpos-yyayov.. 9. av Tas Komas apmalwper, Oarrov 
mavoovTat ot Ilépoa. 6. ot d€”"EAAnves Emel TovTO 
nkovoav nov Kat mpolvpdtepov ouv-emopevovTo TO 
Kip@. 7. ot pev trod€uroe ehevyov mohv ere Oarror, 
ot d€ “EdAnves tavavtia® edevyov dia Tod moTapod 
as taxioTa. 8. é-eBovdevov Tots ahdous “EAAnow. 
9. ody dpoiois dvdpdo. payovrar voy TE Kal TOTE. 
10. ody tos duydow eudyovto TO caTparn. 

240.. 1. Then they accompanied (proceeded with) the 
general more gladly than (they do) now. 2. They fled 
into the nearest villages by the shortest road.? 3. He 
will send these allies with the guide much more safely. 
4. Let us fight the enemy more zealously and more ably. 
5. If they should become men like their fathers, they 
would be very faithful allies. 





1 Hyayov, 2d aor. act. of aye. 

- 2 For ra évavria, the contraction indicated by coronis (’). This con- 
tracting a final vowel with the initial vowel of the following word is called 
crasis (mixing). Ta évavtla, in the opposite direction. 

8 Cf. 227, 1. 


T0 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


241. VOCABULARY 
Seivds, 4, dv, adj., dread, clever. Spotos, a, ov, adj., like, similar. 
éyyts, adv., near, cup-topevopar, proceed with (for 
évavtlos, a, ov, adj., facing, opposed cuvtTopevopnar). 

to. Cf. dvrt. ré, conj. enclitic,.and ; te... wal, 
ém-Bovreva, plot against. both...and. Lat. -que. 
éru, ady., still, yet. Tore, adv., then, at that time. 
ydéws, adv. of 480s, gladly. Tpéx@, Spapotpar, ESpapov, -SeSpa- 


BAaXopar, paxodpar, éuaxerdpny, pyka, -SeSpaynpar, run. 
pepaxnpar, fight. Cf. paxn,. 


SNE 


LESSON XXII 


THE IMPERATIVE MOOD—COMMANDS AND 
PROHIBITIONS 


242. Learn the Present and Aorist Imperative, Active, 
Middle, and Passive of \v¥w (516-18), and the Present 
Imperative of eipi (528). Learn the Second Aorist Active 
and Middle Imperative of Xelitw (519). 


a. The personal endings of the imperative are : — 


ACTIVE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE 
@ TE oo oe (Oe) 
Te vTOV c8w (Ow) cbwv (Owv) 
243. MODEL SENTENCES 


a. héyete, KeEaTw, Travov, Tavodcbw, speak, let him 
speak, stop, let him stop. 

B. pr toler (for troiee) Todt, do not (ever) do this. 

y- PY Toujoys TotTo, do not do this (now). 


a. Observe that the imperative (both present and 
aorist) is used to express a direct command; and notice 
in 8 and y the forms used in prohibition. 


IMPERATIVE MOOD 71 


244. Rule of Syntax. — The Imperative expresses a com- 
mand, exhortation, or entreaty ; but in prohibitions in the 
second and third persons the present imperative or the 
aorist subjunctive is used with py. 

Here the two forms differ only as the present and 
aorist subjunctive. How are exhortations and prohibi- 
_ tions in the first person expressed ? © 


245. TRANSLATE: 1. ve, Avoov, Doar. 2. AVO: 


tov, AveavTov, vadabav. 3. tobi, e€ore, eoTwv. 
4. ime, duro. 5. oxébacbe, py oKxédlynobe. 
6. Kdérw, py Kae. 7. mopevOnti, mopedov. 8. py 


AdBns, AaBe.! 9. un éyere, pr) A€EnTe. 10: ap- 
xéo0w, KwrvOyro. 

246. 1. pr) wopevov povos, adda Kédeve TOds TyEud- 
vas THY TaxlaTHV Oddv ayew. 2. AKeETE Eis TO pEeoOV 
TOU OTpatoTrédov, Kal TOUS éemuTNSEloUs ayeTe. 3. Tap- 
caTw O€ nui oO Kypv€. 4. ei abdpot éeore, oxéeba- 
afe Touro. 9. avdpes ayafot eore, py aOvpdrepor 
tov BapBapwv yévnobe. 6. of otpati@rar paddov 
meleabwr Tots apyovar vov 7) Tpdcbev. 7. axovaaté 
pov: Kdwope Tas Kopas. 8. # Spopn@ * ayayys emt 
ce) ee oup-mopevOriT TO ayyé\wm Tapa Tov 
matépa. 10. Aéye TaANON, ore cbOis nfo. 

247. 1. Consider this at once, Clearchus. 2. Do not 


send for the only faithful men of the army. 38. Hear 
me, my clever guide, and advance on the run to the 





1 The forms etaé, éX9é, evpé, AaB, are oxytone ; so tS, meaning behold ! 
2 Dat. of manner. 


12 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


general. 4. Say to him: Let all wars be stopped. 
5. Let him be present and deliberate with the other 
rulers. 


248. VOCABULARY 
6 dyyeAos, messenger. Aéyw, Aw, EdeEa, say, tell. 
abupos, ov, adj., discouraged. Cf. péoros, n, ov, adj., middle. 

_mpobupos. : p6vos, n, ov, adj., only. Adv. pévov. 
6 apxov,! ovros, ruler. Cf.dpxw. ott, conj., that, because. 
0 Spdpos, a running, race. ; map-eut, be present, arrive. 
Kaw, Kavow, ekavoa, burn, set on  mpdcbev, adv., before (of time and 
nes place), previously. 

*249. Atddoyos. —- WORK AND PLAY 


Teepyios. Katanditecbe tas BiBdous, ® aides, Kal 
auvénOeté pror* mpos TO dpos+ Sevdpo yap Topevoopat, Kal 
Hoot ® av EXOowme ovv vpiv. 

- Owpacid.ov. IopevadcOwv of GrXot, AGAN epol ye ov 
Ouvvatov éoTiv. 

Ilavres. Ti yap otv; : 

Qwpuac. Acots ta éua “EXAnvixa otTrw peuadOnka. Tada 
pévTos padiva eat, éav Sé pévnte puxpov, ndéws adv vpiv 
Topevo opal. 

Tewpy. ’“AdXAa péverv ov dvvapeba* viv § odv érOé. 
Owpac. M7 travra réEns: eOér\w yap pwddioTa ooTep 
bpeis. 

Tewpry. Elev Std ite VUV, UNKETL MéXAWMEV. TrOpEv- 
a@pe0a Sé pds TO dpos, KaTaduTdvTes TOUTOY TOV codov.* 





_ 1Voe, sing. apxev, like nom., because the word is originally a parti- 
ciple.. Cf. 139, b. 
2 Cf. 238. 3 Cf. 136. .  cakey as noun. 





CONSONANT DECLENSION 73 


of 8) GAOL ATépyovTas TavTEs, Kal TAVTHY ye THY Hucpav 
yaipovtar (are happy). th Sé votepaig! éroinoev o 
Siddonanros éFéracw (test) Trav “EXAnuixav. év 5é dy TavTn 
Owpacidiov péev Karas Erpakev, oi S€ GAXOL KaKioTa. EévOa 
67) axovaas 0 OibaoKxanros, Aci, pn, TPATOV pev TOs TOVOUS 
qmoveite, €merta Oe TraileaOe.” 


— 250. VOCABULARY 
4 BiBdos, book. pero, pedAtjorw, delay. 
| Bedpo, adv., hither, here. vorepatos, a, ov, adj., following. 
| Buvards, 4, dv, adj., possible, able. 6 tévos, task, labor. 
i eae 


LESSON XXIIT 


NOUNS OF THE CONSONANT DECLENSION IN I, Y, EY 
—TWO ACCUSATIVES 


251. PARADIGMS 
atrn h méAts, THXUS, 6, Bacreds, 6, 
THIS STATE (CITY). _» CUBIT. KING. 
(aroAt-) (1nXv-) (BactAev-) 
SINGULAR "a 
N. airy 7] arédus THXVS Bactrcts 
G. Tavrns Tis < améXews THXEWS Bactréws 
D. ‘rTavTy <TH (orci) wore (whxet) whxet (Bactdéi) Bacrret 
A. TavtTny Thy mov THX VY Bacthéa 
Vv TOL THXY Bactrcd © 
PLURAL 
N.V.avrar at  (aédees) wéders (awhxees) mHXELS (Bactdées) Bacrdcis 
G. Toitav Tdav TOAEWV THXEwY . Bactréwv 
D. TavTats Tats moder THXETL Baciretor 
A. Tatras Tas modes THX ELS Bactréas 





1 sc. hpépa. 2 Cf. 65; 244. 


74 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


a. Notice the genitives in ews and ewv, and their ir- 
regularity in accent; and observe that in Baotdeds, v of 
the stem disappears before a vowel. Nouns in ts and 
evs are quite common. 


252. MODEL SENTENCES 


-a. Tl ee tatta épwtas, why do you ask me this? 
B. etl col €otar ad-ehéoOar eye Thy dpxy, i will be in 
your power to take the province from me. 
y- devo ef tis TL dya0dv TroLnoeev aitdv, zf anybody 
did him good, he rejoiced. 


a. Observe the two accusatives in each sentence. Only 
in # is the construction different from the English. 


253. Rule of Syntax. — Verbs signifying to ask, demand, 
teach, remind, clothe or unclothe, conceal, deprive, and take 
away, may take two object accusatives; so also verbs 
signifying to do anything to or say anything of a person. 


254. ; MODEL SENTENCES | 


_@ oTpatnyov S€ avTov pate Tavtov, he appointed 
him general of all. 


B. ékareite Bevodbdvta tratépa, you called Xenophon 
Father. 


a. Observe here the construction with which you are 
very familiar in Latin, the double accusative bios verbs 
of naming, etc. 


255. Rule of Syntax.— Verbs signifying to name, choose 
or appoint, make, think or regard, and the like, may take 
a predicate accusative beside the regular object. — 


CONSONANT DECLENSION 75 


256. TRANSLATE: 1. évtat0a Ktpos é&€racw elyev 
b) a , Be € , \ A ’ , 2 
ev T@ TEdiw TaV “EXAjvev kat Tov BapBapwrv. 2. x 
X , ta2% s- , \ N an A 
dé rovrou' Epunvéa Téutrer Tpos TOVs Opakas. 3. TOV 





‘EAAnvev ot pev” év tals ra€eow Hoar, oi dé” eis Tas 
, ¥ Oe a ae - a 
takes Erpexov. 4. Tols immevow emioteve paddov 7 
4 “~ “ 5 A > 4 X 
Tols meATacTats. 5. evrevOw e&-ehatver orabpov 





4 , - > \ > / > , A , 
eva Tapacdyyas okT@ eis modu eddaipova Kal peya- 
Anv. 6. mapa Baortéws® Hoy adyyedor Kal mas 


j 
) 


édidackov tavtra. 7. vonilw vas ddiyou a€ious 
cuppayous. 8. ypero Tov Epunvéea moddd. 9. oo- 


dpocvvynv edidacKkdunv vd Tod matpds. 10. 7d THs 
TOES TAUTNS TELYOS HY TO EdpOS ElKOOL TH YEW. 


257. 1. After the review of the soldiers, he sent for 
horses for the cavalry. 2. The great king considered 
the interpreter a valuable friend. 3. The satrap alone 
was plotting against these cities at that time. 4. Socrates 
taught young men self-restraint. 5. The ranks of the 
Persians retreated on the run to the nearest city. 





- 258. VOCABULARY 

SiSdoKw, SSdEw, e(Sata, teach. 6 tiwets, éws, horseman; ot tes, 
elxoot, indecl., twenty. . the cavalry. 
els, pla, év, one. Voul{w, think, consider. Cf. vépos. 
évrat0a, adv., there, in that place.  oAlyos, yn, ov, adj., a little, a few; 
7 éEéracis, ews, review. used in the neuter as noun, little. 
6 éppnveds, éws, interpreter. i cadppoctvy, self-restraint, modera- 
npopnv, 2d aor. mid. I asked; tion. 

épwrdw is used for present. yi Tags, ews, line of battle, rank. 

1 After this, thereupon. 2 of wév... of 8%, some. . . others. 


3 The article is omitted regularly with BacwAeds referring to the king of 
Persia, 


76 ; THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


LESSON XXIV 
THE INFINITIVE AND ITS USES 


259. Learn the Infinitives, Active, Middle, and Passive, 
of Aw (516-18) and eipi (528). Learn the Second Aorist 
Infinitives of Xeitmw (519). 


a. Personal endings: Active, ev, vat (evar). Middle 
and Passive, oat. 


260. The infinitive shows some irregularity of accent. 
The aorist infinitive active accents the penult; so also the 
perfect middle and all infinitives in vat. The second 
aorist infinitive active has the circumflex on the ultima, 
the second aorist middle accents the penult (208). 


261. Uses as in English. 
MODEL SENTENCES 

€-eotiv lévat, zt 2s possible to go. 
. BovdreTat péverv, he wishes to remain. 
kehever Tov Uvbpa tropeverOar, he orders the man to go. 
ws poBepdtatov Tots trodeplors etn dpav, that it might 
be a most frightful thing for the enemy to see. 

€. TodNal méATat Kal dpakar Toav dépecOar epnpor, 
many shields and wagons were left to be carried off. 


22 WA 


a. Observe that the infinitive in a is the subject of the 
verb; in 8 it becomes the object of BotAetat; 8 and vy are 
examples of a large group of verbs of wishing, command- 
ing, advising, causing, attempting, etc., which naturally 
require an infinitive to complete their meaning. 

6. Any adjective or adverb may take an Bee aaah to- 
limit its meaning, as dpav in 6.: 


| 


| 
| 


INFINITIVE TT 


ce. Notice that in the last sentence dépeo@at expresses 
the motive of épnpot joav. In what other ways may 
_ purpose be expressed’? Is the infinitive used in Latin to 
express purpose ? 

d. The difference between the present and aorist here 
(that is, not in indirect discourse) is the same as for the 
subjunctive, optative, etc.: that is, the present for con- 


tinued action, the aorist for a single act. 


262. The Infinitive with the Article. 


MODEL SENTENCES 


a. NOM. Tdv yap vikdvtav éotl Td Kata-Kaivetv, for it 
is the part of those who conquer to kill. 

B. GEN. attios ef Tod TheloTovs dT-ohwhéval, you are to 
blame for the death of many (of the very-many-to-have-died). 

y. GEN. 6bBarpav Tod dpav Eévexa SedpeOa, we need eyes 
for seeing (in order to see). 

5. DAT. vopitovtes avtov éurrodav etvar td toveiv, con- 
sidering that he was a hindrance to their doing. 

e. ACC. Kat-éoTyoav Thy ToL eis TO IT Shi ywv TUpav- 
veio@at, they brought the state into the (condition of ) being 
tyrannized over by a few. 


a. Observe that instead of a noun as subject of éoti in 
a, we find Td Kata-kaivetv, the infinitive with the neuter 
article in the proper case; so in @ after attios, which 
takes the genitive of cause, we find Tot dtt-okwAévat, an 
infinitive used as a neuter noun in the genitive. 

6. In 6 T@ tovetv is used as a noun in the dative after 
éptrobav, 

c. Observe in the remaining sentences common uses of 
infinitives with prepositions, as if they were nouns 


78 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK : 


263. Rule of Syntax.— The infinitive with the article 
may. be the subject or object of a verb, may depend upon 
a preposition, or stand in most of the constructions be- 
longing to nouns. 


264. TRANSLATE : 1. dew, Soe, Ao aL, AeAUKEVaL, 
2. NeAVT Hat, AVOHVaL, AboacAar, derIar. 3. AdoeTOat, © 


AvOyjoer Oar, eivar. 4. ume, Neirew. 45. yevér Oat, 
meDecOar. 6. dua 7d duddrrew. 7. EdOelv, éye-— 
cOa. 8. mawWevOnvat, teradevKevar. 9. Kedevorat, 


Bovredoew. 10. dyayev, a€eoOa. 11. ebactse 
apmacecOar. 12. heddoerOat, ad-ikéc au. 


265. 1. dvdykn éorlv dua Te ypypata ayew Kal Tots 


modewiors payerOar. 2. ovdeuia eAmis duly éeote 


cwOnva. 3. éxevos 6 avyp nuas a€er odd’ vrolu- - 
ylous mopever Oar Suvarynv. 4. emi tats Baoihéws Ov- 


pais” duvarov qv moddnv pév codpoovvynv pabety, 


ainypov d€ ovdev akodoa. 45. duas ore np are TOD 


dua-Baivew murtordrous vomiler. 6. of Tav apioTwr 

Tepoav aides eualov apyew re kal apyerOar. 7. 70 
, ‘ > be! , , > : b] , 

purafat Ta ayaa yaderdrarov éorw. 8. a€wwraros 


nv o Kupos ravra daBet. (9. mdvtes éBovdovTo 


, ~ , A “A 4 
Tepi-yevér Gar TOV Toh eptore 10. 76 Tov mrohepov 1Te- 
TavoQa. nov Hv Exevos Tols immedoL TOV TaLdiar 
EvEKG. 


266. 1. Flight® is much safer for the cavalry than for 


the hoplites. 2. It is pleasant to have many possessions. 





1 Cf, 227, 1, n. 2. 2 At the court of the king. 3 Use the infinitive. 


> 


INFINITIVE 2 


3. It will not! be possible to see anything! base at Cyrus’ 
court. 4. It was necessary to arrive at* the camp for 
the sake of deliberating. 5. On account of his having 
spoken the truth? he was able to persuade those citizens. 

















267, VOCABULARY 
aloxpds, a, dv, adj., base, shameful. 1» Obpa, gate, door. 
dua, adv., at the same time. pavOdvea, pabjoopar, 2d aor. épabov, 
i avaykn, necessity; avayKn éorl, pepadnka, learn. 
it is necessary. ovdels, ovdepla, ovdév, not any, no. 
éxeivos, y, 0, that. Used as ovros, Cf. és. 
this, w. article; also, he. cdolo, crdow, erwra, clowka, céorw- 
évexa, prep. w. gen., for the sake of, (o)par, Er wOnv, save. 
because of (following its noun ro vrofiytov, beast of burden, pack 
like Latin causa). animal. 
1 not anything, nothing. 2 10. ® Use the aorist infinitive. 
Ce eee oe 
au SN 
TORY, = 
: ,} es 
W DK NSA Ws 
Lik iY; mT => % 
Y le 


80 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


LESSON XXV 


PARTICIPLES— GENITIVE ABSOLUTE 


268. Learn the Participles, Active, Middle, and Passive, 
of A¥w (516-18), and etpi (528), and the Second Aorist 
of Nett (519). 


269. Learn the declension of the participles (505). 

a. Notice that the present and future active participles 
in wv are declined and accented like dkwv (page 60, 2), 
the second aorist like éxav (213). 

b. Cf. the first aorist active participle with tas, the 
first aorist passive participle with yapiets (213). 

e. The other middle and passive participles are declined 
and accented like adjectives in os, n, ov. 

d. In all participles the vocative is like the nominative. 


270. Accent.— The perfect and second aorist active, 
aorist and perfect passive participles, do not follow the rule 
of recessive accent (24). The first three are oxytone. 


i gE MODEL SENTENCES 


a. ol mpéoBers of td Siditrrov TeppbévtTes dd-tkovto, 
the envoys (which were) sent by Philip arrived. 

B. ot tap-dvtes Tdv todttav eltov, those of the citizens 
(who were) present said. 

y- €MWotca eis Adyous EheEe Tabe, when she had entered 
into conversation with him she spoke as follows. 

5. éyd pév toivuv dtr-erp Eévid cor Tapa-cKevaowv, L’m 
off, then, to prepare an entertainment for you. 

e. Htlotyoev av dxovods, if he had heard he would have 
disbelieved, 


| 


PARTICIPLES — GENITIVE ABSOLUTE 81 


a. Observe that the participle in a is used like an 


_attributive adjective; in @ tap-dvtes is used with the 
- article, substantively. In both cases we may translate by 
_ arelative and a finite verb. This is called the Attributive 


use of the participle. 
6. Observe that €\@otoa in y is equivalent to a clause 


of time, and tapa-cKevaowv in 6 expresses purpose. The 


participle may express also a condition as in e, or any 
other circumstance of the verb, as cause, manner, conces- 
sion, etc.; hence it may be called the Circumstantial par- 
ticiple. 

ce. The time of the participle is relative to that of the 
leading verb. 


272. MODEL SENTENCES 


a. Tovepa Takis éotl Todepiwv éropévwv, it is a poor 
arrangement if (or when) enemies are following (enemies 
following). 

B. TovTtwv 5€ ToLoVTHV dvTwV, OVK EBéEw GyeLV, since this 
is so (these things being such) I do not care to lead. 

a. Notice that the participle is used in the above sen- 
tences with the genitives todepiov and toiteav, in an 
independent construction corresponding to the Latin 


ablative absolute. In B the genitive absolute expresses 


the cause of ovk €8é\m. It may also express time or con- 
cession, as in Latin. 


273. Rule of Syntax.— A noun and a participle not 
grammatically connected with the main construction of 
the sentence may stand by themselves in the genitive. 


This is called Genitive Absolute. 


FIRST GR. BK. —7 


82 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


274. TRANSLATE: |. apralov, apracas, nptakds, 
aptrac Geis. 2. iddv, yevouevos, eAvpévos, aOpo:- 
cdpevos. 38. Tois eMMods1, TH AeEdoyn. 4. Tov 
, €° +9 , A Z 
map-ovra, ot em-BeBovheuKdres. 9. ToUTO TpaTTwY 
eive. 6. tovTo mpa€as eire. 7. mopevdpevor huda- 
Eovor. 8. mopevfévtes duddfovow. 9. Hee mal- 
dev0noouevos. 10. Hee mawWevPnodpuevos. 


275. 1. 6 Kdpos da-nrbe cwdivedoas Kat atinacbels 
vmod ToD adehpod. 2. am-eMav Ext THY adpynv ér- 
eBovieve Baorlet To adehd@ as! Baciiedowy avr” 
éxeivov. 3. IIpofevoy dé, EGov ovta, éxéd\evoe ha- 
Bovra avdpas ws mieiatrous edOciv. 4. evredler 
—é€ropevOncav atabuods TéTTapas, Toy ToTapoy ev 
> NS, > , \ , lal , 
dpuoTepa exovtes. 9. ef€racw dé TavTwy Tov Ktpov 
¥ > A Y ” 3s 9% \ , = ae 
EXOVTOS Ev Tots OTAQLS” HAGE Tapa Bacii€ws ayyehos 


héywv de. 6. x 5€ TovTov* 6 Kupos mavtas Tovs 
oTpatiétas ovd-\éEas elmer. 7. adda e€orw? & 


- / \ € ‘\ \ \ e fy ‘\ c p “~ 

KWAVOMEVOS KAaL UTO pNTpPds Kal Vd TaTpds UTO THS 
4 b “4 € 7 , 

dioews Tpatrew jvaykalounv. 8. 6 dé, mdvu Toh- 
hav Bovrionevav éErerOar, od moddods Ereupev adTo. 
9. €mel ovTos €ide Kipov teOvnkorta, eduyev Eywv 76 
oTparevpa may d Hye. 10. of Kad@s remadevpevor 
e , > + la 
ikavol eiaw addovs diddoKeu. 





1 ®s, as, with a participle ascribes authority for the statement or in- 
tention to the subject of the sentence, not to the author himself. 

2 for avrl. 8 under arms. 4 Cf, 256, 2, n. 

5 Cf. 76. : 


PARTICIPLES 83> 


276. 1. He came bringing an interpreter at Cyrus’ 
bidding. 2. He obeyed his nature which compelled? 
(him) to speak the truth. 3. If I should wish? to incur 
danger, I should follow Cyrus. 4. They were marching 
with that city on their left. 5. After he was dishonored 
by his brother, he planned to collect? an army and® take 
the field against him. 


277. VOCABULARY 
dvaykale, -cw, qvaykaca, compel, wav, adv., very. Cf. was. 
force. Cf. avaynn. 6 IIpdtevos, Proxenus. 
dpurrepds, a, dv, adj., left. ovd-héyw, -AéEw, ovv-eAXeEa, collect. 


Gripdte, -cw, yripaca, dishonor.  rértapes, tértrapa, four. Cf. 508. 
€ropar, €popar, 2d aor. €ordpynv, 1 iots, ews, nature. 


follow, w. dat. ae, adv., thus, referring to what 
BvAcKe, Gavodpat, 2d aor. EBavov, is to come; hence, as follows. 
révyka, die. (From 68¢, this, the following, as 
és, 4, 0, rel. pron., who, which, ovtws from ovros, this, the pre- 
that. Cf. 515. ceding.) 





1 Cyrus having ordered.  Participle. * Having collected an army to. 








84 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


LESSON XXVI 
CONTRACT VERBS IN éw— Aités 


278. General Statement. — Verbs in da, éa, and 6a, suffer 
contraction where a, €, or o comes before e€ or o of .the 
tense stem, aS TovéeTe, TrovetTEe ; TIpdomev, TlLapev. 


279. Learn the entire present system active and passive 
of Tovéw (522). 

a. Notice that (1) when e comes before € the resulting 
contracted syllable is e.; (2) when € comes before o, the 
resulting contracted syllable is ov; (8) before » or a 
diphthong, € is absorbed, as Tovémpev, Trorpev ; pid€oupev, 
idoipev. 


280. Accent of Contracted Words.— A contracted syllable 
is accented if either of the original syllables had an accent. 
A contracted penult or antepenult is accented regularly 
(19, 20). A contracted ultima is circumflexed, unless the 
original word was oxytone. 


a. Compare the contracted and uncontracted forms of 
trovew and prove these rules. 


281. MODEL SENTENCES 

a. catpatns étroveito Ov Te avTIS TpdcOeV TpxXeE, he was 
made satrap of (the places) which he himself formerly 
ruled. 

B. Wwap-etibecav él tiv avThv tpateLav. Kpéad todha, 
they placed many meats upon the same table. 

y- €oatpatreve & atta tavTys THs xapas Zivis, and 
Zenis was satrap of this land for him. 


CONTRACT VERBS 85 


a. Observe in a the fundamental meaning of avrtés, 
like the Latin ipse ; in 8, however, when preceded by the 
article, aités means same. The English order will be a 
help in remembering this, 6 avtds dvyp, the same man, but 
6 dviip avtés, the man himself. 

6. Observe in y an example of the most common use of 
avTos, in all cases but the nominative, as a personal 
pronoun. Thus avtés combines the meanings of 7s, ipse, 
and idem. For declension see 510. 


282. TRANSLATE:! 1. qodepet, emodguer, mod€eue. 


9) > A > - nw e A ¢ na Y 

2. ap-ikvovvtar, ad-ikvovvTo. 3. Ypov, aipov, ypovr. 

4. (va Towler, va Todo, tva Tov@vTar. 5. of aot- 

KOUYTES, Tals GOLKouLevals. 6. én-awvetv, ém-aiveto an. 
he A , Py e , eo Be 

7. é€av doxy, Soxolyn av. 8. aipovvrwv, aipeiobov. 

9. €roiour, érouetro. 10. ay nynrat, et WyotTO. 


283. 1. 6 dé AaBav Ta ypypata, ovd-héEas orpa- 
> la “A , , > 
Teva €modeuer Tots Opaki. 2. mopevdmevor ad-ik- 
" y fo tea 1 , 2 \ ee , 
VOVVTAL AULA TH HEPA TpOS TO Opos. 3. Xeupioodos 
on A ‘\ A 
bev HyEtTO TOU oTpatevpatos haBav Tovs yuprvATas 
, = a SS ‘ es! Z y 3 Ths 
TAaVTAS, REvopav O€ TvY TOLS OTAiTALS ELTETO” OVOEVA 
€xov yuprynta. 4. Kal vuv, @ avdpes, am-eXPovtes 
A bd > 
aipetofe dpxovtas. 9. apyovTas EAopevor HKeTE Els 
~ ¥ 
TO féoov TOU oTpatomédov Kal Tovs aipeHevtas ayere. 
A a Y 
6. avrots €ddKer. otpatrnyovs aipetoPar addovs. 
aA A A > “ 
7. Tov pev Kad@s ToLwodvTa ém-auwel, Tov Sé€ adiKovYTa. 
A ‘\ 
ovk én-awet. 8. Kal avrolt wodAdKis EBovdevovTo TeEpL 





1 The pupil should be able to give readily the original uncontracted form. 
2 at the same time with the day, at daybreak. 8 imperf. of &ropat. 


86 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


THs mopeias. 9. Ta adTa yu SoKxet ad Kal Bacdel. 
10. py Spope ynyjoy, ara THY TaxioTnVv ddov Wa TO~ 
OTPATEULA ErNTAL WyOU. 

284. 1. Do not do that often. 2. For they did not 


seem to be warring with him, but with the satrap. 
3. At daybreak the generals led the light-armed troops 


to the same place. 
themselves also wronged. 


4. Often those who do wrong! are 


5. You chose him ruler, 


that he might lead you home as soon as possible. 


285. 


d8rkéw, A8uKhow, ndlknoa, do wrong, 
wrong. 

aipéw,? aipjow, 2d aor. 
MPNKA, Yonpar, ypeOnv, seize ; 
mid. aipotpat, choose. 

Gr-€pxonar, 2d aor. a&ar-fAOov, dar- 


elhov, | 


VOCABULARY 


érr-atvéw,? érr-arvéow, «= r-vera, 
praise. ; 

Hyeopar, Hyhoropar yynodpny, /ead 
the way, lead, command, used 
with both gen. and dat.; also 


think. 


edfAv0a, go away, go back. Tokenéw, Torkeunow,  érodkéunoa, 
6  Yyupvys, yupviros, light-armed make war on, fight. Cf. wéde- 
soldier. os. 
Soxéw, S6&w, ESoka, SéSo0ypar, €5dx-  moAAdxts, adv., often. Cf. modds. 


Onv, seem, seem best, think. 7m topela, journey, march. 

Nore.— From this point proper names will not be given in the small 
vocabularies, but must be found in the general vocabulary at the end 
of the book. The pupil should be able to transcribe the Greek name into 
the equivalent English word, and not glance at his vocabulary every time 
‘the name is to be spoken. 





1 Those who do wrong, two words. 
2 The aor. pass. is ypéOnv, not ypHOnv, as you would expect, for most 
- verbs in a short vowel lengthen that vowel in all forms after the present ; 
aS tovéw, Trownow, érolyoa, tetoinka, terotnpat, érounOny. 
8 Exception; that is, it does not lengthen the vowel. 


CONTRACT VERBS 8T 


*286. READING EXERCISE 
How a Woman BECAME SATRAP 


For Vocabulary see page 231 


“H && Alorls airy jv pév DapvaBafov, écatpameve & 
avT@ TavTns THs xopas Zhvis: émet & exeivos amébave 
mapecxevateto pev 0 PapvaBalos ardrw Sodvas (to give) THY 

/ / bé e 7, ba 6 1 
catpareiav. Mavia dé, 7 yun, dpa AaBotoa 
mpos autov. éAOodca? Sé eis Noyous eitrev: "OQ PapvaBake, 
0 avnp o éuos Kal TaAXA® Piros Fv cot, Kal Tors dSacpovs 
amredioou,t @oTe cv ToAv avTov érimas (for ériuaes). éav 

> b , de val 5 > / e al / Py a 
ovv éyo cot pndev xelpov® éxeivou danpeT@, Ti oe Set AXXOV 
catpamny troveiv; hv dé Te wy apécxw (please) cot, émt 
aov® Symov (of course) gota apedéobar' ewe tHv apynv. 
b 4 \ na al / y a 9 4 a 
axovaavTe 5& TadTa TH DapvaBalw edoke Seiv® tHhv yuvaira 

a , 

catparevev. 1 O& émel Kupia Tis yw@pas éyéveTo, Tovds 
PS \ Oe aa 5 nr > 5 \ 10 .> ‘8 \ \ 
agpmous ovdey HTTOv® Tod avdpos” amedidov, Kal mpos 
(in addition) tovtois cuvertpateveto T@ PapvaBalo oorte 
eis Mucovs 4 Iliciédas dyot. ote kal avtetiwa (for avt- 
eTiwae) avtiv peyadial! 6 DapvaBafos, kal ocvpBovrov™ 
TONAGKLS TAPEKANEL. 


4 
ET OPEVETO 





1 From AapBavo. 2 From épxopat. 3 By crasis for ra adAa. 
4 3d sing. impf. act., dro-8(Smpr, give what is due, pay. 

5 233, 221. 6 in your power. 7 From &-atpéw. 

8 253. 9 decided that the woman should be, etc. 

10 180. ll adv. 232. 12 Tn apposition with adrhyv. 








Sq 


88 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


*LESSON XXVII 


CONTRACTED ADJECTIVES AND NOUNS— TIME 


287. Many adjectives and nouns in which € or o pre- 
cedes the o or a of the stem are contracted in all their 
cases. 


288. Learn the declension of ypiceos, golden, dpyvpeos, 
of silver, and dardéos, simple (504). 


a. Observe (1) that with the exception of the nomina- 
tive and accusative duals in a, all the contracted forms 
circumflex the ultima; (2) €0 and oo contract into ov, ea 
and oy into n; but if p precedes, ea becomes a, as always 
in dual and plural forms, where € and o disappear before 
a; (3) a vowel is absorbed before a diphthong beginning 
with the same vowel, so e before ot and at; in other cases 
as in verbs, a vowel is contracted with the first vowel 
of the diphthong, while the second vowel disappears 
(except.t, which remains as tota subscript). 


289. Like the masculine of dtdédos are declined mascu- 
line nouns in 00s, as (vdos) vos, mind, voc. vod; neuters 
in eov are declined like the neuter of ypioeos or dpytpeos, 
as (dcTéov) doTodv, bone. 


290. Nouns of the A-declension in ea follow the declen- 
sion of the feminine of xpioeos and dpytpeos. Nouns in 
aa contract the first a with the following syllable, as 
(pvad) pvd, (pvads) pvds, mina. 


291. Decline (vd0s) vodts, mind, (athd60s) Tots, voyage, 
(60téov) doTotv, bone, (yéa) yt, land (sing. only). 


CONTRACTED ADJECTIVES AND NOUNS 89 


292. MODEL SENTENCES 

a. Npepars 8 Tpiakovta Yotepov “AdkiBiddns vuKrds 
at-é5pa, but thirty days later (later by thirty days) Aleibi- 

ades escaped by night. 
 -B. TH 8 totepaia’ AdkiBrdins jkev, and on the next day 
Alcibiades returned. 

y. TavTHY pev THv jépdv Epervav, they remained 
throughout that day. 

a. Observe the different cases used in a and B to 
express time when and time-within which, and compare 
with the Latin cases. tTpépdv in vy denotes extent of time. 
This construction you have had, in 61. 

b. For the case of rpépats in a see 300. 


293. Rules of Syntax.— The Genitive is used to denote 
time within which, the Dative to denote time when, and the 
Accusative, as in Latin, to denote time how long, or extent 
of time. 


294. TRANSLATE: 1. study 8€ orédavov éxdorw 
xpuvcovv méupo. 2. pera tTavTa tov yyeudova oi 
y. > , ~ ¥ 4 \ , 
EdAnves amro-méutrover Sapa €yovra, immov Kat duddnv 
> A \ - \ , > A 5 e a 
dpyupav Kat Sapeukods déka. 3. evravda qv H yn 

, , 5 pls an» eet fa 

mediov. 4. hé€are ov Ti ev v@ exere. 5. 6 TOU 

A , e ae ta i \ , 

Eevopavtos hoyos amhous Hv. 6. huépas Kat vuKTos 

7 avTo Toveire. 7. TH SE VoTEpaia Tpoo-Hyov avTovs 
ww ‘ _— 

eis THY otpariav. 8. eTavda thy dboTepaiav ar- 

, ot ) xX rane oe oN 
Exopouv madi eis Tas KHpas Gs ovK Exavoav. 9. ea 
Bacireds Seka Hpepov pry paynta, va-voyvelrar 6 
Ktpos Sapeuxovs tpicyidious T@ aAnBedoavr avdpi. 


90 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


10. exeivy TH vuKti ar-€Baver brolbyia tpia. 11. dv- 
EXOPEL ODY VUKTOS 9 OTPATLA THY pdaTHy oddv.' 


295. 1. What did the Greeks have in mind on that 
day? 2. The golden crowns seem to be of great value.? 
3. Let us promise three silver cups and twenty darics if 
they withdraw in five days. 4. Each (man) was com- 
pelled to follow for two days. 5. So there were 3000. 
light-armed troops in the army. | 


296. : VOCABULARY 
dva-xwpéw, -xwpfow, -exopnoa, tpets, tpla, adj., three; cf. 508. 
withdraw, retreat. TpioxtAvot, at, a, adj., three thousand. 
aro-OvicKew, die, more common UT-LeXvotpat, vro-cxhoropa, 2d 
than the simple verb. aor. vqr-erxdpny, vm-éoxnpar, 
6 Saperkds, daric, about $5.40. "promise. 
éxarros, y, ov, adj., each, every. ° vtorepatos, a, ov, adj., following; 7 | 
ovy, adv., then, so, post-positive. vorepata, sc. npépa, the following 
6 otépavos, crown. day. 


yj orparia, army. Cf. orpdrevpa. 1 didAn, cup. 





1 The acc. to denote the ground over which one passes (cf. 283, 10) is 
connected with the cognate accusative, which repeats the idea already 
contained in the verb; a&pxhv dpxewv, to hold an office. So often with an 
adj.; peydda dpapraveiv, to commit great faults. 

2 worth(y of ) much. 





CONSONANT DECLENSION 91 


LESSON XXVIII 
DIGAMMA! NOUNS OF THE CONSONANT DECLENSION 
—DATIVE OF CAUSE AND MEANS 


297. Review the declension of éketvos, ovTos, &dXos, the 
relative pronoun, and the article (509, 513, 515). 


298. PARADIGMS 
Bois, 6, t : ypais, n, : vais, 1 
Ox, COW. OLD WOMAN. SHIP. 
(Bov-) (ypav-) (vav-) 
SINGULAR 
N. Bots ypaits vats 
G. Pods ypads VEOS 
D. Bot ypat vyt 
A.  Bodtv ypatv vadv 
v. Bod ypat vad 
PLURAL 
N. V. Bées ypaes vies 
G. Bodv Yypaav ve@v 
D. Bove ypavol vavol 
A. Bods ypais vais 
299. MODEL SENTENCES 


a. TovTos Hon Kipos, Cyrus was pleased with these. 

B. vd bro-hertTrépevov FpEaTto Spdpm Veiv, the part left 
behind began to go forward on the run. 

y. Tats dotriot pds Ta Sépata eSovmnoav, they sounded 
with their shields on their spears. 





1 So called because in early Greek the stems ended in the primitive 
vau or digamma (f). Cf. Lat. bos, bov-is. 


92° THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


5. al yap tTpijpers Tav “AOnvaiwy toAhd Théoves Yoav, 
for the triremes of the Athenians were far more numerous 


(by much). 


a. Notice the case used above to express the cause, 
manner, and means. How are these expressed in Latin? 
What other case in Greek takes some of the uses of the 
Latin case ? 

6. Observe that todX@, though dative of manner, also 
expresses the degree of difference with téoves. 


300. Rule of Syntax.— The Dative is used to denote the 
cause, manner, and means or instrument. The dative of 
manner is used with comparatives to denote the degree of 


difference. 


301. TRANSLATE: 1. émi tov veay Tov eis Tov Ilov- 
Tov mAEove@v evpioKovTo moAhat BiBdou yeypappevat. 
2. kal Kip@ wap-noav at ex ehorovyyocov ves Tpia- 


\ , A ” - 5 , , 
KoVvTa Kat mévTe. 3. vavs addas eiye Ktpou révTe 
\ ¥ a > , Z € x 
Kal elKoow ais emo\opKer Midyntrov. 4. 9 oTparia 
3 al e / ~ A lal > \ b] , 
éx Tov vroluyiwy exowe Tos Bots. 5. €v d€ exelvars 


an ea s , eee . , A 
Tats olkiats noav Boes Kat opvifes. 6. apyvpiov pev 
> »¥ wn \ e , 4 “Ky \ 
ovk exw, Bovs de é€akoalovs: tTovrovs otv haBav 
ava-xape. 7. THY pe érépav vavy ediwKoy Kal TH 

> -~ c 4 la e \ e l4 - “A 4 
avTn nuépa Kat-ehaBov: 1 dé Erépa vads di-edvya, 
> oe , = p) , © , , = 
eis Tas AOnvas ad-txomérvyn. 8. 7 Bacideva mporépa 


Ktpov mévte nuépais ad-ixero. 9. 6 Zevodar 7dero 
TO U itm. «10. ds Niu@ aar-€0 
@ iTT@ TOUTM. . 0 oTpaTnyos hiw@ am-eOave. 


302. 1. For. the sake of this harbor he sent for the 
ships. 2. With thirty-five ships, the best sailing (ones), 


CONSONANT DECLENSION 93 


they besieged that city. 3. Cyrus is pleased with the 
ship that he found there. 4. They seized the hill two 
days before! the enemy. 5. After sacrificing the oxen 
they killed the other animals because of great hunger. 


303. VOCABULARY 
S.a-dhevye, -pevEopar and -hevEotpar,  Kdrrw, kéo, Exoa, cut, kill. 
-épvyov, mépevya, escape. © Aipés, hunger. 
efakdoror, at, a, adj., six hundred. 4 olla, house. 
repos, a, ov, adj., the other; the one,  mdéw, wAeboopar, Erdevora, sail. 
the other. Cf. Lat. alter. ToAopKéw, How, etc., besiege. 
dopa, yoOAropat, oOnv, be glad, @mpdtepos,? a, ov, adj., former, 
enjoy. CE. 48%s. earlier. 


kata-AapBdve, seize upon, capture.  tpvaxovra, indecl. thirty. 


*304. . READING EXERCISE 
For Vocabulary see page 231 
(a) From Hecusa’s SPEECH TO HER MAIDENS 
- + 2 a \ na X / 
yeT @ Taldes THY ypady TpO Somer, 
aryeT opOodcat THY opddovdor, 
Tpwddes, tpiv, mpdcbev § advaccav.* 
AaBeTte, hépete, TeumreT’, deipeTé prov 


yepatas yepos ° poc-Aalvpevar.® 


(b) From Lysias’ ORATION ON THE OLIVE StuMP—-epl tod ZyKod 


"Hv pév yap tovto Ilecavdpov To ywpiov, dnuevPevtwv 
tav dvtwv’ & éxeivov, "AmroACdwpos 0 Meyapevs Swpedv 
Tapa Tov Snuov AaB@v Tov pév aArov xpovoy® éyew@pyet, 





1Cf. 301, 8. 

2 The adjective is often used where in English we should employ an 
adverb. 

3 236. * Bacideav. 5 taking me by my uged arm, 187, a. 

6 Poetic for mpoc-AapBavouvcat. 

7 Neut. pl. of av, effects, property. 8 293. 


94 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


OR 1S. \ a ry 2°” A 6 a / 
OAiy@! O€ mpo TAY TpLdxovTa* AvTLKANS Tap avTOD Tpta- 
3 > / > \ be ae / > , bd 
pevos® é€euicOwoev* eyo Sé rap “Avtixdéous eipyvyns ovans 
? 4 ¢€ le / s | ee. Boge. ” > ees, a 
€wvovunVv. Hryovmat Toivuv, @ Bourn, éwov Epyov* atrodetEar 
€ > LS ‘ ‘ b] 4 wi? > / bd 

(to show) ws, érrevdn TO ywpiov Extnoduny, oVT EXala ovUTE 
onkos év-hv €v AUT@. TOD yap pev TpoTépov yYpovou,° ovd Ei 
Tada €v-joav pupiat, ovK av dixaiws eCnucovynv:® mavtes 
yap émiatacQe (know) OTe 0 ToAEwos Kal GAXw@Y TOAA@Y 
aitios KaK@V yeyévyntal, Kal TA piv Teppw' bo AaKedaipo- 
/ pom Se \ > > \ 7 ¢e \ n / / 
viwv: éréuveto, Ta O eyyds' bo THVv hirwv dunptrageTo: 
@ote Tas av Stxalws Urép TOV TH Tore yeyevnuévov 
cupdopav éym vuvi dixnv didoinv;® dddXws® Te Kai TovTO 
\ , 2 a s 5 Oe 10 » 4 L BN 
-TO Yw@plov EV TH TOAE“M ONmEevVVEV* ATPAKTOV NY TEDW 1H 
Tpia éTn. 





1300, end. | 2 i.e, the famous * Thirty Tyrants,”’ B.c. 404. 
8 Used as 2d aor. of @véopar. 
4 Subj. of elvat to be supplied after hyotpar. 


5 Gen. of cause. 6 205. For inflection see 524. 
7 Take with Ta, pév, ta 8’, the parts remote from the city, the parts near. 
8 Pres. act. opt., Slap, give. 9 G@AAws Te Kal, especially as. 


10 Neut. of Snpevdels. 





Aéwv xal Bois, 


-INDIRECT DISCOURSE 95 


LESSON XXIX 
INDIRECT DISCOURSE— $npi 


305. Learn the Present and Imperfect Indicative of 
dynpi (531). Review the rules for Enclitics (72-75). 


306. A direct quotation gives the exact words of the 
original speaker or writer; as, I shall go to-morrow. In 
an indirect quotation the original words conform to the 
construction of the sentence in which they are quoted ; 
as, He said that he should go to-morrow. 


307. Indirect quotations may be expressed by 6tt 
(as), that, and a finite verb, or by the infinitive; and 
sometimes by the participle. 


a. The participle in indirect discourse will be treated 
in Lesson XLIX. 


308. Remark.— Of the three most common words 
meaning to say, — 


(a) ettrov regularly takes 8tt (és) and a finite verb. 
(6) mypt regularly takes the infinitive. 
(¢) \éyw allows either construction, but when active 
generally takes 8t1 or os. | 
(d) otopar, iyyéopat, vopitw, and SoKéw, think, believe, 
regularly take the infinitive. 
Nore, —It is to be remarked that the only form of indirect discourse 


in Latin is that with the infinitive. In this principle of syntax the two 
languages differ. 


26. THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


309. MODEL SENTENCES 
I. Simple Sentences. 


A. éyw or ettrov. 


F4 . 
= Dyisent Siaisineet: sete. Cyrus does this. 


Kisos robts tmpate, Cyrus will do this. 

émpagte, Cyrus did this. 
mpatter, | he says that Cyrus 
apace, does (will do, did) 
émpacte, | this. 


B. héyer St. Kipos 
TOUTO 





TpaTTOL or TpaTTEL, 

mpago. or mpage, | he said 
mpagtere or mpage, 

that Cyrus was doing (would do, did or had done) this. 


B. pnp. ‘ 
tpatteiv, | he says that Cyrus 
5. nol Kipov totto } mpaéeuv, does (will do, a) 


y- €deEev (elev) Sti 
Kipos TotTto 





pagar, this. 

tpattew, | he said that Cyrus 
e. &py Kipov totto { mpakewv, | was doing (would 

pagan, do, had done) this. 


£. Kipos bn toto mpaTtew, mpage, maga, Cyrus 
said that he (Cyrus) was Bog, should do, had 
done or did, this. 


a. Notice that the form of the direct statement a is 
retained after Aéyet Stt in A, but in y either is changed to 
the corresponding tense of the optative or is kept to re- 
produce vividly the original words of the speaker. 

6. Compare the forms used in 6 and e with those of a, 
and notice the case of the subject of mpattewv, etc. The 


INDIRECT DISCOURSE 97 


subject of TpaTTELW in € is omitted, because it is the same 
as that of én. 


310. Rule for Simple Sentences in Indirect Discourse. — 
In indirect quotations introduced by 6tt or as, after 
primary tenses an indicative retains both its mood and 
its tense; after secondary tenses it either is changed 
to the same tense of the optative or is retained in the 
original mood and tense. When the quotation follows a 
verb that takes the infinitive (308), after both primary 
and secondary tenses the indicative of the direct dis- 
course is changed to the same tense of the infinitive. 
The subject of the infinitive is omitted when it is the 
same as the subject or object of the leading verb. 


311. TRANSLATE: 1. dyai, ebn, pact. 2. ebayer, 
date, edynv. 3. dys, edare, ehacav. 4. &ebnoba 
toe, epnola Trouncew. 9. Kipds dyar Oavpdlew, 
Oavpaca. 6. épbacav avtovs enerOar. 7. edeEev 
oTt Oavpaceer. 8. ede€ev o7r Oavpalo. 9. debe 
ott Oavpacer. 


312. 1. You are saying, you were saying, they said. 
2. I say, we said, he says. 8. They say, they said, 
I said. 4.° He says that he sent, he says that he will 
send. 5. They said that he was king, they said that 
he would be king. 


Nore. —If the pupil will learn at the outset to determine for himself 
the original words of the speaker, he will not find indirect discourse diffi- 
cult. In the last sentence above, the point to be ascertained is what they 
really said: ‘‘he is king,’’ or ‘‘he was king’’; ‘‘he will be king,’’ or 
- **he would be king.”’ 

FIRST GR. BK. —8 


98 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


LESSON XXX 
INDIRECT DISCOURSE (Continued) 


313. MODEL SENTENCES 
II. Complex Sentences. 


n. av Kipos toito patty, Kaas eer, if Cyrus does 
this, it will be well. 

6. €heEev (elev) Sti ci Kipos totto mpatto., Kahds 
€or, he said that if Cyrus did this, it would be 
well. 

. &py el Kipos toto mpatto., kadas eEeww, he said 
that if Cyrus did this, it would be well. 

x. (Aéyer StL) ef Kipos totto mpatere, Kahds av 

—-€xou, (he says that) if Cyrus should do this, it 
would be well. 

2. ZreEev Sti ci Kipos toto mpakere, kakds av exon, 
he said that if Cyrus should do this, it would 
be well. 

pu. &pn ei Kipos toto mpakere, Kadds av exer, he said 
that if Cyrus should do this, it would be well. 


a. Observe that when mpatty becomes tpattor after a 
secondary tense, the av in éav is lost; but the &év in the 
apodosis is retained even when the verb becomes the 
infinitive (dv €xetv in pw). 


*314. Rules for Complex Sentences in Indirect Discourse. — 
(a) The leading verb follows the rule for simple sen- 
tences (310). 


INDIRECT DISCOURSE 99 


(6) After primary tenses the dependent verbs retain 
the same mood and tense. After secondary tenses de- 
pendent verbs may either be changed to the same tense of 
the optative, or retain their original mood and tense ; but 
secondary tenses of the indicative are never changed to the 
optative. | 

(¢) When a subjunctive becomes gptative, év is dropped, 
éav, dtav, etc. becoming el, ote, etc. 


315. TRANSLATE: 1. é« d€ rovrov of TpLdKkovta ovKErL 
> ‘ 2 > 5) nw “e 
evou.ilov Ta Tpaypata evar aopahyn. 2. obTos mpo- 
, - c s- > Y , ss , 
méepwas Epunvéa eimev or. BovAoiTo oTovdas Tomjoa- 
+ 3) 8 A , 5 ia) LER , 
oOa. 3. el ert Baciel yernodpcba,' Ti oidpucOa met- 
> , ‘\ ‘\ 4 v4 > 4 
geo0ar; 4. €d€yero yap kat tpdcbe THpys év Tav- 
™ 7) X@pe TOAD EXwv OTpATEVWA VITO TOUTwY TaV av- 
Spav ta oKevoddpa® ad-aipeOnvar. 5. ede€ev ore ei 
‘Aynoihaos €hOou. ovr aire, Tov Tov Tladdaydvev Ba- 
eed > ’ dl ‘ , i y 
oiea eis Adyous a€ou kal ovppayxov Toco. 6. ov- 
3 \ ¥ ¥ 3 \ \ > , x 
Tw” yap edn oleoHar tovs Oeods evpevertarous av 
evar. 7. ot d€ OnBatou edeyov as ei vikjoeayv Td* 
‘ \ f= X » aA e? ¥ € 
mept Tov Bactdéa, TO ado wav pddvoy EvoiTo. 8. ot 
d¢ Adkwves €deyov ort Soxet Tokepetv. 9. adXos eElrev 
OTL ov TodeHoovTes HKov aAda A€EovTes OTL Pidor 
eiolv. 





1 Fut. of ylyvopar. A more vivid future condition. 
2 Acc. w. &d-atpeOfjvat, which may take two accs, in the active voice, 
~ (253). 

8 Here otrw is equivalent to if they should do this, i.e. disarm, the 
protasis of the condition. - 

4 Supply orpdrevpa. « 


100 


THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


316. 1. He said that Agesilaus would proceed to the 


country of the Paphlagonians. 
suffered many: things justly. 


2. We think that we 
3. They said that the 


Thebans were sending soldiers forward to steal the 


baggage. 
return with ships. 


4. If you should send me, I think I should 
do. They said that they had done! 


this for the sake of the light armed troops. 


317. 


GANG, Conj., but. 

ah-atpéw, take away, rob. 

evpevis, és, adj., well disposed. 

olopar or otpar, olfoopar, onOny, 
think, believe. 

ovkért, no longer. Derivation? 

ovtws (sometimes ovtw, but not 
before a vowel), adv. of ovros, 
in this way, thus, so. Generally 
refers to what has gone before. 
Cf. o8e. 


VOCABULARY 


TarXw, tweiropar, 2 a. emrabov, mé- 
mwov0a, suffer. 


TO Tpaypa, atos, thing done, affair. — 


Cf. rparre. 

mpo-méumrw, send forward. 

padios, la, ov, adj., easy, 221. 

oKevodpédpos, ov, adj., baggage carry- 
ing. 
train. 





1 Aorist. 





























Ta oKevoddpa, the baggage — 


lls ata AE Ma es stu Di te EE. 


CONTRACT VERBS — 4 101 


LESSON XXXI 
CONTRACT VERBS IN go—POTENTIAL OPTATIVE 


318. Learn the entire present system, active and 
passive, of tTipdw, and read again 278 and 280. 


a. Notice that, 


(1) When a comes before o or w, the contracted 
vowel is w. 

(2) When acomes before a, €, or n, the contracted 

| vowel is a. 

(3) When a comes before a diphthong, it contracts 
with the first vowel of the diphthong, while 
the second vowel disappears unless it can be 
retained as dota subscript, Tipders, TiLds; 
TIPGOVeL, TILACL. 





In dm verbs, consequently, there is an a or @ in every 
contracted form. 


319. MODEL SENTENCES 


a. ovdé Sis dtro-Oavdvtes Sikyy Sotvar Sivaivt’ dv, not 
even tf they should be (having been) put to death twice, 

would they get their deserts. 

B. Sikaiws dv id TOV atTav piooivto of TpLaKovTa, 
justly (it would be just if, etc.) would the thirty be hated by 
their own followers. 

y- poBoipnv dv eis ta Kipov troita eu-Baiverv, I should 
be afraid to embark on Cyrus’ boats. 

faRARy 


Tiese 


102 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


a. Observe that none of the above sentences has a 
protasis with ei, but in a and 8 another word (or words) | 
is substituted for it. What would be the full form of the 

protasis in a and @ if expressed? : 
6. In vy the condition is too vague to be felt, and if 
expressed at all would be something like, Jf there should 
be an opportunity, If Cyrus should offer them, If I should 
wish, etc. ‘This use of the optative is called Potential. 
Cf. Potential Subjunctive in Latin. 


320. Rule of Syntax.— The Protasis sometimes is not 
expressed in its regular form with et or éav, but is con- 
tained in a participle or implied in an adverb or some 
other part of the sentence. 


321. Rule of Syntax.— The Potential Optative with &v 
is used to express a future action dependent upon cir- 
cumstances or conditions. 


322. TRANSLATE: 1. Ti@o., erivwv, TiavrTar. 


2. €Tia, Tima, Tia. 3. €TIUO@, TI@®, TiL@V. 
- A x) - A + fe b] 

4, vikav, viKaTe, viK@vTes. 5. €dy vikapev, e€b 

vikoper, vikopevr. 6. meipa, Tepaobwr, repwomery. 
ce , e , e la Y tA 

7. dpévrav, éwpdpueba, 6pacba. 8. wa reipepela, 

iva qeipapuela, emepo. 9. HpdTa, EpwTa, Epwras. 


10. eta, €d, edpev. 
323. 1. He honors, he is honored, he honored. 2. They 
were honored, they honored, they honor. 3. Let us try, 


if he should try, he is trying. 4. You permitted, per- 
mit, to permit. 5. I was seen, those who see,! see © 





1 Article and participle. 


CONTRACT VERBS , 103 


(thou). 6. That he may conquer, that he might be 
conquered, let him conquer. 


324. TRANSLATE: 1. Baowteds vixav wyetrar' rel 

an , eQn \ , @ote , > 
Kidpos téOvynxev. 2. 6005 S€ pia 7 dpwnean Fv 
» ¥ 4, > “~ : / ey 
dyovoa ave: tavTn emetpavTo Sia-Batveww ot “EAAnves. 
3. € Tis xpynuatav” em-Ovpel, Ttepicbw viKar. 
4. trav yap viKdvTav® Ta ypypata hapBavew Eori. 
5. Bovdoiwnv av ore mdeiotovs eivai cou dpotous. 
6. ovk dv Sixaiws Teip@vTo Has KaK@s ‘Trovely. 
7. TovTo €meroujKew OTs ol PvAaKes py Sp@rTo. 

” S°54 > , ay Y Y 
8. emeuev nuas e€n-aweoovTas vas ore “EAnves 
»” e , - “« , A Y= A 
ovTes padiws vikare BapBapovs. 9. Kdpos eta tov 
Kiéapxov €xew Tovs oTpaTidrds Tovs Tapa Tov adwv 
A > , ¥ e\ / 4 \ 
otpatnyav am-ehOdvras. 10. avdpas EXdpevor* odv 
4 ia YR ? A“ A > 

KiXeapy@ réutovaw ot npotav Kupov Tatra. 11. od 
¢ dé , + ‘ - , \ 
padiws Kata-himot av Tis TOUS Tyun@pevous. 12. qoddot 
x \ , ae. , 4 <g 
OVTES Kal TayYLoTA Kal aodaéoTtaTa Tropevoipefa av. 
13. modvy Xpavov ELWY TOUS OTPATLOTAS KAK@S TOLELy 
TOUS EV TH KOU. 

325. 1. He is now trying to ag harm to us, Cyrus’ 
friends. 2. If he desires to be honored, let him conquer 
bravely. 3. If he should permit you to march up, he 
would easily occupy the hill. 4. I should be glad to 


-hear® the name of him who is victorious. 5. For thus 
we should honor Cyrus most. 





1 Hyéopat like Latin duco means think as well as lead. 2 187, b. 

8 A genitive in the predicate may express any of the relations of the 
attributive genitive. . 

4 See aipéw. Sor 5 I should hear gladly. 


104 


326. 


avo, ady., up. 

tw, iow, eldca, elaka, elapan, 
lady, allow, permit. 

émi-Oupéw, How, etc., desire. 

épwrdw, how, 2d aor. ypdpny, ask, 
see 258. 

KaKas, adv., al. 
harm to, w. ace. (253), Kakds 

 mparrev, fare ill. 

Kkata-Aclarw, leave behind. 

vikdw, How, etc., conquer, be victo- 
rious. 


KaKMs trovetv, do 


THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


VOCABULARY 


opdw,! imperf. <dpav, dopa, 2d 
aor. 
EHpapar OF Opa, whOnv, see. 

om, adv., like os, w. superlatives, 
as... as possible. 


elSov, émpaxa or édpaka, 


Terpdopnat,) meipdcopat, memelpapar, 
éretpadnv, dep., try, attempt. 

padlws, adv., easily. 

ov, cov, col, oé, thou, you. 
vpeis, 169. 

tis, tl, indef. pron., any, any one. 

© Xpdvos, time. 


Plu. 


327. READING EXERCISE 


Cyrus’ First APPEARANCE at Court. Cyrop. I.i. 1-3. 


For Vocabulary see page 232 


na y a a 
Kdpos yap méypt péev d@dexa éTav 7) OAlLy@ TElov TavTH 
A f b] PS) if \ / na ¢e "4 + > / 
TH Tadela éTraldevOn, Kal TaVT@OV TOY NALKwY aplaTos épai- 
3 


\ ee) Tors. \ / a oe \ n \ 
VETO KL ELS” TO TAVU pavOavery Kab €lS TO KAXWS KAL 


avopelws Exacta Tovey. éx dé TOVTOV TOU ypdvoU peETETEU- 
im \ n lal an 
ato Actuayns tHv éavtod Ovyarépa Kal Tov Traida avTis ° 
e val \ > Av 0 ” : SE \ > DE ESL 2 
deity yap éreOvper, OTL HKoVEevY avTOV KaXOV Kayabor' eivat. 
” > > / / \ N / \ a 
épxetat 6 avtn te 7 Mavddvn tpos tov ratépa Kal Kipov 


5 


\ e\ of € Aj <9 / / \.” -9 a 
TOV VLOV exvovoa. @S Ys apiKeETo TAXLOTA Kab 1 KOUOE Kdpos 


Tov Aa tuaynv Ths wntpos matépa dvta,® evOds 8 nomafeTo 





1 Notice that a after e, 1, p, is lengthened to a, not ton. The augment - 


of é4w is syllabic, e« being contracted to e. 
2 for. 3 w. 76, 263. 
4 By crasis for kal dya0dv. Kadds kdyabds or Kadds Te KayaOds is the 
nearest Greek equivalent for ‘‘a perfect gentleman.”’ 
5 @s TaXLOTA, CUM primum. 
6 In indirect discourse, instead of the infinitive. 


Cf. etxov. 


See 307. 


REVIEW OF THE ACTIVE VERB 105 


rE » te Se. \ ee / / / 
airov. Kal opa@v dn a’toy Kdd\NoTa KeKoopnpmévoyv (TavTeEs 
yap ot Mijdou eiyov ropupovs yiTa@vas Kal otpeTTOUs ypU- 
gous wept TH Sépyn Kai Wéda Tept Tals yepoiv,' év dé Tois 


/ a ” a 
Ilépcais tots oixor 


jHoav ai éoOtes havdroTepat Trodv), 
épyBrErrwv avT@® Edeyev, °O. wHTep, @s KANOS fot O TaTTOS. 
épatwans* dé avtov THs uNnTpOs TOTEpos KAaAXL@V avT@ doxKel 
€ival, 0 TaTIp 7) ovTOS, atrexpivato (replied) 6 Kdpos, *O 
“ n \ \ / e > \ / / 
pnrep, Ilepoav pév morv KadXLoTOS O E“os TaTHp, Mydav 
5 


, aA lal an 4 
pévtot bcwv® éEwpaxa® éyw ev Tais odois Kal eri Tats Ovpais* 


\ © LR chee / / 
TOXNU OUTOS O E“os TaTTrOS KAAALOTOS. 


*LESSON XXXII 
REVIEW OF THE ACTIVE VERB 


. ° ° af , —- 2 
328. Review the active voice of Ava, AeltT@, TroLéw, TIPdw, 
eipt. 


329. Write a synopsis of the indicative active, 3d sing. 
and 3d plural of KWAVHO, VIKda, Tohepéw, apTratew; as 
hier, Edde, Avoer, ete. 


330. Write a synopsis 3d sing. and 3d plural of the 
present and aorist active, all the moods and the participle, 
of kehevw, Gpyxo, Savpdto, opaw (2d aor.). 





1 From xelp, irreg., declined in full in 367. 

2 Ady. used as adj. 8 238. - 4 Fem. gen. sing. épwrdv. 

5 Gen. in agreement with MaSev, where Scovs would be expected as 
object of é#paxa. 

6 From épée. 7 éml tats Obpats, at court; what literally ? 


106 _ THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


331. TRANSLATE: 1. jye, doe, Téuouer, TEDdKaTE. 


2. edpe, akovoov, emempayel, dor. 3. 8v-ypmace, 
haBewv, én-ePipovv, Houcnkecav. 4. emafov, daci, 
€Aoal, TeToLnKevaL. 9. €l, ToAELNTATwW, adyOevoor- 
tes, Tote. 6. caaovow, E@or, EoTpaTedKn, ayaryov. 
y , 8 A > 2 p) , 
7. €mi-Bovdeve, ad-npovmer, HTipacav, eopev. 8. ye- 
, sen , A , r) pin = 
ypadaper, dudEas, em-awet, OvjoKev. 9. HpdTa, Ka- 
dvtwy, héEare, Opav. 10. édvdrake, map-eor, Tap- 


exKkevale, TETAUKMS. 


332. 1. He assembled, they will rule, we fled, conquer. 
2. They have withdrawn, he was besieging, to have 
taught, asking. 3. Come, he had hunted, to hinder 
(single act), they are. 4. Let him say, see, they sur- 
rounded, having saved. 5. You will collect, you honored, 
he persuaded, he says. 6. We desire, they have done, 
to compel, to be about to permit. 


333. TRANSLATE: 1. 7 Mavddvn Bovropevn otkade 
9 A ‘ > s. o N A A 
am-ehOew yaremov eivar evourle Tov Kdpov Kkara-hurety 
— e % , A , 9 , ¢ 
aKovra. 2. 9 wev Mavddvyn Tov Kipov Hv pryrnp, 6 
dé “Aotudyns tatnp avtns. 3. 7 prrnp eimev ort el 
Ktpos tovrov émi-Oipoiy Kata-hetibou adrov. 4. dé 
, »¥ \ 7Q- b) , , ‘ ‘\ , 
douxa d€, Edy, py Ndiov at-EOn Tdhw mpds TOV TaTépa 
‘a ee A - - 
avrov. 9. 6’Aotudyns Todto dKovaas éhe€e Kipo: 
1 Noe . oy 5 A y ‘\ 4 \ \ ~ 
Tap €uol wv, ® Kdpe, immous moddovs e€ers Kal TA VOY 
> ~ , 2 ‘\ ¥ , es , 
€v T® xwopiw Onpia. 6. Kai adda aypia Onpia cow 
ovi-heEw & od add’ immov' diwwEes Kal Tokevoeis WS Ob 





1 On horseback. 


REVIEW OF MIDDLE AND PASSIVE VERB 107 


peyddou avdpes. 7. T@ “Aotudyer éddKer TO Tatdiov 
“padrrov av Bov\jecOar tadTa exew 7} didhas ypvcas 
‘ “ > , ; , wn ¥ 
Kai pvas apyupiov To\hds. 8. dixaiws TovTo wero’ 
e A lal ¢ 4, 4 A , A e 
6 yap Ktpos ws padduota ndero Tots Swpois Tots v7- 
exynpevots. 9. Kat Taxv eimev OTe od BovdolTo ovY 
™ pytpi oixade am-ehOew. 10. povyn ody 7% Mavdavy 
> au A XN , + pee, A a > VA 
am-n\Oe kata-hurovoa TO Tadiov émi Tats Tod “AcTua- 
yous Ovpais. 


334. 1. If he has done this, it is well. 2. But I fear 
he will allow Clearchus to lead! the soldiers who went to 
him from the other generals. 3. These generals would 
not be pleased with things, if Clearchus should keep the 
soldiers. 4. Send for the men, then, O Cyrus, and bid 
them proceed at once to their former? commanders. 
5. When Cyrus bade them leave Clearchus, they said they 
would suffer everything rather than do this.? 


ehssaer vente 
*LESSON XXXIII 
REVIEW OF THE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE VERB. 


- 335. Review the middle and passive forms of va, 
heitro, Tovéw, Tid, and future of eipt. 


336. Write synopses as in Lesson XXXII. of vikdo, 
koi, dptratw, Kehevw, dpdw, Upxo. 





1 Hyéopar. 2 arpdTepos. 
8 ‘We would suffer,” etc., and remember that 4 has regularly the 
same construction after it as before. 


— 


108 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


337. The principal parts of a Greek verb are as follows: 
the first person singular of the present, future, aorist, 
perfect indicative active, and perfect and aorist passive, as : 
hivw, AVow, ZAdoa, A€AvKa, h€Avpar, EAVOnv. 


a. Give the principal parts of tate, otpatetw, Trovéw, 
VIKaw, dva-K wpew. 


338. In deponent verbs, the middle must replace the 
active forms, Tyotpat, yjoopar, nyynodpnv, ynpar, 
TYHOnv. 

a. Some deponent verbs have no aorist middle but 
use the aorist passive instead; these are called passive 
deponents ; as BovAopar, BovAroopar, BeBovrAnpar, éBovdr- 
Onv. 


339. Study carefully the rules of euphony (488). 


340. Learn the perfect passive system of tréptta, a8pot- 


fo, &yo (521). 


341. TRANSLATE: 1. qeioerat, mavovta, Oavyale- 
ca, edveTo. 2. HOpovcrat, ad-ikovtTo, Tap-eoKeud- 
cAa, caoacba. 3. éemreipavTo, evpéOnoar, b1-LoyXVEt- 
Oat, TeOavpacpevos. 4. érémpaxto, topevOnvan, 
eléoOa, Tov dducnOévtwv. 5. EvovTat, AYOwv, vevd- 
purrat, \eXEKPar. 6. wpo-mrendOeis, cvv-edéyeo He, Hvay- 
KaoTo, KehevoOnvar. 7. mopevOyoovrat, 7ATimacovTan, 
meipacovTat, oiovTat. 8. vixkacOar, ém-eue ero, Hyovr- 
Tat, Tavpacpevor cici. 9. Tap-erKevacpevor Hoar, 
Tepi-yevéc Vai, Extparevo Vat, EmohvopKov. 


REVIEW OF MIDDLE AND PASSIVE VERB 109 


342. 1. They are praised, he was seen, he will be sent, 
they tried. 2. It has been done, to have been wronged, 
let him wish, they were being conquered. 3. To have 
been led, you were fighting, try (thou), having become. 
4. They had been robbed,! they will be ordered, he was 
promising, it had been written. 5. He will have been 
compelled, he is chosen, they have been assembled, to be 
honored. 


343. TRANSLATE: 1. qv dé tis ev TH OTpaTia Zevo- 
3 lal > A ea e > ‘ A XV ¥ 
pov “A@nvaios. 2. ovros 6 avnp ovTE OTpaTHYyos ovTE 

, » ‘\ 4 7 + +4 > 
aTpatiaTns av ovv Ilpo€évw E&vw ovti eimeTo. 3. ovK 
» 9 > Xe , Ke VS e / € 
ay eorreTo €i wy) 6 Ipd€evos ait@ ti Ur-€oyxeto. 4. b7- 
- “~ \ > ~ Ee / - sk. tA 4 
itXVELTO yap avT@ et EOou hirov avTov Kipw roijoev. 
7 ¥ 4 > re ¢ “A ¢ A 4 

d. mreiotou aftos didos evopilero 6 Ktpos vmd ravtwvr 
TOV TOTE Kal ikaveTaTos Elva aAdouS Ev TOLEtY. 6. O 
Eevodav Bovdduevos avtos ehOety rapa Ktpov opas” 
LwKpatn tov codov pero: Lvp-Topevoro av av; 
7. €xetvos Tov Zevodavra éxéhevoev €Odvta eis Aeh- 
ghovs epécOar tov éxet Oedv mept Tov mpayparos. 
8. émei eis Aehdovs ad-ixero Hpwta: Tir av Bear 
Giwv apiota THY Oddv Toloipnv; 9. pera TadTa 

s y ae ae > sy? ¥ \ 
Tad nkwyv Ovadpevos ois exexéhevoTo Emer Kal ouV- 
eatpatevero TO Ktpw. 10. ti Hv Td ovopa Tod ev 
Aeddots Ooo ; 


344. 1. The Greeks told Cyrus that they would follow 
_if he would do what he had promised.? 2. For he had 





1 $t-apra{o. 2 nevertheless. 8 the things promised. 


110 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


promised five minas of silver to each man. 3. They 
were bidden by their general to cross the river. 4. And 
he said that if. they crossed before the rest, they would 
be honored by Cyrus. 5. But it will be necessary to 
obey me, said he,! if you wish to be honored by him. 


*LESSON XXXIV 


REVIEW OF THE CONSONANT DECLENSION — 
RULES FOR GENDER 


345. The gender of the Consonant Declension, as in 
Latin, must often be learned by observation. But some 
general rules may be given. 


346. Masculine. — Most nouns in -evs, -ns (except -THs, 
-THTOS), -wS, -p, and -wv, -ovos (except -yev and -dwv), are 
masculine. 

a. But xelp, hand, éoOys,° dress, are feminine ; wip, fire, 
is neuter. 


347. Feminine. — Most nouns in -avs, -ts, -Tns (-THTOS), 
-US, -yov (-yovos), and -dwv (-Sovos), are feminine. 


a. But ixOvds, fish, pts, mouse, whxvs, cubit, and tovs, 
foot, are masculine. 


348. Neuter.— Nouns in -a, -ap, -as, -t, -os, and -v, are 
neuter. Labial and palatal stems are never neuter. 





1 Use ppp. 


REVIEW OF CONSONANT DECLENSION 111 


349. TRANSLATE: 1. Kat wapa peyadov Bactréws 
nKe Ticoadéprys Kat addou Ilépoa tpeis: Soddou Sé 
mo\Xol etrovTo. 2. eet dé of TAY EMijvov apXoVTEs 
eyyus noav, edeye Turragepys dud Eppnvews. 3. Ta- 
pa THY yepupay TOU TOTa HOV vps Tear KEeAEvOUGL 
pvhakas, as Tucoadépvous €v v@ ExovTos adTHy AVTaL 
™ms vuxtos. 4. thy yédvpay iva wa ev péow' 
AndbOynre Tov ToTapov Kai THs Subpvxos. 5. Oboaprtes 
tovs Bovs ot Tapa Ttav Kélywv AOov adrois éroinaav 
dyova év T@ ope. 6. etdovTo d€ Apakdvtiov duydda 
Tov ayavos émi-péehecOar. 7. 0 d€ THY Takw Exwv TOV 
imméwy emel EMPa TOVS TodEuiovs HevyovTas ediwker. 
8. ai d€ vnes Taga eyévovTo” Thelovs } TPLaKovTa. 
9. ot “APnvato. €BovAovTo aippayor Elva ExovTEs TA 
papa TEiyn. 

350. 1. There Cyrus told the leaders of the Greeks 
that he should march against the king. 2. And he bade 
them tell this to the army. 3. The men all said they 
would not follow, unless some one gave them more pay. 
4. Cyrus having promised the money, the troops were in , 
great hopes and crossed the river. 5. From here they 
arrived at a large and flourishing city. 


351. Atadoyos. — THE ‘Two CYRUSES 
For Vocabulary see page 233 
sa tesla Aéye pot viv, d MiyTEp. Tis yap nv ovTOS oO 
Bios rept ov éuabouev tote év TO ddacKarely ; 3 Hyovpnv 
yap Tovtov Tov Aapeiov viov eivat. 





1 between. 2 amounted to, were. 


112 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


Myrnp. Ma tov Av’ (no, indeed), ov« jv éxetvos 0 avTos 
Kupos. 

Bou. Tis d€ jv obtos ; Tov THs yhs1; Aéye woe TavTa. 

Myr. Odrtos 62) Hv 0 apyaios Kadovpevos Kipos. ovKodv 
5é 6 dudacKandos Travra érekev ; 

Oop. Ov ravra, avT@ yap ovK HV oKXOX). 

Mnr. Eiev: éyo ov XéEw Te Kata ye THY SUVamLY. Tpa- 
Tov ev Tratpos 0 Kdpos rAéyetar yevéoBar KapBvoov Lepowv 
Bactréas. ev & ov Ty Ilepoixn yopa @Kel, TOAXOIS TpdaOev 
i) 0 Sevtepos Kopos érect.2 juntpds dé ouoroyettat Mavdavns 
yevéoOar: aittn d¢’Aatudyous nv Ovydtnp Tod Mydav Bact- 
dws. 

@ou. Kai para ye.2 viv yap péuvnmat. adda TH TOU 
Sevrépou Kupou pntp) ri Av dvoua ; 

Myr. Ovxovv axnjxoas tote; Aapeciov kai Llapvodridos yiyvov- 
Tal matoes — : 

@wou. Marora ye: tis etnOeias (what stupidity!). Kat 
Told €TrotnoEV O APKaios ; 

Mnt. “AXAG vov ye, Gorrep TO SidacKarw Kal Emol ovK 
éott* cyoAH* 0 Yap TaTHP cou Karel Kal OvKETL EoTL* pévELV. 

Oop. Oipor. 





1 TIod rijs ‘is, where in the world ? Cf. Lat. ubi gentium. 
2 300, end. 3 Kal pada ye, yes, indeed. 
* Notice the accent of éor and see 76. 





LIQUID VERBS 3 113 


LESSON XXXV 
LIQUID VERBS — WISHES 


352. Learn the Principal Parts and the Future and | 
Aorist Active and Middle of daiva (520). 

a. Notice that the future of dafva is inflected precisely 
as the present of tovém (522). 


353. Liquid verbs do not differ from verbs with con- 
sonant or vowel stems except in the future and first 
aorist active and middle. Here the future is formed by 
adding €o (ee) to the verb stem and contracting as in the 
_ present of trovéw; thus, davéw= avd, pavéopat=davodpar. 
The aorist adds a instead of oa, and lengthens the last 
vowel of the stem, a to yn (but @ after é, t, or p), € to et, 
t to t, and v to v, as ébnva (hav-), Hyyethka (ayyed-), 
éxptva (KpLv). 

354. MODEL SENTENCES 


a. €i8e TovTovs péev of Beol dtro-ticawto, I hope the 
gods will punish these men, or may the gods, etc. 

B. tovTous pev ol Beol dto-ticawto, may the gods 
punish these men. 

y. €t8e totto étroter, O that he were (now) doing this. 

5. e(8e TodTo ph Etroinoev, O that he had not done this. 

a. Observe (1) the mood used with ee in a, to express 
a wish referring to the future, and (2) that ee may be 
omitted as in 8 without affecting the sense. 

6. Notice that ‘in wishes unattained the tenses and 
moods are those of conditions contrary to fact (205). 
The negative is py. 


FIRST GR. BK. —9 


114 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


355. Rule of Syntax.—(a) When a wish refers to the 
future, it is expressed by the optative with or without 
e(@e (or et yap), O that, would that. 

(6) When a wish refers to the present or the past, and 
it is implied that its object is not or was not attained, the 
secondary tenses of the indicative are used with et0e (or 
ei yap), which cannot be omitted. 

(c) The negative in wishes is p17. 


356. TRANSLATE: 1. Baowdevs Sdixaiws pour ydpw 
5 Y lal > Land on / / 
ELXEV OTL TPWTOS avT@ nyyerla TavTa. 2. IpdEevds 

\ “a > 0% = las ~ > 4 
Te kal Kupos én-eOvp.noav Revodaorvta pewat. 3. akov- 

— nw e aw nw 
ods d€ TavTa o Kipos tap-ynyyevle TO TPdTH TAEiapyo 
ON Aico te hs, 2 ee Ae, 4 \ / \ ge 5 , > ee: 
ep Eevos* ayew THY Takw, Kal T@ Sevtépw éexédevoe 

> \9 A n » = a 3 , 
TavTO” TovTo map-ayyetha 4. elfe, ® A@oTeE® oy, 
TowovTos av didos Huw ye&vou. 9. amo-Kpwapévou 
dé tov “Aynowdou ort ovK av Tonoele TavTA pdvos 
EKENEVTEV AUTOV ava-xwopnaar. 6. EvyovTO Tols Hyvact 


A X\ / > \ , 4 oN \ 
feots tov mépov, 7. et d€ Bovda, Twopevou emi 7d 
+ > x \ “A. 3 “A ¥ e 4 ‘\ 
Opos, €y@ S€ pero avrov. 8. cife 7 Svvapis todd 
Treiov Hv. 9. petvavres O€ TavTnv THY Huépav, TH 


GAAy emopevovto: avrois dé mahw daiverar 6 MiOp.da- 
ms. 10. Avopérw dé avt@ eorjpnver 0 eds ov-oTpa- 
Tever Dar. 

357. 1. I should gladly have announced this, if they 


had remained here. 2. But the taxiarch directed the 
first line to withdraw as quickly as possible. 38. All the 





1 in single file. 2 crasis for rd aire. 8 cf, dyads. 


- 


SECOND PASSIVE SYSTEM 115 


rest (of the) force followed, not delaying there. 4. He 
answered that he should give the signal when the second 
division had arrived.! 5. O that Cyrus had not died, but 
were in command of the army. 6. May you send such a 
message? at once. 





358. VOCABULARY 
Gyyél\Aw, dyyeAo, WyyetAa, HyyeAKka, map-ayyé\Aw, etc., pass along an 
HyyeApar, nyyeAOnv, announce, order, command, direct. 
report. Cf. dyyedXos. 6 tépos, passage, ford. Cf. mopeba. 
Garo-kptvopat, -Kpivotpat, -expivd- mperos, n, ov, adj., first. Cf. mpdre- 
pyy, -kékptpar, reply. pos. 
avrod, adv., here. onpalve, onpave, éonpnva, cerhpac- 
BSebrepos, a, ov, adj., second. par, éonpavOny, give a sign, signal, 
7 Sivapis, ews, ability, force. Cf. make known, signify. 
Suvards. 6 taflapxos, commander of a rags, 
eXopar, evEonar, evEdunv, pray. taxiarch. 
péva, peva, Eperva, pepévnka, remain, Tovodtos, TovatTy, Tototro or Tovod- 
stay. tov, adj., of such a sort, such. 
Se ee 


LESSON XXXVI 


SECOND PASSIVE SYSTEM — GENERAL CONDITIONS 


359. Learn the Second Aorist and Second Future 
‘Passive of datva (520). 


a. Notice that they differ from the first aorist and first 
future only in the absence of @ before nv, ys, etc.; that 
is, that the tense sign is €, not Oe. 





1 gen. abs. 2 announce such things. 


116 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


360. MODEL SENTENCES 


5 8 , ” , f s 
a. TAS 5 dtibas EoTL AapPaverv, €av Tis TaXD dv-LoTH, 


but it is possible to capture the bustards, if one rouse them 


suddenly. 

B. davepds & Hv, ef tis TL dyabdv i KaKdv trouicete, 
vikadv treipdpevos, and if anybody did him any favor or 
injury, he evidently used to try (was evident trying) to 
surpass him. 


a. Observe that in the above conditions the apodosis 
expresses in a a general truth, in B a customary action, 
while the protasis is general (not particular, as in 150). 

b. Notice the difference in form between the present 
general supposition in a and the past general in £. 


361. Rule of Syntax.—In general suppositions the 
‘apodosis expresses a customary or repeated action or a 
general truth, and the protasis refers in a general way 
to any of a class of acts. Present general suppositions 
have éav with the subjunctive in the protasis, the present 
indicative in the apodosis. In past time the protasis has 
et with the optative, the apodosis has the imperfect indic- 
ative or some other form denoting past repetition. 


362. TRANSLATE: 1. davyte tav hoyayav apioro. 
Kal Tov oTpatnyav awootparnyorepo.. 2. Tov 
oyayav eva am-yracay, ot 6€ addow Tapa Tas TAakeELs 
TOPEVOMEVOL El MEV OTPATHYOS Ts Elin TOV OTPAaTNYOoV 
ee > \ e ‘ if ‘ e 
éxddouv. 3. Eb SE 6 OTpaTHyds olxYoLTO TOV U70- 

, > 4 ¢ \ Ud ec 
oTpatyyov €xdhouv. 4. ot pev ovr-ehapBadvorTo, ot 
dé Kat-exdmyoav. 5. of otpatnyot évduilov Kata- 


SECOND PASSIVE SYSTEM 


/ > , 
koTyoeoOas ea PaX@VTAL. 


117 


6. 6 d€ ’Appevios as 


»¥ a) b) , ‘ ; ‘ , 5) , 
QKovoe Tov ayyéAov ta mapa Kuvpov e€-erdayn. 


J. eis xat-ehndOn éx-mayeis. 
‘umnpeTnoeey, Get yapw eiyev 0 Kipos. 
oTpati@ta. ovd-heyevtes €BovdevovTo. 


8. et Tis Kipo KAA@S 


9. ot dé 
10. éav dai- 


> an A >] 
VWVTAL EV TOLOUYTES, ET-ALVEL AUTOS. 


363. 1. You will be cut to pieces if you do not show 


yourselves! brave men. 2. 


If you are easily frightened 


out of your wits, you will not appear men like your 


fathers. 
praised by him. 


3. If they serve Cyrus well, they are always 
4. They thought that the light armed 


| troops had been collected? to drive away the guards of 


the enemy. 
always call us cowardly. 


364. 


Gftorrparnyos, ov, adj., worthy of 
being general. Derivation ? 
atr-eLavvw, -eAo, -hAaca, -eAjAaKka, 

-eAfAapar, -nrAdOnv,? drive away, 


expel. 

_&k-AATTe, -wAnE@, -érAnta, -médr- 
Anya, -mwérAnypar, -erddyny, 
strike out of one’s senses, 
Srighten. 

Kahéw, KaAd, éxdrheoa, KékAnKa, 


KékAnpat, éxAAOnv,* call. 
_kata-KérTe, cut down, cut to pieces. 


5. If we appeared discouraged, he would 


VOCABULARY 


6 oxayds, captain, leader of a 
ASxXos. 

otxopar, imperf. wxdpnv, oly qco- 
par, be gone, have gone (pres. 
‘w. force of perf.). 

ovd-AapBave, -AqWouat, 
-elAnda, -elAnppar, 
seize, arrest. 

vas, od, sav, adj. (defective), safe 
and sound, alive and well. 

dmnpetéw, How, etc., serve, help. 

6 vrorrparnyos, lieutenant general. 


-ExaBov, 
-ehh pony, 





1 appear. 


9 


2 aorist. 


fut. €@ for &de, is inflected like the present of tipaw (523). -In 
the perfect of this verb we have what is called Attic reduplication, the 
_ first two letters of the stem prefixed to the temporal augment. 


# Compare pres. and fut. 


_ 


118 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


epee hse écvittei ie ee 


*365. READING EXERCISE.—‘ Hpakhfjs kal ’AOnva 
For Vocabulary see page 233 

Ava otevns od00 ddevev “Hpaxrjs. tdov & él yas unrol 
wordy Tt, eretpato ovvrpiwras. ws dé ide Surdodv yevopevor, 
éTt wadXov Erreyeiper Kal TH poTTadw Errate. TO O€ hvanbév? 
eis peryeDos THv oddv évérdnoev.2 oO O€ pias TO pdradov 
totato* Oavyafov. "AOnva 8 ait@ émidhaveica, eime 
Iléravoo,° adehge+ rovr’ éote hiroverkia Kai Epis> éav Tis 
avTo KaTadelrn auadyntov, wéver olov HY mpwTov, év Sé Taig 
pdxaus oldetTat. — 

0 pvOos Shot [524] « OTL al wayat Kal épides aitiav ney 
BraBns trapéyovow. 














1 236. : | _ 2 Aor. pass. partic. of dvrde. 

8 Filled entirely. From ép-rlaAnp. : 

4 Impf. of torapat, stand. 5 Perf. mid. imperative. ) 
ee 





GOGO io GOHOOOO 








——— 


























declensions. 


IRREGULAR NOUNS 


LESSON XXXVII 


IRREGULAR NOUNS 


119 


366. As in Latin in the case of senez, iter, etc., some 
Greek nouns differ in whole or part from the regular 


367. Ten of the most common irregular nouns are thus 


declined. 
yr", 7, 
WOMAN. 
N. yuvh 
G. ‘yuva.kds 
D. ‘yuvatkt 
A. ‘yuvaika 
Vv. yuvar 
N.V. yuvatkes 
G. ‘yuvatkav 
D. ‘yuvarét 
A. ‘Yyuvaikas 
ous, Té 
EAR. 
N. ovs 
G. a@rdés 
> 
D. wrt 
A. ovs 
Vv. ovs 
N.V, ora 
G. @TeVv 
> 
D. wot 
A. ora 


Sdpv, Td, 
SPEAR. 


Sépu_ 
Séparos 
Séparte 
Sdépu 
Sdpu 


Sépara 
Soparav 
Sépact 
Sépara 


mats 6, q, 


CHILD. 


rats 
aTradses 
aravdt 
maida 
Twat 


araidses 
tatiwv 
Tract 
Tatdas 


e € 
€QS, 7; 
DAWN. 


SINGULAR 


wip, TO, 
FIRE. 
SINGULAR 
tip 
TUpOS 
arupt 
Tip 
Tp 
PLURAL 
Tupa 
TUpev 
tTupois 
Tupa 


Zevs, 6, 
ZEUS. 


Zevs 
Atés 
Avi 
Ata 
Zed 


USwp, Td, 
WATER. 


tSwp 
tSaros 
bSare 
tSwep 
Sop 


tSara 

e LA 
vdarTrev 
er 

vBdacr 
bSara 


ra c € 
KU@V, 0, 1, 


DOG, 


Kv@v 
KUVvOS 
Kuvi 
Kova 
KUvOV 


Kvves 
KUV@V 
Kuo 
Kivas 


xelp, 7, 


HAND. 


xelp 
XEtpos 
xetpt 
Xetpa 
xelp 


Xxetpes 
Xetpav 
xepot 


xetpas 


3 


120 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


368. TRANSLATE: |. reipwpeévors Td Vdwp UmEep TaY 

“A 3 id 2, > S X\ y ¥ > “~ 

PacT@v EepalveETo. . OUK HY TA OTAa EYEW EV TO 
50 > de "Gh isons ¢ € / 3 N an 

voart, El 0€ LH, Npmalev O ToTapos. 3. emt THS KEeda- 

A 7 ¥ 

Ans Ta Ora Et Tis H€por, yupvol éyiyvovTo mpds TA 
XN b, lal aA 

tokevpata. 4. Kal Tas yuvatikas & Tals appayd&ars 

, - > 3 / > > ¥= 9 , b] , 

TAp-ovTAS OVK aT-Hnacev, GAN’ Ela akovew. 45. akov- 

- a ¢ 3 \ - 52 A Ae > A 
gas TavTa 0 Aynothaos éh\aBero THs xELpos” adTod. 
6. trav dé Hoav ot* AiMous Eixyov év Tats xepoiv. 7. ot 

\ ‘\ 
deol KUVYES TOUS MEY Tap-Epyopevous SiwKoVTEs OaK- 
\ \ 
vovot, ToUs 6€ SiwKovtas devyovow.s 8. &v dé Ta 

, ~ A A - 

tpito ota0u@ Kipos é&€racw ovetrar wept péoas 
Ls 5 286 6 \ > \ € f= 4 y 
voKkTas” €ddKeL” yap eis THY VaTEpaiay ew NEew Race 

- + nw a 
héa OV TH OTPATEvpaTL wayovpevoy. 9. TpaToV yap 
¥ A » b] 5 , \ ‘ “ LO a \ oe 
ETL TALS WY, ETALOEVETO KAL OUV TM AOEAPH Kal OUP 

A + 4 3 ‘\ \ b] x > > lal 
Tots addows tarviv. 10. ézet d€ eyyds Hoav avrod, 
3 , ey ST SY she ee é Se Y , 
ETL-TVYXAVEL TUPOLS | EPN{LOLS. . Eale O€ oTt TOVTOV 
EVEKA TA TUPA KEKavLEVa Ein TO VevOy." 

369. 1. These men had spears of about fifteen cubits. 
2. Some® of them said that they saw an army and that 
_many camp fires appeared. 38. The water was above 
their breast when they reached® the middle of the 
river. 4. But they prayed to Zeus and were saved from 


all evils. 5. The next morning they came upon men 
bereft of hands and ears. 





1 Otherwise. 2 187, a. 

8 There were of them who, i.e. some of them. 

4 devyw used transitively, where we should perhaps look for separation. 
5 midnight. 6 S0xéw used personally, I think. 

7 Account for the case. & Cf. 368, 6. 9 Turn by a participle. 


IRREGULAR NOUNS 121 


370. : VOCABULARY 
4 Gppdpata, closed carriage (for 6 Atos, stone. 
women). 6 paorés, breast. 
-yupvés, 4, dv, adj., naked, lightly map-épxopar, etc., go past, pass by. 
clad, exposed. Cf. yupvas. TO Téfevpa, atos, arrow. Derivation? 
Sdxve, ShEopar, eSaxov, SéSyypar, tpiros, n, ov, adj., third. 
€4xOnv, Lite. vmép, prep. w. gen., over, above ; for 
émi-TvyX dave, -revEopat, -Ervxov, -TE- the sake of ; w. acc., over. 
TixyKa, happen upon, find. dépw, olow, WveyKa, évivoxa, évivey- 
_ Epos, ov, adj., deserted,abandoned, pat, nvéxOnv, 2d aor. qveyKov, bear, 
bereft. bring, carry. 


q kehadn, head. 


*371. READING EXERCISE.— €ud6tipos Tvvy 
For Vocabulary see page 233 

"Ev d€ TO Tepi TOV Aaxwuxav Adyo ypade o Ilavoavias 
Taoe. 

"Apytdapou dé, ToD Aaxedatpoviov Bacidéas, os éreXevTa, 
Katadirovros tratéas, “Ayis te mpecBurepos Hv HrLKia! Kal 
mapéhaBev avtl "Aynothaov tiv apynv: éyéveto 5é ’Apye- 
dauo Kal Ovyarnp, dvoua péev Kuviona, pirotipotata? 8é eis 
Tov ayava éxye Tov ’OdvpTriKov. 

autn 6€ Kal mpatn® immous etpehe yuvatkav Kal viknv av-— 
e(deto* "OdvmTrixov TpwTn apuwatt. Kuvioxas d€ tvorTepov 
yuvakl kal arXas yeyovacw® ’OdvpTixal vinai, padwora 
dé tais é« Aaxedaipovos. tovtwv dé émidpaveotépa eis Tas 
_vixas ovdeuia® éotiv aitis.’ al év 4 TH Aaxedaiwou pos 
—7@ atamora TO Kadoupévm® Kuvickas éotiv np@ov. ovTas 


- > \ \ 9 \ id / @ \ se / 
_€oTl KadXoV”? THY TPwTHY yeveoValL THY TOLAVTA TrOLOUMEVHY. 





1 Dat. of respect, equivalent to adv. accus. Cf. évopa below. 


2 birotiporara ... Exe, strove very eagerly (for). 
3 Why not mperov? Cf. Lat. prima and primum. 
4 From dv-aipéw. ° 2d perf. of ylyvopar. 6 Fem. of ov8eis. 


7 225. 8 so called. 9 predicate, so fine a thing is it. 


122 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


LESSON XXXVIII 


THE INTERROGATIVE Tis, THE INDEFINITE Tis, AND 
éoTLS — QUESTIONS 


372. PARADIGMS 
SINGULAR 
Interrogative. Indefinite. Indefinite Relative. 
n. tls rt = tis vl ois WTLs 6 Tt 
G. Tivos, Tod TLVOS, TOU OUTLVOS, TOV OTLVOS OUTLVOS, STOU 
D. thy, To tivl, Te OTL, OTe WTLve © OTL, OT@ 
A.tlva rh  Tiwa vl ovTwa qvriva 6 Te 
PLURAL 
N. tives lva Ttivés Tid oitives aitives aria, arra 
G. tlvev TLVOV QVTLVOV, STOV AVTLVWY OVTLVOV, STV 
D. thou riot otoetiot, 6TOLS alotiot oloTict, STOLS 
A. tlvas tlva tivds Tiva  otorTivas aorivas Griva, arta 


a. Observe that the interrogative tis and the indefinite 
tis are distinguished by the accent; the indefinite tis is 
enclitic. To distinguish the monosyllabic forms, tis and 
ti never change to the grave (21), and tis and ti being 
enclitic rarely have any accent. 

6. Notice that dots is compounded of és (515) and the 
enclitic tis, each part being declined separately, The 
accent is that of 6s followed by an enclitic. 

c. Review the remarks on the accentuation of enclitics 
(72-75). 

373. MODEL SENTENCES 

a. pds pe; do you see me? 

B. Savpate ei dpa pe, J wonder if he sees me. 

y. Gp dKovers pe; do you hear me? 

5. épwtd et dxotw avtév, he asks if (whether) I hear him. 


QUESTIONS 123 


e. OVK olba TéTEpov dKover pe 7 OU, J do not know whether 
he hears me or not. 


¢. tod éote; where are you? 
Tov elnte, 


rs } he wondered where you were. 
Tod €oTE, 


n. Baripace | 
0. ti €v vO Exete; what do you intend ? 
oe A 8 
» {Tl €v vO ExeTe 
K. €pwTa {; ai; “Xs , 
6 TL év VO ExeTE, 


t 


he asks what you intend. 


a. Study and compare carefully the above nine sen- 
tences. 


374, I. Direct questions may or may not have interrog- 
ative particles. The chief direct interrogatives are dpa 
and 7, which imply nothing as to the answer expected ; 
but dpa o¥ or ovKotv (therefore) implies an affirmative and 
dpa ph or pav (ph ov) a negative answer. Here dpa 

may be omitted. 

_ II. Indirect questions may be introduced by et, whether ; 
if alternative by métepov (ei)... tH, elite... eite, 
whether... or. After primary tenses the mood and . 
tense of the direct question are retained ; after secondary 
tenSes each indicative or subjunctive of the direct question 
may be either changed to the same tense of the optative, 
or retained to bring the words of the original speaker 
more vividly before the mind. 


375. TRANSLATE: |. ri* otv, &fyn 6 Kipos, od THv 
Siwvapw ereEds por; 2. HPOT@V O TL ETTL TO TPAyLa. 
° ~ A 307 , xX A 2 
(3. & Tm oKnry dav twas Sedepevous Tas xXELpas 





1 Why ? adv. acc. 2 Acc. of specification. 


124 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


npota Ti maQouev: ot S€ Edeyov Ore TAnyelev hiBoss. 
4. avros dé kata-oKeomevous ereurpe TE mpadtTor Kupos. 
5. ob Snrov Hv Tl moujcovow ot ardor oTpariarat, 


"6. €wot ody Soxet odx 


moTEpov epovTar Kipw 7 ov. 
wpa eivar nu Kabevdew, dd\r\a BovreverOar o TL xp7 
AL 9 , Y =-9 » o n 

Tove €k TOUTwY. 7. wpa, epy, BovreverOar Tas Tis 

‘\ + b] “ > ‘\ “A 4 > 2 > a 
Tovs avdpas am-e\a amd Tov Addov. 8. ap ovK ap 
2 \ n » ee n > , , , 
emt trav €hOou® ws tacw avOpdtos PoBov map-exou 
Tov OTpatevoat ToTe Em avTov; Y. Kal doTIs DuaV 
(nv émi-Ovpet, wepacbw virar. 


376. 1. Did you not make war on me at the bidding 
of Artaxerxes? 2. Cyrus wondered whether the man 
would ever be faithful to him again or not. 38. We 
ought to deliberate whether it is better to stay here or 
march at once to the sea. 4. It is time to find out to 
whom the men are furnishing provisions. 


377. VOCABULARY 
Séw, Show, ESyoa, SéSexa, SéSepar, Tap-€xw, Tapa-cKX iow, ctc., provide, 
€5€Onv, bind, fetter. - Surnish, produce. 
SijAos, yn, ov, adj., evident, plain. TARTTO, TWAHEW, EwAnta, wérAnya, 
taw,* thow, live. TeTANYpLat, eTAHYHY, strike. 
KabevSo, imp. &xdBevdov, kabevSqow, more, enclit. adv., ever. 
lie down to sleep, lie idle. mas, ady., how ? 
KATO-ckérTopaL, -oKeouat, -EoKe- xey, impf. éxpfv or xpfv, impers., 
Wapnv, -érKxeppar, view closely, it is necessary, one ought. 
inspect, find out. y wpa, hour, suitable time, season. 





1 Notice that od has an accent, ov, at the end of a sentence; it is never 
ovK or ody here. 

2Sc. éorl. 3 make every effort. 

4 {dm contracts to yn where tipde has a. 


QUESTIONS Sey e's 


*378. READING EXERCISE. —Tépov kal Oavatos 
For Vocabulary see page 234 


T'épwv troré Evra Kowas tatta hépwv TorAAnV odo! éBa- 
die. dia d€ Tov Korrov THs od00 amobEuevos? TO hoptiov Tov 
@dvartov érexadeito. Tov dé Oavdtov davevtos® Kal rvOo- 

= > a 2 a 8 a t t ” ” . 
pévou Ov nv aitiav avTov TapakaneiTal, 0 yépov édn, “Iva To 
ghoptiov apys.* 

ti dnXol O Adyos OUTS ; 





1 Cognate accus. 2 2d aor. mid. partic. of ao-riOnpr, put down. 
8 359, 273. 4 Ist aor. subj..act. of alpw. Cf. datve. ° 





“H *Axpérodts 


126 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


LESSON XXXIX 
REVIEW OF CONDITIONS 


379. All the regular ways in which suppositions are 
expressed in Greek have now been given, and it has been 
seen that sometimes the protasis is contained in a parti- 
ciple (271) or implied in an adverb or other word; or 
even, as in the potential optative, omitted altogether. 
Below, a table of the eight regular forms of conditions is 
given to be memorized. 

Commit to memory the following table of conditions, 
with the translation of each, and be able to reproduce it, 
using other verbs, as Aelita, dpdw, AapBava, etc. 


380. The following table of conditions is divided first 
in regard to fulfilment: A, suppositions where nothing 
is implied as to fulfilment; B, suppositions contrary to 
reality, where it is implied that the condition is not or 
was not fulfilled. 


A. I. Present. 1. Particular, ei toito mpatter, TaoxeEL Th, 
if he is doing this, he is sorry for it. 
2. General, édv tis TodTo mpaTTy, TacxeL 
ti, if anybody (ever) does this, he is 
(always) sorry. 
II. Past. 3. Particular, et todto émpdéev, errabé Th, 
of he did this, he was sorry. 
4. General, et tis TOOTO TpaTTOL (Tpagerev), 
éetracxé Ti, if anybody (ever) did this, 
he was (always) sorry. 





REVIEW OF CONDITIONS 127 


III. Future. 5. Vague, ei totto mpatto. (mpage), 
TaoKOL (Ta80L) TL dv, ef he should 
do this, he would be sorry. 

6. Vivid, édv Todt wpatTy (apaéy), tel- 
oetal Ti, if he do (does) this, he will 
be sorry. 

iB. IV. Unreal. 7. Present, et totT émpattev, Eracyé ti 

: dv, if he were (now) doing this, he 
would be sorry. 

8. Past, et ToOT Empatev, erabé ti dv, if 

he had done this, he would have, ete. 


381. TRANSLATE: 1. cot ye didou. yevérOar Tepi 
mavTos' av mounocaipeda, ei ED€ois KaTa-dimetv Bacidéa. 
2. ci pev eden oe addrdgcEaobar yuas dSeamdtas avTi 
Baoiréas Searorov, otk Gv eywyé cour cvv-eBovdevor. 
3 A Se xe . , —’ eee: / dé 2 
. vov 0€ e€-e0Tt gor pe Huav yevonev@ pndéeva 

\ A 
Seomoryny exew. 4. eav yap huty cvppdxows ypy, 
2 4 , : >" 4 ¥ > i > , = 
ehevlepds Te Kat TAOVTLOS Ever. 5. Et apa ehedOepds 
> » \ d , , , a o ; 6 > 
T €ins Kal TAOVaLOS yevoLo, Twos” dy ETL Séois; 6. az- 

Z = Ne Peh 2g 2X \ A \ XN 
expivato exewos* €av Bacthevs addov pev oTparyyov 
méuTy, ewe O€ UmyAKoov Eexeivou TaTTy, BovdAnaopmar 
Dui Kat diros Kal ovppaxos evar. 7. €av pero. 

ea * 
pol THY apPXnVY Tpoo-TaTTH, TOAKELRTH Duly ws apioTa. 
8. et Tici more ToELOIn, ws poBeparatos Hv TodE€uLOS. 

> \ > , > x - A > 4 > x» 4 
9. ei pr) eyévero avnp Tipns a€idTaTos, ovK av ovTwS 
a7-EK pivaro. | 





1 beyond everything, of the utmost importance. 
2 The negative with the infinitive is pA except in indirect discourse. 
8 Words of fulness and want take the genitive. 


128 


THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


382. 1. If Xenophon has struck one of the soldiers, has 


he not done wrong ? 


2. If you should hear for what 


reason he did this, you would think that he struck the 


soldier justly. 


man alive! if Xenophon had not stopped him. 


3. For this fellow would have buried a 


4, Un- 


less you carry? the man, Xenophon said to the soldier, he 


will be left behind. 
strike him. 


383. 


GAAaTTw, dAAGEw, FAAaEA, FAAaXa, 
mAAaypar, nAAGXOnv, change ; 
mid., exchange one thing for an- 
other. 

6 Seamdtys (voc. SéoroTa), masier. 


Séw, Sehow, eénoa, Sedénua, Sedén- 


par, éenOnv, lack, want, often a 
deponent; impers., Set, Se, 5éy, 
etc. (contracting only ee, ee), 
it is necessary. 

@erw, BWeAHow, HOéANoa, HOEAnKa, be 
willing, wish. 

éhebepos, a, ov, adj., free. 

é£-eort, -fv,> it is possible, it is al- 
lowed. 

Kat-opttte, -opttw, -dputa, -opd- 
PUXG, -opdpvypar, -wptxOnv (dig), 
bury. 


5. If a man is base, it is fitting to 


VOCABULARY 


pévrou, adv., but, moreover. 

pydels, pydepla, pndév, adj., none, 
no, used for ov8els where ph is 
needed. 

tdoveros, (a, ov, adj., rich. 

Tpoo-TaTTw, etc., assign, appoint. 

oup-Bovreto, etc., advise, recom- 
mend. 

ratte, tatw, trata, réraxa, réray- 
par, érdxOnv, draw up, form, as- 
sign. : 

vmiKoos, ov, adj., obedient, subject 
to. See 504. 

Xpdopat, xXphropar, expynodpny, 
Kéxpynpat, use, treat, have, w. 
dat. Like {4@ (877, N.), xpdo- 
por has ym in contracted forms, 
instead of a. 


Notre. —Compare é\Aatro, kat-opttro, ratrw, and see that they all 


have palatal stems and form the present. in tr. 


mparte, pvdrarre. 


Cf. also wAqtTo, 





1 living. 


2 Gyo. 


8 Although verbs have recessive accent, the accent in a compound form 
never goes farther back than the augment. 


et all 


FORMATION OF WORDS 129 


384. READING EXERCISE 
THe TRIAL or Orontas, Part I 


For Vocabulary see page 234 


> / / \ 9 > , , be \ / 1 

Opovras Ilépans wév Av avnp, Kdxiotos 5€ Kal KaKdvous 
to Kuipo. Kal yap viv to tpitov? émeBovreve TH Kupg. 
ovros O€ Oy THY Tpos éauTov émtBovrAnY mponaBeTo® Sv 
5 \ a b] lal > ld \ 4 ec ee 
eTLTTOANY HV Exeivos eyeypade Tapa Baciréa. o O€ ayyedos 

> > / > \ 7 \ 2 \ f \ > \ 

ovK éxetv@ AAAA Kuvpw TloTOS VY, Kal TAUTNVY THV ETLTTOANV 
AaBov Kuipw eéaxev. ; 

Odiros & otv cvAXNapBave "Opevrav Kal ovyKadei eis THY 
éavTov oxnviy KrXéapyov (Tav “EXAjvev otpatnyev) Kal Tovs 
apictous tav Ilepoav értd. evrav0a dé Apye Kipos tov 
Adyout bbe. TIlapexdreoa tpas, & avdpes Pirot, drras adv 
bpiv Bovrev@pat tept Opevtov Touvtovi. ovTOs yap TpwToV 
bev wmnKoos Hv éuol: VaTepoy € érroAeunoeV Emol Exwov THY 
3 / > U ey 2 > ” / 7 
év Ldpdeow axpoTomv. Kal &okev ait@ Taxéws tavcoacbat 
Tov mTpos éué Trodduou,° Kal deErav EXaBov Kal éaxa. 


a 
3 


*LESSON XL 
FORMATION OF WORDS 


385. It will be of great assistance in fixing the meanings 
of many words, and in mastering at sight many others, if 
we look carefully at the relations of words derived from a 
common root. 





1 For declension cf. 504. 2 used as adv. 8 From mpo-atoSdvopar. 
* Gen, after qpxe. 5 14]. 
FIRST GR, BK, —10 


130 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


386. Nouns or adjectives formed directly from a root 
or from a verb stem are called primitives ; as kakés, bad, 
from Kak-; ypadeds, writer, from ypad-, stem of ypado. 


387. Nouns, adjectives, and verbs, formed from the 
stems of nouns or adjectives are called denominatives ; as 
Tipaw, honor, from tipa-, stem of TipqH. 


PRIMITIVE NOUNS 


388. Nouns in os and a (n). 
Adyos (Aoy-0-) speech, from Xey-, stem of éya,; 
speak. 
paxn (pax-a) dattle, from pay-, stem of paxopat, 
fight. 


a. Give the meanings of dpyy (from dpxa, rule), 5pé- 
pos (from epapov, 2d aor. of Ttpéxa, run), TAHYH (from 
TAYTTW, strike). 


389. Agent. 
ypadevs, writer, from ypad- (ypado, write). 
TounTHs, poet (maker), from trove- (Trovéw, make). 
cwTHp, savior, from cw- (cha, cata, save). 


a. Give the meaning of paSytjs (from pavOava, learn), 
SuxkactTHs (from biKdlo, yudge), imypéTys (from iTypeTéw, 
serve), Spopevs (from €Spapov, 2d aor. of Tpéxa, run), yovevs 
(from yev- [seen in ylyvopat] beget). 


390. Action. 


, ie ws 
Advots, loosing, from Av- (Ava, loose). 
tadeid, education, from travde-! (trardevw, educate). 





1 The stem is really mawder, F changing to v in travdedo. 


FORMATION OF WORDS 131 


a. Give the meanings of ato8yots (from aic@avopat, 
perceive), wopeta (from opevopat, proceed), Bacrdreia 
‘(from Baotheva, rule). 

391. Result. 

Tpaypa, thing, act, from wpay- (1paTTw, do). 
yévos, birth, race, from yev- (éyevopnv, was born). 

a. Give the meanings of KTipa (KTdopat, possess), 
XPHa (Xpdopat, use), THEEvpa (ToEEvw, shoot with a bow), 
Bédos (BadXa, throw). 


DENOMINATIVE NOUNS 


392. Person concerned. 


iepevs, priest, from lepds, sacred. 
ToXtTYs, citizen, from TéXts, city. 
oikétys, house servant, from otkos, house. 





a. Give the meanings of imtevs (from tos, horse), 
Xadkevs (from xadkés, bronze), ToESTHS (from TdEov, bow). 
393. Quality. 
tistéTyS, 6THTOS, fidelity, from tiotds, faithful. 
copia, wisdom, from codds, wise. 
Sikavoovvy, justice, from dikatos, just. 
a. Give the meanings of cadpootvy (from oaddpav, 
discreet), evSatpovid (from evdaipav, prosperous), aTASTHS 
(from athots, simple). 
394. Diminutives. 
travdiov, little child, from tat6- (tats, child). 
tavbickos, young boy (fem. Tatdicxy), from traits. 
a. Give the meanings of vedvioxos (from vedv, youth), 
Xopiov (from xapa, land). 


152 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


ADJECTIVES 
395. Kakés, bad, from root Kak-. 
Adds, sweet, from H8- (HSopar, be pleased). 
Wevdis, false, from wevd- (evdopnat, lic). 
a. What is the meaning of dottrés (XeittH, leave)? of 
Stadavys (Sta-haive, show through)? 
396. Belonging to a person or thing. 
oixetos, domestic, from otkos, house. 
a. Give the meanings of *“A®nvaios (from ° A@fvat, 
Athens), apxatos (from apxn, beginning). 
397. Fitness or ability. 
Baotdukds, fit to rule, kingly (from Baowdeds, king). 
a. Give the meaning of dpxikds (from dpyxy, rule). 


398. hoBepds, frightful, from oBe- (poBéw, frighten). 
a. Give the meanings of davepds (from dative, show), 
Xpiorpos (from xpdopar, wse). 


DENOMINATIVE VERBS 


399. tTipdw, honor, from tipy, honor. 
aprOpéw, cownt, from dprOuds, number. 
SyArAdw, make evident, from SH dos, evident. 
Bacthevw, reign, from Baorreds, king. 
Sukdto, judge, from diky, justice. — 
éXtrifw, hope, from édtris, hope. 
a. Give the meanings of kKpatéw (from Kpatos, might), 


Sovrkevw (from Soddos, slave), proOdw (from picOds, pay), 
vikaw (from vikn, victory). 


FORMATION OF WORDS 133 


PREPOSITIONS IN COMPOSITION 


400. Below is given, for reference, a list of the most 
common prepositions with their ordinary force in com- 
_ position: — 
e 
1. dpoi, on both sides, about. 
2. ava, up, back, again. 
3. dvti, against, in return, instead. 
4. amd, away, off, in return, back. 
5. 814, through, apart. 
6. ets, into, in, to. 
T. év, in, on, at. 
8. é€& or &k, out, away, off. 
9. emi, upon, against, besides. 
10. kata, down, against. 
11. peta, with, in search of ; it also denotes change. 
12. tapa, beside, along by, wrongly (beside the mark), 
over (as in overstep). 
13. tepi, around, about, exceedingly. 
14. apd, before, in defense of, forward. 
15. tpds, to, against, besides. 
16. ovv, with, together. 
17. t1ép, over, in defense of, for the sake of. 
18. $16, under, slightly, gradually. 


401. The following inseparable prefixes occur fre- 
quently: d&- (dv- before vowels), with negative force 
(called & privative), as Gdpos, without heart, &ropos, with- 
out resources; Svus-, ill (cf. eb, well), SvoTrdépevtos, hard 
to go through; myu-, half, nuridperkdv, a half daric. 


134 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


LESSON XLI 














MI VERBS — totTHhpu 


402. Learn the Principal Parts and the Present and 
Second Aorist systems Active and Middle of tornpe 
(525-6) and the Second Aorist émpirapnv (526). L 

a. Notice (1) that totnpr differs from Ave only in the 
present and second aorist systems; (2) that the endings 
are added*directly to the verb stem without a variable 
vowel, as toTapnv, not totadpnv. : 

6b. Write out the principal parts of ao-toTnpr, make one 
revolt, intrans. revolt; and ka@-toTnpi, station, appoint, 
intrans. take one’s place. | 


403, TRANSLATE: 1. toryno., toraot, toracav. 
2. €oTn, torn, torn. 3. toravrat, toravto, tatac Oa. 
4. oryTw, oTHow, oTds. 5. EoTHKA, toTapaL, EoTHV. 
6. e€otncar,' €oTnTaV, oTHOAL, TTHVAL. 

404. 1. He stood, he stands, he was standing. 2. They 
appoint, they were appointing, to appoint. 3. Let him: 


place, let him stand, to stand. 4. They stand, let us 
stand, standing. 


405. TRANSLATE: 1. Kdpés te Ta madta eis Tas 
xetpas ehaBe, Tots TE AAAOLS TAL Tap-ryyedde Kal- 





1 Ist aor. } 

22d aor. The meanings of tornpt should be learned with great care. — 
The middle voice (except the aorist) and the 2d aor., perf., and plupf., 
act. are intransitive. Otherwise the active is transitive, set, place. 





MI VERBS | 135 


7 > ‘\ ¢€ n 4, 4 yo 0 
toracOar eis tv éavtod Ta€w EkacTor. . Kal- 
/ 4 4 \ ‘ ‘ A , ¥ 
toravto dy, KNéapyos pev ta Se€ia Tov Képatos Exar, 
Mévav S€ 76 eidvupov Képas Tod “EAAnuikod.’ — 3. TOU 
dé BapBapixod immes Iladdaydves mapa Kréapxov 
¥ A ay x , a 
éstynocav. 4. mepacbar det o7as Hv Suvdpela Kaas 
oe , ry > , en N 
vikavtes colopefa. 5. 6 otv Kdéapyos vm Tov 
héhov oryjads To oTpaTevpa Teme. AdKvov Kat addov 
+ ee \ / ‘ , 56 ‘ eo la 
€7t Tov hodov Kat KehEVEL KaT-LOOVTaS TA UTEP TOV 
dddov ti éorw am-ayyetdars évtavda S€ eoTyoay ot 
lal S. - ‘ 
"EAAnves. 6. ovKodv? Yoarepov amo-aTas els Mucous 
“~ > , \ + Dep eee YG eta 7 4 280 7 > 
Kak@s €moles THY eunv® yopay o TL” eOvvw; 7. El 
‘ 
Svvaio, amo-cTains av ere mpds Tovs Epovs €xOpods. 
8. 76 5é orpdrevpa 6 otros én-éhime, Kal tpiacbar ovK 
nv, eb pn ev TH Avdia ayopa év T@ Kipov BapBapice. 
9. otrov ovv ovK ErpiavTo, Kpéa i éaOiovtes ot oTpa- 
Ti@TaL Oi-eyiyvovTo. 


406. 1. Men in Miletus were planning to go over to 
Cyrus. 2. The other cities all deserted to Cyrus, but 
Miletus had not at that time revolted. 3. The leaders 
take their places each in his own line, and marshal their 
men. 4. Let the barbarian (force) stand near the river, 
ifitcan. 5. The messengers reported that® the Greeks 
were not able to buy provisions except in the enemy’s 
country. 





1 sc. orpatedparos. 2 Cf. 374, I. 

3 The possessive pronoun is directly preceded by the article when a 
definite person is referred to. 

4 in what, 102. 5 as. 


136 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


407. VOCABULARY 


amr-ayyédAw, etc., take back word, 
report. 

BapBapikds, 4, dv, adj., foreign, 
barbarian. 

S1a~-ylyvopat, etc., get through, con- 
tinue, exist. 

Stivapar,) Suvycopar, SeSdvynpar, éSv- 
vyOnv, be able, can. 

€avtod, ys, od, reflexive pronoun, 
of himself, herself, itself, his own, 
ete. 

“EAAnvikés, 4, dv, adj., Greek. 

éu.ds, 7, 6v, possessive pronoun, 
my, mine. 


ém-Aeltro, etc., leave, fail. 

érBiw, Sonar, eSySoxa, eSySerpar, 
7Séo0-Onv, 2d aor. éhayov, eat. 

evavupos, ov, adj. (of good omen), 
left; used for &piorepds, which 
was considered unlucky. 

Ka0-opdw, etc., look down on, ob- 
serve. 

To wadtév, javelin, spear. 

torepos, a, ov, adj., later, follow- 
ing; torepov, as adv., after- 
wards. 


408. READING EXERCISE 
THE TRIAL OF Orontas, Part II 
For Vocabulary see page 234 


Hira dé éxeEev 0 Kipos, Mera S€ Tatra, d Opera, rl ce 
HOo“KNTA ; 

Ovdse, arrexpivato ’Oportas. 

Ovxobvv totepov eis Muaods amrootas KdKkas éroles THV 
EunV Yopav ; 

Manora ye, pn 6 ’Opertas. 

Ovtxodv nOcres SevTepdv ye Teicai pe Kal deELav rae? ; 
kat Tadta dpordyer 0 Opevtas. 
TL ody a8ienbels ir’ euod viv 7d tplrov émiBovrevers por ; 

Ovdse, atrexpivato obTos. 7 

‘Oponroyeis obv trepl éue adios yeyevncOar ; 

°H yap avayKn éotiv. 





1 Inflected like torapat, w. subj. and opt. like wplopar, mpratpyyv. 


MI VERBS 137 


Ei d€ Bovroliuny éye, étt ody av yévoio TO eum adEAd@ 
Tonéutos, éuol dé didos; 

Ove et yevotunv, & Kipe, coi y av tote d0Eatm. 

Nov 6€ iSwpev ti yiyveoKovow of mapdvtes. od Sé TpPa- 

‘4 / > ; \ , 
Tos, ® Kréapye, arednvar Thy yvouny. 

"Eyol ye doxe?, 3d Kope, éxrodav troveic8ar tov avdpa os 
TayloTa: KaKioTOS yap éoTlL.—TavT@Y TavTa EiTrorTOD, 
AaBovres Tov ’Opovtav éEfyov Oeparrovtes. érrel O ex THs 

rn > / @ \ lal ” al > , wv Q 
oxnrns €EnyOn, weta TadtTa ovte Cavta "Opovrav ovte TeOvn- 
KOTa ovodels Eld€ T@TTOTE. 


LESSON XLII 


MI VERBS: Ti€npi.— RELATIVE AND TEMPORAL 
CLAUSES 


409. Learn the Principal Parts and the Present and 
Second Aorist systems Active and Middle of ti6npr 
(525-6). 

a. Notice (1) that the stem vowel ise; (2) that the 
second aorist active imperative second person singular is 
8és; (3) that substituting e for a, it follows the inflection 
of torn. 

b. Write out the principal parts of ém-ti6npr, put on, 
inflict, mid. attack ; and twapa-tiOnpt, set beside, put before. 


410. MODEL SENTENCES 


a. TadTa a exw Spds, you see these things which I have. 
B. 4 tnpia Eotar Savatos tavti tiv ds av aXdioKyTat, 
the penalty shall be death to every man who is caught. 


138 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


y. O7éTe S€or yéhvpav Sia-Baiverv, Eotrevdev ExacTos, 
whenever a bridge was to be crossed, everybody hurried. 

5. Stor Gv TryGvtar, émdpeOa, wherever they lead, we 
follow. 


a. Observe that the antecedent of d in a is definite; in 
8 the antecedent is tavti ti. How does that compare 
with tatta ? 

6. Notice that éméte S€or is equivalent to et tote Séon, 
and $tot av jyOvrTat to éav tor HyavtTat. So ds av aXi- 
oKnTa = dav Tis ddioxyntar. If we substitute these prot- 
ases for the relative or temporal clauses in f, y, and 6, 
what forms of conditions shall we have? 


411. Rule of Syntax.— When the antecedent of a rela- 
tive is indefinite, the relative clause has a conditional 
force, and may take the form of any of the eight condi- 
tions (880). This construction includes temporal clauses. 


412. TRANSLATE: 1. ri8dacr, erifecar, eOecav. 
2. tiBeis, Deis, Oés. 3. eru-riPerar, é-eOero, é-erifero. 
4. et Beier, ci TUWeinv, Ooper. 5. TiPevar, Betvat, Tu- 


fetor. 6. riOnor, ériBeco, Eov. 


413. 1. He puts, he put, he was putting. 2. To be 
putting, to put, to attack. 38. They attacked, let us 
attack, let him attack. 4. We put, we are putting, we 
were putting. 


414. TRANSLATE: 1. padiora O€ ai tpdrelar Kara 
\ , Pete Sale. 3.7 , % > 
tovs Edvous’ Gel eTiMevTo: vopos yap jv. 2. map- 
eTiMecay avrots én THY avTiy Tpamelav Kpéa TayTota 


MI VERBS | 139 


ov modXots apros. 3. "ApKkas dé Tis, dayetv Sewwds,' 

haBav eis THY XEtpa apTov Kal Kpéa TOoAAA, Buevos ert 
N , 30 7 2 A Y; > ee 3. , 

Ta yovata edeimve. 4. eb THS vikns éemi-Ovpetre, Déobe 
. 9 23 , e , ¢ , > - 

Ta Omha” ev Taker ws TaXLTTA. 5. ol mod€pior ioyv- 

a > , 1s ae hee Yc uy 2 , ‘ 
pos én-eriPevto Kai erd€evov kat eodevddvwrv. 6. Kai 
> , 1:2 iF ia , \ 
nvayKalovto ot “EXAnves axo\n Topever Oat, Kai mod- 
AdKis Tap-yyyedr\ev 6 Zevohov vro-pévew ore ot Toe 

> “a 9 X ‘\ = , 4 
por emi-tietvro. 7. omov ay pn 4 TpiacBar, Lap Ba- 
vew Das EK THS YOpas EdoomEV Ta EmiTHOELA. 8. 6 
r\ f > , \ \ , , ? Be 
KXéapyxos eies Aedoixa yap py AaBov pe Sixny em-An 
e a a ee, As ta 
6 Kipos av® vopile vm Ewod HducnoBar. 

415. 1. Let us get under arms each man in his own 
line and proceed slowly. 2. If the enemy attack us, we 
will fight wherever we can. 38. We should not have 
attacked them, if they had not hindered us whenever we 
tried to advance. 4. Resting their shields against their 
knees, the soldiers remained where they were. 


416. VOCABULARY 
6 aptos, loaf of bread, bread. ore, adv., when, whenever. 
TO y6vu, atos, knee. Lat. genii. mavTotos, a, ov, adj., of all kinds. 
Sermvéw, yow, etc., dine. ohevdovaw, yoo, sling. 
loxupas, adv. of texvpés, strongly,  TXoAn, leisure ; eXoAq, slowly. 
violently. 1 Tpdmefa, table. 
Otrov,* advy., where, wherever. tmo-peve, etc., wait a little, halt. 





1 @ great eater (261, b). 

2 +a SrA Tiber Gar is used of ordering arms, grounding arms, and get- 
ting under arms. 

3 Gv = TrotTav &, punishment for those things in which. 

* When temporal particles are used with the subjunctive, av must be 
added, Sov av, Stav, érdv or émrfy, etc. 


140 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


* LESSON XLII 


REVIEW OF {toTnp. AND TiOnpL 


417. Review the inflection of toTynpr and tiOnpr (526), 
comparing carefully each tense of one with the cor- 
responding tense of the other. 


418. Write a synopsis in the third person singular of | 
both verbs in the present and second aorist tenses active 


and middle. - a 
419. TRANSLATE: 1. torao., rtiWWéaor, TiOnor. 
2. or@pev, TUGper, Oopev. 38. toravar, Tvl, oT7H- 


var. 4. etiBevto, taravto, eto. 5. Pod, Oés, orn A. 
6. ay mpinra., €av emi-OynTal, Edy toTHTAL. 


420. 1. He puts, he sets, he set. 2. They are stand- 
ing, they are putting, let them put. 3. To put, to be 
putting, to set. 4. Let us attack, let us buy, let us stand. 


421. TRANSLATE: 1]. ézei d€ of apyovTes PHYTO, 
_»¥ ea eee , , a 
edo€ev avtots mpodvAakas KaTa-oTHOaVvTAas oVy-KadeLy 
‘ ne 3 ‘ 2" e + na 
Tovs otpariétas. 2. é€met S€ ot adou OTpaTL@TaL 
ou-ehéynoav, av-eoTn 6 Kvedvwp Kat ereE de. 
3. “Aptatos ov ynuets HOdA\omev Bacrtéa Kal-voTavar 
vuv mpos Tovs Ktpov é€xfiortous ao-oTas Has KaKas 
Tou meiparar.. 4. nuas det TavTa OpwvTas, payo- 
péevous ws av Svvapcla Kpaticta, ToUTO 6 TL av SoKH 





1 aipéw. 


REVIEW OF iotnut AND TiOnm 141 


a “~ , 5 > 4, =| A > 4 
Tos Jeots Tacyew. . €k TovTOV Hevodav av-iota- 
3 , eee 4, > ¢ > 4 LA ~ 
Ta €oTadpevos emt TOAELOV ws edvVaTO Kdh\LTTA* TOD 
dé Adyou npyeto Ge. 6. THv trav BapBdpwr émop- 
kiav héyer pev KXedvawp, eriotacbe Sé kai belts, olwar. 
2 Q\ , x win gg Aes pe 
7. et 87 dia-voodpefa ovv Tots Ordos Gv! TeTOLnKaAcL 
7 > “ > “a ‘\ “A “~ ‘\ e ~ ‘ 
dikny émi-Oewar adtois, adv Tots Heots moddai Huw Kal 
ap oe , ers, ’ eg lal 
Kahat é\mides clot cwrnpias. 8. of "EXAnves tavra 
émioTapevor ouv-eVevto mpoltpuws mopevoerOat Te Kal 
didew ioydpas orav ot troheusoe €mi-Oavrar. 


422. 1. And the light armed troops advanced in front of 
him to stir up the wild beasts. 2. For they were not 
able to catch the animals unless some one understood 
how? to stir them up. 3. Accordingly those who were 
pursuing made an agreement and separated whenever 
they saw the animals near. 4. Grounding arms, the 
Greeks halted, wondering because Cyrus did not appear. 
5. But if they had waited all that day, he would not have | 
come. 


Kadds, adv. of kadés, finely, nobly. 
6 mpopvAa£, aos, outpost, picket. 
oTéhAw, oTEAa, Eotetha, ExTadka, 


423. VOCABULARY 
dv-lornpt, etc., rouse up; intrans. 

stand up. 
Sta-vootpar, -vorcopar, purpose, 

plan. 


Si-lornpt, set apart; intrans. sepa- 
rate, stand apart. 

7 émvopkia, perjury. 

émlorapat,® émorticopar, yrieTT- 
Onv, understand, know how. 


€orodpar, éordadny, 
equip, dress. 

ovy-Kadew, etc., call together. 

ocvy-TiOnpt, etc., put together; mid. 
agree on, contract. 


yi cwrnpla, safety. 


arrange, 





1 With Sixnyv. 
3 Like Sévapar. 


Cf. 414, 8. _ 
Do not confuse this word with tern. 


2 Omit. 


142 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


*424. READING EXERCISE 
INTRODUCTION TO A SPEECH OF LysIAS 


For Vocabulary see page 235 
¢ 

TloAAnv por atropiav mapéyee 0 aywv ovtoci,! & avdpes 
PS) i aa 3 > al 0a » Ap 4 2\ , ae! \ \ a 5 v > 
ixacoTtat, drav évOupnOa? dri, av éy@ ev pr) VOV ED ElTT@, Ov 

/ b \ > \ \ c \ 60 16 Ss \ a 
Hovov €y@ aXAA Kal o TraTHp doEEL AOLKOS Elval, KaL TOV YpPN- 
patov? aTdvT@v otepnoopat. avayKn odv e kai*t un dewvos 
mpos tavta mépuxa,> Bonbeiv T@ Tatpl Kal euavT@ ovTwS 
6mras av Svvwpal.2 THY pév Otv TapacKeUnY Kal TpoOvmiaV 
n 5] n fa \ 9O\ lal \ / / \ > 
Tov exOpav opate, Kal ovdev Set TrEpi TOUVTWY réyeLV: THY 6 
éunv ateipiav tavtes toacw,® boot eve yiyv@oKovolv. aitn- 
comat ody bwas Sixata Kal padiva yapioac@ar. dvev opyns Kal 
HOV" aKkovoal BoTEp TOV KATHYCPWV. aVvayKn yap TOV aTrO- 
Aoyovpevor,® Kav® é€& icov axpoaaGe, EXaTTov ” éyewv. of ev 
\ > a / > 4 > \ ” 7 
yap €k TOAXAOD ypovou émiBovrevorTES, avTOL avev KLVdUVOY 
ovTes, THY KaTnYyopiay érroLnoavTo. pels SE aywuSoucBa 
peta Oéous kal dtaBorHs Kal Kivddvov peyictov. €iKos odv 
bas evvorav TAEiw Exe TOs ATTOAOYOUpEVOLS. 





1 Cf. 384. 2411. 8 141. 4 even. 
5 have been born, so am by nature. 6 know. 7 187, b. 
§ What English derivative? ° By crasis for kat éév. 1° See 233, 221, 





'~ See. 


VERBAL ADJECTIVES 143 


*LESSON XLIV 


VERBAL ADJECTIVES— REVIEW OF PERSONAL 
PRONOUNS 


425. Verbal adjectives in tos and teos correspond gener- 
ally to Latin participles in tus and ndus. ‘Their stem is 
found by adding to or teo to the verb stem as found in 
the first aorist passive ; as AuTés (AvTO-, aor. pass. EAVOnV), 
TELTTEOS (TEPTTEO-, aor. pass. eTepoOnv). 

a. Verbals are declined like adjectives in os (499). 


426. MODEL SENTENCES 


a. évtat0a Tappos Hv dpukTh Babeia, in that place was a 
deep artificial (digged) ditch. 

B. ovv peéev yap col Tas ToTapos StaBatés, for with you 
every river is fordable. 

y- ToTapos 5€ Tis GAAos Hpiv SiaBatéos, some other river 
must be crossed (is to-be-crossed) by us. 

5. tovtous 8 otv Tovs ToTapots jyiv SiaBatéov éeotiv, 
but at any rate we must cross these rivers. 


a. Observe the two meanings of the verbal in Tos, in. 
épukTyH that of a perfect passive participle, in StaBatds 
that of an adjective in bilis, denoting capability. 

b. Observe the differences in construction and transla- 
_tion in y and 6; and notice that StaBatéos agrees in case 
with the subject twotapés, while StaBatéov is impersonal 
and, like its verb, Sta-Baive, allows an object. 

ce. What case is used above to express agent? What 
case is used in Latin with the gerundive? 


144 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


427. Rule of Syntax.— The verbal in téos has both a 
personal and an impersonal construction; the agent is 
expressed by the dative. 


428. Review the declensions of éya, ot, attés (510). 
Learn the reflexive and reciprocal pronouns. 


429. TRANSLATE: 1. yuw ye ola. tavTa TownTéa 
@S pHToTE emt Tots BapBapors yevduela, akAa paddor, 
x 4 > a 243? Cm S b) , 
nv Svvdpca, exetvor ef july. 2. dpa aywvirréov 
e A 9 nw X\ \ ~ 5 > , , ¥ 
new, @ Kdpe, mpos Tovs avdpas; “AvayKxn yap, edn. 
3. oKoteicOar ody ypy nuas Eire’ TavTA mpaKTEov 
¥ , > , — a 3 , , 
ere py. 4. €k Tov’Tov Hevodarvte eddxer Siwxkréov 
<2 Ae € A > 7 ¢ 2 ee : A 
eivau TOUS EavTov. 9. GAN Oras pr emi Bacirel yevy- 
oopela mavta mointéov. 6. bulv ye ovk abopnreéor, 
Kal” eb pnoets havetrar yyewov. 7. elrep ovv THS Ta- 

, > - “~ b) 4 A ‘\ » > 
Tpidos é€m-Oupets, axréov ert Tos avdpas. 8. w@dedn- 

s- e , > , » - A , oN 
Téa TOL 7 TOS EoTiV, ElTEp TynaoHar Bove. Y. Eav 

a > , 2 > \ » A 
tovto, ® TdavKwv, dua-mpaén, dvopacrds eae Tp@TOV 
pev ev TH TOdEL, ETaTa Sé ev TH “EAAGOL, OTOU 8 av Hs 
TAVTAXOV TEpi-BrETTOS EEL. 


430. 1. These things must be accomplished by you, if 
you desire to revolt from the king. 2. You must collect? 
the best and bravest men possible, to attack his troops. 
8. You must bid your soldiers follow zealously whenever 


you lead them to battle. ©4. If you wish to appear » 


worthy of admiration,* you must compel men to obey you. 





1 Cf. 374, 2 even. 
3 must be collected by you. 4 Verbal of Savpafe, 


«ig ail dele ean 


MI VERBS 145 


431. VOCABULARY 


Ldyovitopar, dyoviotpan, yydovicpas, 
nyoviocOny, contend. Cf. dyav. 

(d0upéw, how, etc., be despondent. 

Cf. ab vpos. 

'Sta-rparropar, etc., bring about, 

| accomplish. 

elrrep, conj., if indeed. 

| émevra, ady., thereupon, then, fur- 

ther. 

| phwore, adv., never. 


| 60ev, adv., from which place, whence. 


ovopdtw, ovopdow, etc., name, men- 
tion. Cf. dvopa. 

mavTaxod, adv., everywhere. 

q tatpls, (Sos, native land. 

mept-Br€rrw, -BAdpopar, -EBAeba, look 
around at, gaze on, admire. 

oKotréopar, watch for, consider, 
ponder (used only in the 
present and imperfect, see 
oKeTTopar). 

wpertéw, How, etc., aid, assist. 


——— ee 


| LESSON XLV 


MI VERBS: 6difop.— CONSTRUCTIONS WITH éws 


432. Learn the Principal Parts and the Present and 
Second Aorist systems Active and Middle of 818mm 


(525-6). 


a. Notice that the stem vowel is 0, and that sometimes 


_o lengthens into ov. 
_ the corresponding places ? 


What did ¢€ in ti®np. become in 


6b. Write the principal parts of dtro-6idwp., give back, 


return; Trapa-bidwp., give over, give up; Tpo-biSmpi, betray, 


| desert. 


| 433. 
darkness came on. 


live, they live more happily. 


FIRST GR. BK. — 10 


MODEL SENTENCES 


a. TatTa Etrotovv Ews oKdTOS éyéeveTo, this they did, until 


B. €ws av Cdow, evdatpoveotepov bt-dyovor, while they 


146. THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


y. 8o€ev attots mpo-révar ews Kipo oup-piterav, they 
decided to go on until they should meet Cyrus. 

a. Observe the different meanings of €ws above, and 
the moods of the dependent verbs; notice that éyéveto 
states a definite past action. és ocuppiterav after a 
primary tense would be éws av oup-pigwor. 


434. When éws (or €oTe, dyxpt, péxpt), wniel, refers to a 
definite past action, it takes the indicative (usually the 
aorist). Otherwise it follows the construction of condi- 
tional relatives (411). 


435. TRANSLATE: 1. didouer, Edidoper, eddpnv. 
2. Siddvar, Sodvar, SidocAar. 3. edidov, didwar, d1d0- 
dot. 4. Sovs, Si8ovs, SGper. 5. SiSov, dds, SiSdv- 
tov. 6. wa 6100, wa doin, a darar. 


436. 1. They give, they were giving, they gave. 
2. Giving, having given, let us give. 38. You (sing.) 
are giving, give, you gave. 4. He is betrayed, he was 
betrayed, let him not be betrayed. 


437. TRANSLATE: 1. 30 6€, &by, @ ’Aynoidae, ews 
av TU0n Ta Tapa THS GEavTOV' TddEWS, META-YOPYNTOV 
eis THY DapvaBalov ydpav. 2. "Ews av toivuv, edn 6 
> 4 ray > a 4 rd \ “ “A ‘ 
Aynothaos, €xetoe topevapat, didov 69 TH OTpaTiAa Ta 
emiTnoeia. 3. exeivo dH 6 TiOpadorns Sidwou Tpid- 
kovTa TddavTa. 4. Kdéapyos Ttovs dSaperxovs AaBav 

a a x ee a“ , 4 a) 
ovs Ktpos edwxev ait@ Todew av Si-eyeveTo péxpt Kipos 





1 The reflexive pronoun has the attributive position, but the personal 
pronoun has the predicate position. 


~ MI verBs 147 


éden0n Tov otparedpatos. 5. dv pou dos TL, oTpared- 
.copat Ndiov 7) olkor pevo. 6. Ta Tov Fedy arro-ddvTES 
‘Tols payois Kal Ooa TH OTpaTia ikava €€-eOrTeEs, 
Tadha kahéoavres TOV TwBpvay Sére aito. 7. Tavrd 
é€oTw €pya avdpav éemirtapevov xapitas azro-d.ddvau' ; 
8. &vOa 81) da-expwvato KXedvap ori tpdcbev av aro- 
Odvoey } TA OTA Tapa-dotev. YY. Hdéws av adTa 
ETL UTNPETOUMEV Ews XapW am-edomev” av ev Eradbopev 
Um €Keivou. 

438. 1. The Greeks trusted Ariaeus until he betrayed 
them. 2. After giving us pledges? and receiving (them) 
from us, do you now betray us, the friends of Cyrus? 
38. If he considers that he has been helped by Cyrus, let 
him return the favor and aid us. 4. Let us not give up 
our arms, fellow soldiers,t so long as we have one hope of 
victory. 





439. VOCABULARY 
éxetoe, ady., to that place, thither. olxot, adv., at home. Cf. otkaSe. 
Cf. éxet. Ooos, yn, ov, adj., as great as, as 
év0a, adv., where, there, thereupon. much as, as many as. 
é£-atpéw, etc., take out, pick out. muvO@dvonar, mevoonat, émrvOduny, 
To Epyov, work, deed. mréruorpar, inquire, learn by in- 
6 payos, a priest who interpreted quiry, find out. . 
dreams, a wise man. To Tadavroy, talent, 60 pvat, $1080. 
| petra-xwpéw, etc., go to another totvuv, ady., postpositive, then, 
place, withdraw. therefore. 
1 return a favor. 2 Like what form of condition ? 


3 x ’ 4 om 5 me 
TO TieTa. @ avdpEes OTPATLMTAL. 


~ 


148 . THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


LESSON XLVI 


MI VERBS: deikvip. AND é0v — CONSTRUCTIONS 
WITH ote 


440. Learn-the Principal Parts and the Present system 
Active and Middle of Seikvip. (525-6), and the Second 
Aorist tv (526). 

a. Write the principal parts of dtro-deikvip, point out, 
declare, and ét-deikvipur, display, show. 

441. MODEL SENTENCES 

a. Kpavynv ToddHy Etroiouv, WoTE TOVS Trohepious dkoveELV 
they kept making a great noise for (lit. so that) the enemy 
to hear; 3 

B. ote ot éyyitata THV Tohepiwv Epvyov, so that those 
of the enemy who were nearest fled. 

a. Observe (1) the moods used above after mote; 
(2) that while the infinitive in a shows the result which 
étroiovv tends to produce, épvyov in 8 shows what actually 
did happen. 

442. Rule of Syntax.—@ote is used with the infinitive 
(negative pH) to show the result which the action of- the 
leading verb tends to produce ; with the indicative (nega- 
tive ov) to show the result which that action actually 
does produce. 


443. TRANSLATE: 1. devxviaor, Setkvior, Sevkvivar. 
2. deikvuTa, Seikvucbar, éedetKvuVTO. 3. detkvy, 
deixvus, Seixris. 4. dSeuxv¥mper, Siddpev, Taper. 
5. wa Serxvvor, va iorain, wa Sidoin. 6. dexvivTwr, 
detkvucat, Seikvuc Oat. | 


MI VERBS 149 


444. 1. He shows, he showed, let him show. 2. Show- 
ing, being shown, to show. 38. Let. us not show, to be 
shown, they areshown. 4. They show, they give, they put. 


445. TRANSLATE: 1. rots 5€ watoly édelkvucay 6 TL 


, A 9 9 - 3 \ > , 9g 
dgou Toetv. 2. wate wpa coTiv emi-SeLKvVaL O TL TLS 
> la + ~ 
yuyydoKe, apiotov evar. 3. peta TovToOv ahdos ar- 


éoTn émi-Serkvis ws eves ein wota aiteiy mapa Kvpov. 
4. doBoipnv yap av pn Ta wrota & Hutv doin 6 Kdpos 





kata-Ovyn.' 5. amo-TeovTes Tas KEpadas TOV vEeKpaV 
 én-edeikvucav tots “EdAnot. 6. dikavov yap ar- 
Fars oP eae an > , 3 , 
— dA\Ava Oa Tovs Emt-opKodvTas. 7. ® KaKkioTe avOpadTar, 
> A ‘ x > \ a ¥ - > , 
Apuate, Tos avdpas avTovs ois w@pvis am-oho\ekas. 
8. mavtas ovo ad-tKkvowTo Tapa Bacthéws mpos avTov 
9 \ > ys 7 e ~ “A , 
ouTws d.a-Teis am-ereuTrEeTO WATE EAVT@ addov didous 
> FY A \ \ ” > , \ 
evar 7 Baoiret. 9. Kal yap epyw én-edeixvuTo Kal 
¥ c la 9 > » , \ £ 
€Xeyey 6 Kipos om ovk av mote tpo-doin Tovs didous, 
1 > = 4 2 4 , > 
ovd € Kakas mpa&evav. 10. mavres yvounv art- 
edeikvuvTo OTL ovdeva Tpo-doin® didov. 1l. wreiwv 
nv © piobds wate TO OTpaTevpa TpOOvMOTEpor Elvan. 
446. 1. Make known your opinion now, Clearchus, 
what you hold to be just. 2. If the king should defeat 
us, said he, he would destroy as many of us as he could. 
3. So that I think we ought to show our training,‘ and 
fight as bravely as possible. 4. Let us attack him® so 
violently as to destroy his first line. 5. Let every man 
who is willing to fight bravely take oath. 





1 Cf.. 196, n. 8 Is this to be translated like the optative in 9 ? 
2 fare ill. * radela. 5 What case ? . 


150 


447. 


aitéw, How, etc., ask for, demand. 

Gmr-dAAvpL, -oAG, -OAera, -wAdpnV, 
-okodeka or -ddAwda, destroy 
utterly, lose; intrans. perish. 

G1ro-Tén.vo, Teo, -Ereov OF -Erapov, 
-TréTHHKG, -TéTpNAL, -eTPHONV, 
cut off: 

YVyvaock, yvoropat, éyvav, éyvexa, 
é€yvorpar, éyvaorOnv, know, think. 

7" Yvopn, opinion. 

Sia-riOnpr, etc., dispose. 


THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


VOCABULARY 


émt-opkéw, How, -Opkyoca, -opKyKa, 
swear falsely, commit perjury. 

evHOns, es, adj., foolish. 

kata-Sve, kat-€5uv, make 
sink; intrans. sink. 


,) 
Suge, 


6 vexpds, dead body, corpse. 

OPVUpL OF opvd@, opodpar, apoca, 
OPOPOKA, GpPaopoopat, apdcOny, 
swear, take an oath. 

ovdé, adv., and not, nor yet, not even. 


hoPéopar, Aoropar, etc., fear. 





*448. 


A Persian Litrtte Lorp Fauntieroy, Part I. Cyrop. I. iii. 


READING EXERCISE 


For Vocabulary see page 235 
Kal o Kdpos éel éwpa modda Ta Kpéa, eimrev, "Apa Kal 
Py iS >. U Ul n U \ / 4 1 UA 
(Sos, ® TanTe, TdvTa TadTa wor TA Kpéa 6 TL! BovrAomat 
> a nA \ / > lal 4 / 3 lal 4 
avtois ypnoGa; Nv Ala, ® mai, éywyé co. évtadOa o 
Kodpos AaBov tov xpedv? dia-didwot Tois audi Tov TamTov 
/ b] / e / \ X a) ¢ 7 
Geparrovow, éri-rAéyov éxdot@, Lol pev TovTO STL mpoOdpas 
€ 7 8 PS PS , \ be v4 X\ gS 4, \ 
pe irrrreverv® SuddoKxes, col dé 6tt wot madTOv ed@Kas* viv yap 
n 4 \ be v4 x / a 0 4 4 \ be 
TovTo éyw: col Sé 6tt Tov Tdmmov Karas OepaTreves,* col dé 
6Tt wou THY pyTépa Timas: TadTa érole Ews® dvedidov TavTa 
a / 
a €dhaBe Kpéa. 

Ldka Sé, bn o ’Aotuadyns, TO olvoydg, dv éy@ padtoTa 
TLUL@, ovdev Sidas ; Kal Kipos émnpeto edOvs, Ara ti by, @ 
i n 4 Lal Nie Re Ul , ss 
TATE, TOUTOY ovTM Timas ; Kal 0’ AoTUdyns cK@ pas éiTe?, 
Ovy opas ws Karas oivoyoet Kal evoynudvas ; (oi 5é TOV 
Bacthéwv TovTwr oivoydot Kouwas Te oivoyoovat Kal diddacr® 





1102; for whatever. 
4 Cf. Oeparrav. 


2 Part. gen. 
5 while, not until. 


8 Cf. immeds ; 399. 
6 Supply ofvov. 





MI FORMS IN Q VERBS’ - 151 


tois tptol Saxtvrols dyovvTes THY didrnv). Kérevoov 87, 
»” c al > / \ s Lee. \ wn \ 4 
ébn o Trais, ® Tame, TOY Laxav Kal éuol Sodvar TO ExTT@pma, 
iva KaX@s olvoyoncas yapifwpai cot éav Sivmpat. 

0 6é éxédevoe Sodvar. RAaBav 87 0 Kipos ovtas éroincev 
LA Ul e7 if > \ \ Uj “ / 
@oTep Ldkav éwpa, ovTas évdors THY diddrAnv TO TaTTo 
ote! TH untpl Kal T@ ’AoTuadye Todd yédXoTa Tapacyeiv.! 


Se 
LESSON XLVII 


SECOND AORISTS OF THE MI FORM IN Q VERBS — 
CONSTRUCTIONS WITH mTpiv 


449. Review the inflection of €otynv (526). Learn the 
Second Aorist of yuyvaoko (527). 


450. A few verbs in » have second aorists inflected like 
verbs in pt. The most common second aorists of this — 
form are €Bnv (Baiva, go), EpOnv (>0ave, anticipate), in- 
flected like éoTynv; Spav (St8pdokw, usually d1r0-b8pdoKe, 
run away), like €oryv, but substituting @ (after p) for 4; 
Eyvav (ytyvaokw, know), and tdwv or édov (driockopat, 
be taken), inflected like éyvev. 

a. In &pOnyv, epav, and é4ov the imperative is lacking. 


451. ; MODEL SENTENCES 

a. §-€Byoav tmplv tots GAdovs ato-KptvacOa, they 
erossed before the others replied. 

B. ph todkepov kata-hvoys mplv Gv eyol cup-Bovrevy, 
do not make peace until you advise with me. 

y. ote lévar HOeXe rpiv q yuvy avTov Erreioey, he refused 
to go, until his wife persuaded him. 





1 442. 


452 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


a. Observe the mood following tpiv when it means 
before, the moods in 8 and y when it means until ; observe 
that 8 and vy are negative. 


452. Rule of Syntax.—(1) IIpiv takes the infinitive, 
chiefly when it means before and when the leading verb is 
affirmative. 

(2) It has the finite moods when it means until and 
chiefly when the leading verb is negative or implies a 
negative. This construction is the same as that of éws. 


453. TRANSLATE: 1. jas ypr Sia-Byvar tov Ev- 
ppatynv torapov mpiv SynAov elvar 6 TL oi aor” EdAnves 
amo-Kpwovvrat Kipw. 2. dbapnev d.ia-Bavres' Tov 
ToTapLov TOUS aANoUs OTpaTioTas. 3. Ndéws AV yvoin | 
Tis el ot appt Kdéapyor péddovar dia-Bnvar. 4. od 

_Tporepov” pos Huas wodenov e€-Epynvav mpiv évdpicray 
Kah@s Ta EavT@ov Tap-ecKkevdcOar. 5. ex Se Tovrov 
6 KaLapPXNS THS vUKTOS atro-Spas wyeETO KaTa-AUT@V TOV 
vidv. 6. €av 6 matnp ado, dikny doce. 7. ws dé 

VOVTES OL TOEMLOL TO OV* ETPaTOVTO Els huyny, EVTA- 
2 X d 3 ; 

— Oa 6 Kipos didKew exéhevore Tods Tpds TOUTO TEeTAypE- 
vous. 8. evravfa 57 dppata éddo, €x-TinTovTwY TOV 
nudxov. 9. Tav pevtor meLav “Aooupiwy ot éTvyxov 
TO xwptov modvopKovrTeEs * o« pev Eis TO TELYOS KaT-Eepv- 
yov, ot d€ efOnaar eis rod Tia peyaddnv ad-tKdpeEvoL. 





1 Three verbs, AavOdva, escape notice, tvyxave, happen, and pedve, 
anticipate, are used with a participle, where the main idea is expressed by 
the participle, as: €a0ov am-edOovres, they got off unseen. 

2 wporepov is followed by mpiv, previously . . . before, where we trans- 
late the mptv only; cf. Lat. prius . . . quam. 8 the state of things. 


MI FORMS IN Q VERBS 153 


454. 1. If the boats of the enemy should be captured, 
the Greeks would get across the river first.1 2. Let 
them cross the river at once; let them not fight, however, 
. until they know what the country is. 38. There hap- 
pened to be a village near, where? they found provisions. 
4. The inhabitants, before they knew whether the Greeks 
were friendly or hostile, escaping by stealth, fled to the 
mountains.. 5. The Greeks did not fight until their 
pack animals were captured. P 


455. VOCABULARY 


Gdiockopar, dAdcopat, éahwv or 
jA@v, éaAoxa or jAwKa, be taken, 


caught; used as passive to aipéw. 


Gro-SiSpackw, -Spacopar, -éSpay, 
_-BéSpaxa, run away, escape by 

stealth. 

TO apua, atos, chariot. 

éx-ritrw, -recotpar, éf-€rerov, éx- 
memrwoka, fall out. 

éx-hatve, etc., bring to light, open, 
begin. 

6 yvloxos, driver (one who holds 
the reins). 


kata-hevyw, etc., take refuge. 

pedro, peAAhow, éueAAnora, be about 
to, be likely to. 

6 telds, foot soldier. 

TpéTH, THe, Erpafa and érparov, 
rétpoda and rétpada, téTpap- 
par, étpehOny and erpamny, 
turn, rout; intrans. flee. 

TVYXave, TevEopar, Eruvxov, TeTd- 
xnka, hit, attain; happen. 

6 vids, son. 

P0dvea, HOAcopar, EPOnv and épba- 
oa, get the start of, anticipate. 


*456. READING EXERCISE 


A Persian Litrte Lorp Fauntieroy, Parr II 
For Vocabulary see page 236 
Kai aires d€ 6 Kopos éxyeddoas averndnoe mpos Tov 
Twantov Kal dirov? dua eirev,°"O. Ldxa, éexBaro ce ex THS 
TLLAS * Ta Te yap adXra* Gov KaAXNOV oivoyoncw Kai OvK éK- 





1 Cf, 453, 2. 2 in which. 3 embracing. 4 102. 


154 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


f Spa oe \ 5 ef \ \ A ee 
Tiomat avTos Tov olvoy (oUT@ 6%) yap Tratovcwy of TAY Bact- 
Agwv oivoydot, érredav Sida THY Piddnv). 

éx tovtov 69 0 “Aatudyns oxortov, Kal ti 6, ébn, @ 
Kdpe, tarAXa! ptpovpevos Tov Laxav, ovK Emtes Tov oivov ; 
"Ori, én, vy Ala, ededoixn uh ev TE KpNTHpL dappaka pe- 
piypeva ein. Kal yap Ste eiatidcas od Tors didous év Tois 
yeveOrious, capas KatéuaSov dappaxa év TH olvw dvtTa.? 
Kal was 6) od TovTo, ébn, ® Trai, éyvas ; “Ort vy A’? ipas 
eopov Kal Tais yrouals Kal Tols cw@pact ohadrdopevous. 
TP@TOV ev yap & ovK EATE Has TOs Traidas TroLEtY, TATA 

> \ > Lal 4 \ \ ef > lal ” . \ \ 
auTol é7roleire. ravTes pev yap dua éBoate: noete Sé Kal 

/ / > > 5 8 be a] AO > 7 »” 
Hara YEXOlWS, OVK AKPOMpMEVOL” OE TOV GOOVTOS WpVETE APLOTA 
ade. opynodpevor* & avéotate, aAN ovd dpOovcbar édv- 
vaobe. érerérAnobe® Sé wavrdract ot te tt Bactreds 
joa, ot Te GAXOL OTL od Apywv. TdTe yap 5H eywye Kal 
mp@Tov KaTéwabov Ste TovT ap Hv % ionyopia 5 wpeis Tore 
€mroleiTe* ovderroTE youV éolwTraTe. 
on a. Sinha er , / e \ \ / > a /. > 

kal o’Aotuayns Aéyet, ‘O 5é€ ods matnp, ® Tai, Tivev ov 
peOvonetat ; OV wa Av’, épn. "AAA TAS Toe; Anpav 

iA BA \ \ »Q\ U > \ s > 
maveTal, ado S€ Kakdv ovdéev TacyeL> OV Yap oimal, @ 

Ul a A 
TAaTTE, VAKAS avT@ oivoyoei. 





1 By crasis, for ra GAA. 2 Partic. instead of infin. in indir. disc. 
3 See 187, b. 4 Expresses purpose. © From ém-Aavédva. 





IRREGULAR MI VERBS 155 


LESSON XLVIII 


IRREGULAR MI VERBS —cip.— REVIEW OF eipi AND 
oni — ACCUSATIVE ABSOLUTE 


457. Learn the inflection of ety. (529). Review eipt 
and onypi, learning in addition the Subjunctive, Optative, 
Imperative, etc., of the latter. 

a. Write a synopsis in the 3d sing. of &tr-eip., go off, go 
back, and ovv-epr, be with. 

458. MODEL SENTENCES 

a. GAA Ti Set péverv, érrel CE-eoTiv atr-tévat, i 

RSE SBE a a | but why, 

B. &dra ti, Cov atr-révar, Se? péeverv, 
when it is possible to go back, must we remain ? 

a. Observe that the clause émel €-eottv may be ex- 
pressed by a participle, not in the genitive, as in 272, 
but in the accusative. This is called the accusative 
absolute. 

459. Rule of Syntax.— The participles of impersonal 
verbs and of other verbs when used impersonally may 
stand in the accusative absolute in the neuter singular, — 
when others would be in the genitive absolute. 


460. TRANSLATE: l. cit, iwi, Hr, Ha. 2. dyot, 
daci, davar, dnoa. 3. hue, Quer, elow, eioty. 
4. tof, ii, idv, av. 5. tao, Hoar, toner, pone. 
6. edynoar, ehacar, coral, Hoar. 

461. 1. They are, he is going, they say, they said. 
2. He is, lam going, I am, I was. 3. To go, to be, to 
say, let him go. 4. He went, he was, being, going. 


156 THE FIRST. GREEK BOOK 


462. TRANSLATE: 1. 6 6€ Kuva€dpns téutav mpos 
A A ¥ Y ¥ X ¥ ¥ eB \ 
tov Kidpov éeeyer OTe dyn KaLpos Ein ayew emt Tovs 
, 5 \ A ¥ ¥ > / > 7 > 
modepniovs. 2.. El yap vov, edn, ere odtvyou etoiv, & 
ix id dr A oe. 3 % = , 
@' av mpoo-iwper, Tohdol EvovTau. . pen ovr peivo- 
4 a , e a) , > 3. ¥ 4 ¥ 
pev ews av meiovs Nua yerwvTat’ aAN LwpeEV EwS ETL 
olduefa evmeTas Gv avTav” Kpatnoa. 4. €v TovT@ 
ae - f -& 1» Y € , poet ue 2 
dé hee Xpvodvras Kal edeyev ot ot Tohemtor €€-iovev 
TE NON TY TOs OTAOLS Kal TAapa-TaTTOL avTOVS avTdS 
¢ , e ¥ ¥ ¢€ A e las 
6 Baoireds. 5. ws HpEaTo ayew 6 Kipos, ot oTpatia- 
TAL ELITOVTO NO€WS* HTioTavTO yap aopadéorarov Elvar 
Kal paoTov TO Oudce lévar Tots Toemiors E€ apy7s.” 
6. d6€av roivuy cot Kadas Eyew, Tpdc-LH. Tpds adrov. 
\ n \ 4 , y x > ‘\ Us 

7. Kal mp@tTov pev ovTw Tole. OTwS av adTot abpa 
ouvv-nre. 8. ereita S€, €€-0v ool, TOTO pHXaVe OWS 
hdOy diros av nu. 9. am-révar SoKovv oKerTéov 
yi, eae, 3 , x 4 1 9 s % 
€oTW OTws acdar€otaTa am-yev* Kal OTWS TA ETL 
, 4 
THodELa E€omer. 


463. 1. But now when it is possible for you to go 
home, you are not going? 2. Why do you say it is 
possible for us to return home? 38. We are not so base 
as to desert Cyrus in the present difficulties.® 4. Al- 
though it did not seem best to us to proceed against the 
king, we said we should not go back. 5. Cyrus gave us 
more pay that we might be more zealous. 





1 sc. xpdv@, while. 2 Why genitive ? 

3 at once, at the beginning. 

4 Notice that the present tense is future in meaning ; see the next verb. 
5 rpaypara. 


IRREGULAR MI VERBS 


157 


464. - VOCABULARY 
ef-erpt, go out (elpr). AAnopa, be wnseen, escape 
evrretas, adv., easily. notice of. 


75y, adv., already, now, at once. 
Lat. iam. 

6 Katpds, the fitting time, oppor- 
tunity. 

Kpatéw, how, etc., be strong, rule, 
conquer. 

AdOpa, adv., stealthily, secretly. Cf. 
AavOdvea. 

AavOdve,! Afow, EAabov, A€AnOa, 


*465. READING 


PNXAavaopat, Aropar, etc., contrive, 
devise. Lat. machinor. 

opooe, adv., to the same place, to 
close quarters, hand to hand. 

mapa-rattw, draw up side by side, 
marshal. 

mpdo-eup, go to, approach (etpr). 

oketrréos, verbal of oxémropat, con- 
sider. 


EXERCISE 


For Vocabulary see page 286 


THE SonG OF THE SWALLOW 


[A Rhodian mendicant song sung on the arrival of spring. 


A similar 


lay of the swallow is still sung by the modern Greeks at the same 


season. 


Some of the forms are in the Doric dialect. ] 


"HAG, HAGE yerrdar, 
KaXas @pas ayouca, 


\ > 7, 
KAXOUS EVLAUTOUS, 


él yaoTtépa AevKd 2 


> \ lal / 
emTl VATA héeXNALVA,— 


Taralav? ov mpoKiKnrel 


> 4 y+ 
€K TLOVOS OLKOV, 


” / 
oivou te déracTpor, 


TUP@V TE KAVUCTPOD * 


Kal TUpVa YEeALo@v 


Kat AektOlrav 2 





1 See page 152, note 1. 


(Cf. AapBave, AavOdve, pavOdve, tvyxave, 


aicOdavopar, and see that they all add av to the simple stem to form the 


present. ) 


2 These forms in Attic Greek would end in -n, -nv. 


1582. THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


ovx aTr@beitar. ToTep atrimpes,! 7) AaB@peba ; 
> / , 3 \ / > bad 
el ev TL OWES: Ef OE UH, OVK Edoope?, 
}) Tav? Ovpav hépapes ® 4} TovmépOupor, 
12 a \ 29% ft) / 2 
 Tav* yuvaika Tav* €ow KaOnpevar * 

\ / > e 5 / 4 ” 5 
puxpa wéev €or, padiws piv * oicoper : 
av dé hépns TH, 
péya 5 TL hépoto «© 
dvouy, dvorye Tav? Ovpav yerdidovr - 

> \ / / 4 > \ / 
ov yap yépovTés éopev, AXA Tratoia. 


——— 


LESSON XLIX 


IRREGULAR MI VERBS: oi6a —PARTICIPIAL INDIRECT 


DISCOURSE 
466. Learn the inflection of ot6a (532). 
467. MODEL SENTENCES 


a. o¢ S€ otdev otTws eE-atTratHoavTa avTév, but he knows 
that you thus deceived (you having deceived) him. 

B. kat-evonoe S& THY ayvLaV oTevwTépav otoav, but he 
perceived that the road was (the road being) too narrow. 

y. Mévav Sf dos Av ém-Odpav trovTeiv, it was clear that 
Menon wanted (Menon was evident wanting) to be rich. 


a. Observe that the verbs of a and 8 are followed by 
the participle of indirect discourse instead of the con- 
structions of Lesson XXIX. Notice the case of the parti- 
ciple and its modifiers. 

b. Notice the agreement of 8fXos in y, and the English 
equivalent. ? 





1 For atr-twpev. 2 These forms in Attic Greek would end in -nv. 
8 For dépopev. * piv = adrhy. 5 From épa. 8 355, a. 


IRREGULAR MI VERBS 159 


*468. Rule of Syntax.— The participle is often used in 
indirect discourse, with verbs signifying to see, hear or 
learn, perceive, know, be ignorant of, remember or forget, 
show, appear, prove, acknowledge, and ayyé\hw, announce. 


a. Most of these verbs may also take 6tt with a finite 
verb as in Lesson X XIX, and some the infinitive of indi- 
rect discourse. 


469. Rule of Syntax. —6fjAds eis and davepds eipt take 
the participle in indirect discourse, where we use an 
impersonal construction. 


470. TRANSLATE: 1. olde, loact, noeoav. 2. toh, 


€idds, cidévar. 3. tot, €otw, olda. 4. nda, HEL, 


eiddres. 5. Wa €id7, iva dyn, Wa eidein. 6. torte, 
UTE, EOTE. 
471. 1. I know, I knew, he knew. 2. To know, to 


go, let them know. 3. They know, let us know, let us 
see. 4. They knew, they went, they were. 


472. TRANSLATE: 1. Ed toft, & Bevodhar, ore 7 600s 
ge | , be i 5 b] f= 3 , y ? 
nv’ mopevodueba ert Ta Opn dpOia éeativ, Eby Xerpioo- 

‘ A ¥ > , / N 
dos: Kai ratta é€omevdov ei Suvaiunvy dbdcar mpiv 
kat-e.dnpbar THY vmepBoryv. 2. 6 d€ Zevodar héyet: 
> : ae ‘ A , » > , , ‘\ 

Ad’ eyo Exo Svo avopas. AT-EKTELVAPEY TWAS, KL 


ay 2 , /, > A , 9 4 e 
Cavras €\aBowevy twas avrovd TovTov Eveka, OTwWS NYE 





1 Accusative to denote the ground over which one passes. This is 
connected with the cognate accusative, apxnv apxew, to hold an office, 
where the accusative repeats the idea already contained in the verb. 
Here also belongs the accusative ratra with éomevdov, in the same 
sentence. 


160 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


ld > / . , - / \ > \ 
poow €iddor Tv yopav ypnoaipefa. 3. Kat evOus 
dyayovtes tTovs avOpamovs Hreyxov et Twa eidetev 
»” ean ah Q ws e \ > Y > 
addnv 6dov 7 THY davepav. 4. 6 pev ody ETEPOS OvUK 
ein, 6 S€ Eerepos EedeEev StL ovTOS ov dain dia TavTa 
eld€vat, OTL avT@ ervyxave Ovydtnp® Eexet ovca.” 
5. Tovtov Tov nyeudva SHoavTes SHAOL Hoav ava To- 

, - la , > e€ , \ 
pevopuevor otyn. 6. havepot etow ot BapBapor 7odda 
Tpaypata* map-éyovtes Tots ava-Baivovow. 7. ws 
d€ nobero "Erapewovdas apynpévov tov *“Aynoihaov 

Q » » 5 A , e€ A “~ 4 
Kat ovTa non ev TH IehAjvy, yyetTo TO oTpaTedpare 
evOds emt Smdprnv. 8. kal ei py Kprjs €or é€- 
, n> P N N , ¥ 
Hyyevte TO “Aynoikaw Tpoc-Lov TO oTpaTevpa, €AaBev 
av tTHv wow epyuov TOV apvvovpévar. 9. od xp7 
nas pavepovs elvar olkade @punuevous: Sédo.xa yap 
f} ob Todgutor Huw ADO pa émi-Oavrat THS VUKTOS. 


473. 1. Be assured, my friends, that if we are manifestly 
discouraged, it is for this reason, because we can no longer 
defend ourselves. 2. A messenger has come reporting 
that our allies have set out for home. 3. It is evident 
that the enemy are near, and they will attack us at once, 
knowing that we are bereft of allies. 4. We know that 
all these things that you say are true. 95. But let us go 
on bravely, that our foes may not know that we are 
discouraged. 





1 said ‘*no,’’ not ‘* did not say.’’ 2 Cf. 180, a. 

8 Cf.-p. 152, n.,1. £ trouble. 

5 What kind of a condition? Turn this sentence into indirect dis- 
course (1) after édefe, (2) after pn, (3) after olda. 


IRREGULAR MI VERBS 161 


474. VOCABULARY 


alcOavopat, alcOjcopat, qordpnv, 
qoOnpar, perceive, learn. 

Gpive, dpvvd, ypova, ward off; 
mid. defend oneself. 

dva-Baive, go up, march inland. 

airo-Ktelvw, -KTevO, -éxTewa and 
-éxtavov, -éktova, kill, put to 
death. 

éhéyxw, edéyEw, WAcyEa, EAHAcypar, 
mMA€yXOnv, examine, cross-ques- 
tion. 


e€-ayyéAXw, etc., report, make known, 

SpOos, fa, ov, adj., straight up, 
steep. 

Sppae, how, etc., start; mid. set 
out, start. 

1 otyh, silence. 

oreiie, omelow, Eomevea, urge, 
hurry. 

q UmepBodh, pass. 

havepds, a, dv, adj., visible, in plain 
sight, evident. Cf. datve. 


Note. — Compare aptve, kptve, kreivw, dalvw, and see that t is added 


to the verb stem to form the stem of the present. 


orté\Aw for ayyeAvw and oredta. 


So also dyyé&AAw and 


ae SE | 


LESSON IL 


IRREGULAR MI VERBS: tn1—DOUBLE NEGATIVES 


475. Learn the Principal Parts and the Present and 
Second Aorist systems Active and Middle of ty (530). 
So also d-tnpu, let yo, mpoo-tnpr, let come to. 


476. MODEL SENTENCES 


a. ovdels ovK Etracyé TL, nO one was unaffected, there was 
no one who was not affected ; i.e. every one was, ete. 

B. ot8 Gros 6 tHv“EAAjvov Errabev ovbeis ovdEev, nor 
did anybody else of the Greeks receive any injury at all. 

*y. o¥ ph yévytat, et will not happen. 


a. Observe that the simple negative o¥ in a contradicts 
the statement ovSels Eracye, making an affirmative as in 


FIRST GR. BK. —11 


162 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


English, while ov8 (ov5é) in 8 only strengthens the ne- 
gation in ovéeis, and ovdév makes it still more negative. 
How do ov and ovéd€ or ovdév differ ? 

*b. Notice in y a new way of making a strong negative 
statement. ‘The usual phrase would be od yevjoetat. 


477. Rule of Syntax.— When a negative is followed by 
a simple negative (ov or pi) in the same clause, each 
retains its own force; when followed by one or more 
compound negatives, the negative is strengthened. 

But od py with the subjunctive (and occasionally the 
future indicative) are used in the sense of an emphatic 
future indicative with ov. 


478. TRANSLATE: 1. tyow, tac, teoav. 2. ievan, 
<a y 4 yA ® Y Y 
evar, exOa. 3. tera, tero, eiro. 4. eoOw, Ero, 
£s Y ef e & ca i y , 
iéo0w. 5. way, wan, Wath. 6. te, €s, és. 


479. 1. I send, I rush, I sent. 2. He was sending, 
he was rushing, he rushed. 3. Let us rush, let us send, 
sending. 4. Rush, send, let him rush. 


480. TRANSLATE: 1. jv dvo0 H Tpiov ipephy, OO0V 
amTd-cxyomev, ovKeTe wn Svvntar Baciredvs Has KaTa- 
“A 9 Q a lal A \ 
haBew. 2. aya O€ TH Huepa Tols oTparnyots Kab 
hoyayots Tov “EdAjvev eokev doa Hv aiyuddwra av- 
Sparoda &y TH oTpaTLa TwdvTa ad-eivar: aYoXaiay yap 
> , ‘ Iie , » > ‘ A > # 
€roiovy THv Topeiav, ToANG ovTa. 3. émel d€ Apiory- 
TAVTES ETOPEVOVTO, OTAVTES EV DTEV@ OL OTpPaTHYol, e& 
Wg \ > 4 3 a ¥ 
TL EvploKoLev yy) ap-Eyevov, ab-npodrTo. 4. avdpes 
na a - nA 
ToNtrat, ot Geot viv KeKopixagw Huas els Ywpioy ev @ 





lérxov, TX, cXolnv, oXés, TXELV, TK OY. 


IRREGULAR MI VERBS 163° 


ot pev evavtion mpos ophiov tdow, eva od SvvawTo ay 
oure BahXew ovre axovTilew brép TV Tpo-TEeTAypEevar. 
5. nuets 5€ avabev kai Sdpata ad-vévtes Kal ifous 
Baddovtes revEone0a Te adtav Kal woods Tpdcoper. 
6. edv yap duets, WoTEP TpOO-HKEL, TPOFdpws ad-inre 
Ta Sdpata, ovdels TOV TOhEMiov Ov TevEeTU.  T. Be 
vodovta S€ ovK exddel, ovdE TOV ahAwv OTpaTHyaV 
ovdeva. 8. avev apxdvTwy ovdev Gv ovTE Kadov oUTE 
ayabov yévowto oddapov. z 

481. 1. Some of Menon’s soldiers, when they saw Cle- 
archus advancing through their midst, began to throw 
stones! (at him). 2. They would not have thrown 
stones if he had not struck one of them. 38. The army 
will not be? victorious if they let Clearchus go. 4. With- 
out him they would not be able to accomplish anything. 
5. But Clearchus collecting his troops rushed against 
Menon’s men so that they were frightened out of their wits. 


482. VOCABULARY 
aixpdderos, ov, adj.,captured, taken Kopl{o, kopia, exdpioa, etc., take 
in war. charge of, bring, conduct. 
dkovtife, dkovTia, nkdvtioca, etc.,  ovSapod, adv., nowhere. 
hurl a javelin, hit. ovre, conj., nor; ovTe...ovTE..., 
dvev, prep. w. gen., without. neither... nor. 
avabev, adv., from above. mpo-tartw, etc., draw up in front. 
am-éxw, etc., be distant. oreves, h, dv, adj., narrow. 
aprtaw, how, etc., breakfast. oXoAaios, a, ov, adj., slow. 
BaddAw, Bara, €Badrov, BéBAnKa, BE TiTPdoKw, TPdcw, ErTpwra, TerTPwpaL, 
BAnpor, EBAROnv, throw. érpabynv, wound. 


Norte. —Cf. tirpdcka, yryvooke, OvicKe, SiSparKke, eipiorKw, etc. 





1 Use type w. dat. of instrument. 2 Cf, 480, 1. 


164 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


*483. READING EXERCISE: AN EPIGRAM OF LUCILLIUS 
For Vocabulary see page 237 

"Intnp Tis éwol Tov éov! hirov viov éreurper, 
ote pabeiv? trap éuol TavTa Ta ypappatiKd. 
ws O€ TO “ envi dede?” Kal “ aryea pupl? EOnKev”’? 
éyve, Kal Td Tplrov Toiad * axcddovOov érros, 
“aodras © ibOiwous Wuyas “Aids mpotaev,” 
overs ply © mréurres pos we waOnodpevov.§ 

arra pw id@v o watHp, Lol mév yapis, ei7rev, éEraipe : 
avtap’ o Tais Tap’ éuol Tadta pabeiv dvvartat. 

Kal yap éy@ ToAAas vpuyas “Aid: rpoidrre, 
Kal mpos® Todr’ ovdév ypaypatixod Séopat. 





1 Poss. pron. from ov, corresponding to Lat. swus. 2 442. 
8 From the opening lines of the Iliad. 4 236. 
5 wiv = adrév. 6 What does the tense denote ? 


7 gitdp = GAAG, 8 for. 





SELECTIONS FOR READING 


> 


484. THE BATTLE OF CUNAXA 


[Simplified from Anabasis I. viii. 8-29] 


1. ‘Hvixa dé deihyn eyiyvero ébdvn Kovioptos worep - 

A 48 > py du. 4 de 3 4 2°. 8 
vedérn evKn EV TM TEOLM. OTE OE EYYUTEPOV EyiyvovTo, 
Taxa Sy at Adyyau Kat 
e , Ast 
ai Ta€eas KaTadaveis eyt- 
yvovTo. Kal Hoav immets 





pev NevKoPdpakes Et TOU 





1. Cavalry. 4. Cyrus and the six y ‘ ~~ , 
2. Peltasis. hundred. CUM@VULLOU TWY TONELL@W 


8. Hoplites. 5. Barbarians. , “\ 7 , 
a. ee epee the six thousand. Ticoadp€épryys e€yeTo TOU~ 


tT > >. ‘ , {2 LS 
Twv* apxew: noav o€ Kai yeppoddpor Kat dmdtrau 
‘ , , > , - De > - 
atv todjpeot Evdivais domiow. Aiydatio 8 obrou 
éhéyovto eivar: ado” 8 imzets, Tofdrar aANoL. Tpd 
d€ avTav Hv ap- 
\ ‘\ : 
pata Ta O71 Spe- 
Tavnpopa  Ka- 
hovpeva®+ elyov 
\ ‘\ 4 
dé ta Spérava 
> “~ > , 
€k Tov afdvev 





2 187, c. 





166 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


Fy , ) ee tre ticks! A , > A 
eis TAGyLov amoTETapeva, Kal VTO Tots Sidpots els ynv 
. Br€rovra, date Siakdrrew” orw &Tvyxdvore. 3° wev- 
tou Kupos eimey ore kahéoas tapeKehevero Tots EhAnoe 

\ \ “A , > , > 4 “A 
TV Kpavynv Tov BapBdpav avéxer Oar, eevaoOn TovTo - 
ov yap Kpavyn aha ovyn Kat novyn Kat Bpaddéws 
Tpoonoay. 

2. Kat é& tovrm Kipos mapedatver aités* adv Te 

e A pee peewee! , A , 2—Q7 
EpENvEl Kal aAAoLS TpLoOl H TETTApoL TH Kredpyw €Bda 
aye TO oTpaTeva KaTa pécov Td TMV TOhEMioV, OTL 
éxet Bacwreds ein.” ad’ duas 6 KrXéapyxos ovk “Oedev 
> , > ‘ “A A“ ‘ ‘\ , 4 
amTooTao al ATO TOU ToTapoU TO Se€Lov Képas, hoBod- 

\ , e ? ~ ‘ 4 > , 
pevos py KuKhobein Exatépwler, To Sé K¥pw arexpivato 
yY ry a , 9 an ¥ 6 2 , < \ 
OTL avT@ pedoL OTS KaA@s ExoL.” Kal Ev TOUT@ TO [EV 

‘ , e “A , XN a 
BapBapixov otpdarevpa opuah@s mpoyer, TO Sé “EXAD- 


T ouverarrero €kK Tov eTtL 


VUKOV €TL EV T® AVT@ pevov 
Tpoo.ovTav. Kat 6 Kipos mapedatvwr Karefeato Exa- 
l4 > id ¥ \ / XN ‘\ 
Téepwoe aToBrémwv els TE TOUS TodEMlovs Kal TOUS 
pidous. . dav d€ avtov amd Tod “EXAnviKod Bevodov 
"AO a e Xr , gs A ¥ ¥ 
AOnvatos umehacas * Ws TuVaYTHT aL, NPETO EL TL TAPAy- 
ay 9 € Ne A , ae < A Y 5 23 & 
yeddou. 0 d€ Kupos Aéyew ExédXevste TATW OTL TA LEepa 





1 From dro-relyw. 

2 wore .-. . Staxdrrev, 442. 

8 Acc. Its antecedent is rotro; cf. 102. 

4 airés: i.e. with only the persons mentioned. 

5 His words were: érz éxe? Bacidev’s éoriv. 

Sorc... wédo. . . €xou, indir. disc. for éuol wéder Grrws Kahds Ex. 

7 Acc. neu. of pres. act. partic. 3 

8 From br-edatvvw. . - 

9 Tf he had any commands. What literally? What is the form in 
direct discourse ? 


SELECTIONS FOR READING 167 


kala €or. Tadta dé Aéywv OopvBov yrovae Sia Tov 
f¢ >? Same , € , »” € Se 
Ta€ewv idvTos, Kal npeto Tis 6 OBdpuBos ety. O dE 
5 ¥ 
KnXéapyos etrev ore ovvOnpa trapépyerar Sevrepov On. 
, a ¥ 9 ¥ n , e @ > , 
Kai otros npero 6 Tt ein TO oWVOnua: 6 8 ameKpivaro, 
Leds cotHp Kai vicky. 6 € Kdpos axovoas, “AXa 
b¢ , » ‘ a + a Ss > soa > 
Exouat TE, Eby, KaL TOUTO EoTW. TavTa O ElTa@y Eis 
THY avTOD xdpav* amydavve. 
3. Kal ovxéri tpia % rértapa orddia Sieryérnv”® Ta 
ddrayye am addnrov yrika emaravilov re ot “EXAnveEs 
, » gee Deke >? a Lee ¥ Se 
Kal NpyovTo® avTiow tévar Tots Todepious. Eviow O€ 
¥ 5 , A , dé e Meigs / 
nptavto Spopw Oelv. déyovor O€ twes ws Kal EBdowv 
TAVTES Kal Tals aomiow pds 
Ta Sdpata edovancav dBov 
TOLOUVTES TOLS Los. amply dé 
To€evpa e&txvetoOar éxxdivov- 
¢ , \ 4 
aw ot BapBapor kat devyovct : 
VY 9 a <2 4 4 x 
Kat évtav0a 81 ediwKxov* pe 
Kata Kpatos ot “EdAnves, €Bdav 
dé addyjdrous py Oe Spdpo”, 
arn’ év tafe emecOar ta 8 appara éd€povto 7a pev 
du avTav TOV Todepiov, TA dé Kal® dia TOV “EdAyvor - 
aR OMA 4 7 CSTs f 42:3 , ee 
Kkeva nvidxav.’ ot 6€ diuioravTo Kai ev Tadon TH MAXN 
A a) 4 
Tov “EhAyvov emabev ovdeis odd&. Kipos dé nderar 
> ae e N a 2% Aas > = 
Kat On ws Baciteds TpocKvvetrar bTd TOV apd avTov. 








1 ydpay, i.e. as commander-in-chief. 

2 Notice the force of 6:4 here. Cf. dis-iungo, in Latin. 

3 Not from épxomat. 4 Began to pursue. 

5 300. 6 Even. 7 127, n. 


168 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


5 4 > 4 4 5 ‘\ , Yy 
ov perro. e€dyerar Sudkew, AAA TUVETTELPApEVHY EXwV 
Thy Tov ov EavT@ eEakociwr imméwy Taw Eripehettat 
9 , . 4 , A e Lal , 
6 7 moumoe Bacieds. mavTes yap ol tov BapBapwv 
dpyovres prov €xovTes TO avT@v yyovvTaL. Kal 
Bacoreds &) Tore pécov exwv THS avTov oTparias 
omws e€w eyévero TOU Kipov evovimov Képatos. 

4 > \ 8 Te) \ > “A 5) , > A > 4 

. *Enet ovdEls AUT@ EuayeTO EK TOV EVvayTLOV 

éréxapmte Bacirevs ws eis KUKLwow. eva 57 Kidpos 
PS) , Ace 6 , 2 , Ve \ 
eloas py omabev yevouevos® Katakoy TO EA\nviKov 
2 , ei eee ee N 
€davver avtios. Kat éuBarov 
ovv Tois é€akocios vuKa TOUS 

X 4 4 A 
mpo Baoiléws TEeTaypEevous Kal 
> A ¥ », e 
eis huynv etpepe Tous €SaKL- 
axtdiovs, Kal azoKteivar héye- 
TAL AUTOS TH EaVTOD YeELpL TOV 
¥ A 
apxovTa avTav. ot dé Kvpou €& 
. akécvot olyovtat SudKovtTes TAH 
os , 2\7 > : yee 8 
mavu O\tywv aud avTov. avy 





4, \ on ~ 
tovTois d€ av Kalopa Baciréa 
2 i. 3 5) A lal ‘N 
Kat TO aud exetvov atidos: Kat evOds ovK avéxeTat, ANN’ 
> A \ »* 5 e A“ 4 +e > ae,’ A a | 
elm@v, Tov avdpa ope, leTo ET avTOY Kal Tale. KATO 
. , ‘\ n 
TO OTEpvoy Kal TITPw@OKEL SLA TOU Oapakos. TatovTa 
\ = a a ae ee : aA 
d€ avrov* dkovrile, Tis marta bad Tov d¢0adpov 
, \ b] A , \ wn 
Biaiws> Kat évradvla payduevor kal Ktpos avros am- 
44] a > X e » A \ - ee ¥ ee 
EVave Kal OKT@ Ol APLOTOL THY TEPL avTOV EKEWTO ET 





1 Pres. of a general truth. 2 i.e. the king. 
3 é\avver dvrios, rode to meet. # Cyrus. 


SELECTIONS FOR READING 169 


ee | la S e , > A las 4, 

avT@. “Aptamdartyns 0 6 mLaTOTATOS A’T@ TOV OKYTTOV- 
, 2 87; , 1 78 A , 

xov héyeran €reidn TeTTM@KOTA ' cide KUpov karamyndjoas 
ag al “A ee 

amd Tov immou TEepiTEdeiv” avT@.’ ovTOS yap ETETiLNTO 

> ¥ \ 
vmod Kupov 8.’ evvoudy Te Kal TixTOTNTA. 


eet ee 


485. THE PEACE OF ANTALCIDAS 
[Hellenica V. i. 28-36] 


5 gi de 4 > (d l4 A , 
. °Ex 6€ tovrov Avradkidas yevouevats Tats TacaLs 
\4 , AS 5 , 3 , al A , 5 
vavot* mreioow FH dydornKovTa exparea THS Padarrys: 
9 A ».! > a , lal > / \ 3 7 
@OTE Kal TAS EK TOV IIdvTOU vats “AOjvale pev Exadve 
Katam\elv, els d€ TOUS EavT@VY DUUpaXoUS KaTHyEV. Ob 
\ > > Q a Cues bY 6 \ X , 
pev ovv A@nvator, opwvTes ev ToAdas” Tas Toheplas 
a , S2 15 4 , 7 X 
vas, poBovpevor 0€ py ws TpdTepov' KaTamodEeLn- 
Ocinoay, ovppaxov Aakedaipoviors Baoitéws yeyevn- 
pévov, todvopKovpevor S€ €k THs Alyivns tad Tdv 
Xr A 5 N A Wess a 3 AY A BEET» 8 
NOTH, Oud. TATA EV LaXUPaS ETEeOYMoUY TIS ELpHVNS. 
> > 
ot 6. ad Aaxedauovior, duddtrovres Tas modeLs, als 
‘ oF ‘ > , eS A > , ‘ 
bev eémiotevov, px amddowTo, ais S€ yaicTouv, m1 
amootaiey, mpdypata 8 exovTes Kal mapéyovTes Tept 
‘ , aA» rn , 4 9 \ 
Thv KopwOor, xaeras edepov TO Toheuw.* ot ye nV 
>A A iS , 10 A , 33> e , 
pyéto, elddres"” hpovpav Trepacpenv ep €EavTous, 
\ a 
Kal ovTOL Els THY ElpyvyV TpPdOvpoL Hoar. 





1¥From rirrtw. 2 From repi-rtrrw. 2 238. 4 300. 
5 187, c. 6 Predicate. 7 te. at Aegospotami, B.c. 404. 
8 187, b. 9 From dd¢-lornm. 


10 From olda. When they knew that a levy had been. a 


170 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


yY b \ lal 

6. “Qor éret wapyyyedrer 6 TipiBalos mapewar 

\ rv Ud e a aA ‘\ > , 1 

tovs Bovhopevous tmaxovoa fv Bacidreds eipyvnv 

KaTaTeLToL, TAX€ws TAaVTES TapEyevovTo. 

\ a 

éret 0€ ovvnOor, emdei~as 6 TipiBalos 

Ta Baciléos onpweta dveyiyypwoKe Ta 
s 7. 3 de 45 
yeypappeva. eixe” dé Wde. 





3 , 
Apragépéys Bacireds vomiler Sikarov® 
\ A > “a 3 4 , e Ad 9 \ A , 
Tas pev ev TH Aoia woes EavTod* ceiver Kal TOV VHOwY 
KAaLouevas kat Kimpov, tas dé a\Xas “EXAnvidas wédeus 
‘ ‘ \ , in a 
Kal piKkpas Kat peyahas avTovomous €ivar, TANY TpLOV* 
, de Y \ J ‘oer > b , 4 e , 
TavTas O€ womep TO apyaioy eivar “AOPnvaiwr.t  d70- 
\ \ 
Tepo. O€ TavrTny THY Eipryyny yn SéxovTal, TovTOIs ey 
, 5 wee 2 \6 , \ a \ 
Tokeunow” peta Tov TavTa® Boviopevwy Kat welj Kat 
* 
kata Oddarrav Kal vavot' Kal ypypacuy. 
7. “Akovovres ovv TavTa ol amd TOV TOdEwY Tpéc- 
Sa! iy, wi S \ ¢€ la C4 , ie, 
Bews amynyyeddov emt Tas EavT@yv ExacTo. modes. Kat 
e \ ¥ Y ¥ > , “ ¢ \ 
ol pev GAOL atravTEes Wpvucav euTedooeW TadTa, ot dé 
OnBaior Hiovy irép Travtav Bowrav dpvivar. 6 Se 
"Aynathaos ovK edn® déEacBar Tods opKous, éav py) 
duviwow, womep. TA Baciléws ypdupata édeyer, avTo- 
*= 4 la 
VOMLOUS Elva Kal puKpav Kal peyadnv modW. ot d€ TOV 
OnBaiwy mpéoBews EXeyov STi ovK eTegTahuEeva odior 
“w X a 
TavT ein. “Ire viv, éfyn 6 “Aynoidaos, Kal €pwrare: 





1 nv elphynv, for rH elphvn nv the antecedent being attracted into the 
relative clause. The terms of the peace which. 

2 How is éxw translated when followed by an adverb ? 

8 Sc. evar. i * Predicate genitive. 

5 Notice the change in person. 6 Not raira. 7 300. 

8 obx Edn, like Lat. nego, said that he did not, i.e. refused to. 


SELECTIONS FOR READING 171 


> , S > a1 \ a ” > \ , 
érayyéAere 0 adrots'! Kal TadTa, oTL El pH ToLWoovar 
nw »¥ ¥ e \ XN »¥ ce > 
TAVTA, EXTTOVOOL ETOVTAL.— ol prev 57) WyovTO. 6 § 
"Aynathaos dua THY pds OnBaiovs exOpav ov eped- 
hev, ANG Teioas Tovs éefdpous EvOds adixeTo els THY 


* éx Teyéas,’ map- 


Teyéav. mpiv d€ adrov dpunOjva 
la e e 4 4 > A ‘ , > /, 
joav ot OnBator héyovres OT adiaor TAS TOES AUTOVE- 
‘\ 4 e , A ¥ > ~ 
fous. Kal ovrw ot Aakedaipoviot pev otkade andor, 
@nBator 8 eis ras orovdas eiaehOety jvayxacOnoar, 
> , 277 yee , , 
avTovomous adevtes* Tas Bowwrias modes. 
8. Ot & ad KopivOio. odk e&€meurov thy Tov *Ap- 
, , > tm. lla , \ , 
yetwv ppovpav. adh o Aynotd\aos Kat TovTOLS Tpo- 
ele, Tols pev, el pr) Extréuporev” Tods “Apyeious, Tots 


> é« tTHns KopivOov, dru modenov e€oice” 


, > ‘\ > 4 
d€, ef pL) Gmriovev 
mpos avTovs. émet € hoByO&Twv audorépwv é&HdOov 

€. 3 an \ o--\, 34.2 2 Pe Gis © a Aé aN 
ot Apyetou kat avTn ep EauTns® 7 TaV KopwOiwv modus 
EVEVETO, OL LEV TPAYELS KAL OL [LETAITLOL TOD Epyou avToL 
yvovtes an Oov ex THs KopivOov: ot 8 addou woXtrar 
¥ 5 4 ‘\ /, A , > XN de 
QKOVTES KAaTEOEXOVTO TOVs TPdTVEY devyovTas.  Erret OE 


q e , > a b] 
Qt TONES EMLEVvELW. EV 


Tour émpaxOn Kal @pwpdoKerav 
™ €lpyvn Hv Katémeupe Baoideds, éx TovTov SiehvOy 
\ XN , , A \ ‘\ ee: , 
ev Ta meLikd, SuAVOn dé Kal Ta VavTLKa OTpaTEvpaTa. 
2 ’ ” 


Aakedaynovios pev d79 Kat “APnvatous Kal Tots cuppd- 





1 avrois, i.e. the authorities at home. 2 rplv dpunOjvar, 452. 
3 On the northern border of Laconia. 

4 2d. aor. partic. of d¢-inu. 

5 A vivid future condition in indirect discourse. 

8 airh ép’ éavrfs, independent, herself upon herself. 

7 From 6uvvue. 


172 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


XOls OUT ETA TOV VaTEpoV TOAELOV THS KaBatpecens ' 
Tov “AOnvnot Teyav avtn mpatn eipyvn éeyévero. 
9. "Ev d€ 7@ Tokgum paddov avtippdmes Tots evar- 
, 2 , e , ae , 
Tlols” mpatrovtTes ot Aakedaiudviot Tov emiKvdeaTEpot 
OES 2 3 A > , Ee, , 
éyévovto €x* THs “Avtadkidov eipyvns Kadovuperys. 
TpooTara, yap yevouevor THS vd Baciéws KaTaTEp- 
Peions eipyvns Kal THY avTovomlay Tas TOEoL TpaT- 
TOVTES, TPOTEAaBov pev TVppLaxov KdpivOov, avTovdpovs 
\ > X\ A , ‘\ , ” > / 
d€ dd Tav OnBaiwy tas Bowridas modes érolnoar, 
& 4 , 3 4 » \ <.549 , 
ovmep* maha. éreOvpovv, eravoay dé Kat *Apyetous 
Kopwov oderepilopevous, ppovpav dyvavtes én 
> 4 > ‘ 3 , > ? 
avuTovs, ei un eflovey Ex KopivOov. 


eoepealpors ic. 
486. GOBRYAS BEFORE CYRUS 


[Cyropaedia IV. vi. 1-10] 


10. ’Ev 5€ rovrw TwBpvas tapnv ’Acodpios mpeo- 
4 r Rea 79 9 \ e a d , 7 de 
Borns avinp éd? irmov ovv immuy Oepameia: ciyov dé 
1 


, VS spre §-¢ \ e \ 2 N a \ 
TavTes Ta Eh iTV” oma. Kat ov pe emt ta‘ Ta 


7 , Roe PS) 5 , 
TETAYMEVOL EKENEVOV TAPAOLOOVAL 


oma TapahapBaveww 
N , , y ¥ 8 € Se 

Ta €voTd, OTws KaTaKkaloley womep Tada.” oO de 

TwBpvas cizev ore Ktpov mparov Bovdo.ro ideiv: Kal 
e e , A \ A e 7 5 a . , 

OL vinpeTar Tovs prev aAoOUS LTTEAS AVTOU KaTEXLTO?, 

tov d¢ TwBpvav ayovor mpos Tov Kipov. 6 d€ ws €ide 





1 gen. after vorepov (225). 2 dat. after dvrippdrws (236). 
3 éx, as a result of. £187, b. 

5 From opérepos (cgets), one’s own. 8 ep? trmwv = lama, 
Térir@.. . AauBdvew (263). 8 By crasis for ra dda. 


SELECTIONS FOR READING 173 


tov Kupov, éhe€ev > *O d€arora, eye elt TO pev yévos* 
> 4 ¥ de ‘\ a > ‘ ‘ , 2 
Acovpios: exw S€ Kal TElyos toxUpoy Kal yopas 
b] , nw . y ¥ > 
érdpxw tohkdns: Kal tmmov exw 8 
eis yxuiavy TpiaKociavy, HY TH TOV 
> , A8 , \ 
Acovpiav Baciet” Traperyounv Kat 
, 5 ae e , 52% 
ditos nv exelvm ws padvota: Enel 
de b a \ / CRD = Ot ee 
€ éxetvos pev TéOvyKeY Vp VuaV 
> ‘ 5 . + ¢ \ “ $s 7 
dvnp ayabos wav, 6 S€ mais éxeivov 
\ > \ ¥ ¥ ¥ 5 
TV apyny exer exOioTos wv pot, 
NK® Tpos GE Kal iKérns TpooTintTw 

\ , , b X 8 la) 6 \ 
Kal didwpi wor euavtov Sovdov® Kat 
ovppaxov, o€ S€ Tiyswpoyv aiTovuat 
I] \ > » A 9 e , 
éuol yevéoOar: Kat maida ovTws ws Suvarév ae 
Totoupat* amas O€ elt appevoy mraideav." 

11. “Os yap® Hv por pdvos Kat Kaos Kal ayalds, & 
déorota, Kal eve hiiov Kal TYL@V WOTED GY Evdaiwova 
TaTépa tats Tysov Tein,’ TovTov 6 vey Bacideds ovTOS 

ré aA , hé X de A Pe Ae 
Kah€oavtos Tov TOTe Baciéws, TaTpos O€ TOD VuV,"” ws 

, 5 en , Ao A Fak a a gee 
Sdcovtos” thy Ovyatépa TO €u@ TaLol, eya mev azremeEp- 

, , “A 4 ~ ~ , \ 
Wapnv péya dpovav ori dnbev ths Baowéws Ovyarpos 
> , EAE es eX , ¢ BS n Nae, es 
dpoiuny Tov euwov viov yapernv, 6 d€ vuv Bacidreds”™ eis 
Ox a5 iZ ee See tort aba SN fa EIR Be 

Hpav avTov mapakahéoas, kat avels” avt@ Onpav ava 








1 Acc. 2Gen. 187, c.  *% Indirect object of rap-e:ydunv. 
* at your hands. 5 236. 6 In apposition with éuaurdv. 
Taras... waldwy, childless of male offspring, i.e. I have no sons. 


8 Os ydp, for he. 

® Potential, could make. tidy denotes the means, 271, b. 

10 rod viv, the present king. 11 271, 6. 

12 Baoide’s repeats Bacideds four lines above. 18 From dy-tnut. 


174 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


Kparos, ws mov KpEitTwy avTod immeds ryovpevos 
S ¢ \ € , s , = » 1 
evar, 0 pev wS hilo ovvelypa, dhaveions 5° apKrov 
SiudKovTes aupdrepon, 6 LEV VOY ApPYwV OUTOS akoVTiCas 
Y e , Seed es S > a A oe 
npapTevr, ws pytoTt wdeder, 0 0 Euos Tats Bahar, 
2Q\ Tee: , \ ¥ \ , \ \ 
ovoev déov,® KataBadXeu THV APKTOV. Kal TOTE PEV 51) 
b) 6 \ y¥ > #@ , €. 55 , \ LQ? 4 
aviaeis ap ovTos KaTéoyev VT OkOTOU TOV dOovov: 
Sea A 7 , , e \ 5S YY 
ws d€ madw é€ovTos TaparvydvTos 6 Ev av HuapTer, 
SS ff) ; x 5 Dies et eT s 0 
ovdevy Oavpaorov oipoar tadwov, 6 0 ad Eunos Tats avbus 
4 5 , , \ , Q > ¥ 
TvXav” KaTeipyacaTo Te TOV €ovTa Kal Eimer, “Apa 
BéBdyxa. Sis ebeENs Kat karaBéBdyKxa Onpa Exarepaxis, 
> , \ > , , e > id ‘ , > 3 
EV TOUT S€ OVKETL KATLOXEL O AVOTLOS TOV dbovor, aA 
aiyLnY Tapa TWOS TAV ETOMeVMV apTacas, Taicas Eis 
‘ , \ , wee es a > Lie ae 
Ta OTEPVa TOV LOVOV LoL Kat PiAdov TraLoa apetreTo” THY 
Woy. 
12. Kayo pev 6 Tddas vexpov avTi vupdiov éxopt- 
, \ » A OEE a ad , 
cdpnv Kat eVaysa TndLKOUTOS' GY apTL yevetanKoVTa 
Tov apioTov tatoa Tov ayamnTov: 6 O€ KaTaKavav 
YY 3 \ > fa » : , , 
@otep €xOpdv amoh€oas ovre peTapehouevos maémoTE 
havepos €yeveTo OUTE AVTL TOV KaKOD Epyou TYLNS TWoSs 
néiwoe® TOV KaTa yns. oO ye HY TaTHP avTovD Kal 
ae , \ sc > 10 - , , a 
cuvextice pe Kat Onros Hv cuvayOouevds pov TH 





1 278. 
2Sc. duaprety, would that he had never missed his aim. 
8 it being in no respect (102) necessary (459), i.e. when he should not. 


4 xar-éoxev .. . POdvov, kept his grudge concealed. 

5 as it happened, ‘‘ as luck would have it.” 

6 2d aor. mid. of add-arpéw. ‘ old as Iam, at my age. 

8 Translate literally, deemed worthy. ® him who is underground. 


10 SHros Hv, was evidently, etc.; cf. 469. 


SELECTIONS FOR READING 175 


an a A > PY eee, . A 3 ¥ 
Evpdopa. €yw pev ovy, et pev fn EKElvOS, OVK ay TOTE 
9 \ b tpg ieee, | ~ > , “A ‘\ ‘ \ 
HArAOov mpos GE ETL TH EKELVOV KaK@* TOoAha yap PiriKa 
¥ et ae ee 1 eS € , Cee, es, ee 
éradov um éxeivov' Kal umnpeTnoa exeivm: emei € eis 
TOV TOV €“ov TaLdds Hovéa APY? TEPLAKEL, OVK av 
ToTe ToUTW e€ya@ Suvaiunv evvous ever Oat, ovdE ovTOS 
> io 9 ad ¥ + EOE see oh | 4 2 76 \ e 8 
ev ol0 OTe hitov av ToT ewe WyHTaLTO.” olde yap ws 
“ae N oN ¥ ee ae , A , 
€y® mpos avrov exw kal ws* mpdabev daidpas Biotedwv 
A ‘ ~ 
vov SidKepar, epyuos ov Kat dua Twé&Oovs® 7d yhpas 
dudyov. 
> , , RE fy , N , A 
13. Ei obv ov pe déyn kai édrida twa AdBouns TO 
\ , » ‘ nw A \ 
dhilw madt Tywpias® av Twos peTa Gov TUXEW Kal 
> A Me | aN PS) la) \ ¥ A x» ¥ 
avnBnoa av’ mddw doK® pow Kal ovre Cav ay ere 
aigyuvoiunv ovte amolvycKwv avidpevos av TehevTav 
wn e A Y > ‘al : eee , > > 
dox@.— 6 pev ovtws cite. Kipos 5 aaexpivato: “ANN 
¥ 5 , \ A , Y , 
nviep, ® TwBpva, Kat ppovav dairy oaamep hé€yes 
“mpos Hpas, S€xomat Te ikérnv OE Kal TImMpyoEVY ToL 
A de 8 ‘ A e - ~ , 4 ¥ 
Tov Tados *® avy Oeois Uirxyvodpar. éEov d€ pou, Edn, 
la) a \ lal 
EV TOL TAVTA TOLLEY KAL TA TELYN EOMEV EXEW GE Kal 
4 > 
THY Yopav Kal THY Svvapiw HuTep mpdcbev Eiyes, od 
nptv® ri” avti rovTwy VanpEeTHCELs ; 
14. ‘O dé ceive: Ta peév Teixn, drav EOys, olkdv oor 
g& ‘ 8 X de a“ , y ¥ > , 
Tapeew* Oagpov O€ THS yopas ovmEep EhEpov EKElv@ 





1 éradov br’ éxelvov, received at his hands. 


2 voultor. 8 Gs, how, W. exw. 
* and in what a state I am now, who formerly. 
5 51a wévOous = év wévOe. 6 187, a. 


7 With dvnBijoa, I think that I should. 7 
8 Gen. of cause, avenge you on account of your son. 
9 Dat. after barnperjoes. 10 Cf. 102. 


176 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


Gol aToigw* Kal Oro. Gv oTpaTEedon, TVOTPATEVOoMaL 
THY ek THS Xopas Svvamww exav. E€aTi dé pou, ey, Kal 
, , mee \ , 1 7% € ae eh 
Ovyarnp tapbevos ayant yapouv' 4dn wpaia, HY éya 
/ \ + “~ “A 4 “ 2 , z 
Tpooler pev ony T@ vov Bacihevovrt yuvatka” Tpepew 
A \ > , 4 e , ‘ 7 3 e 4 
vov d€ avty Té wou H Ovyatnp ToANA yowpery ® ixérevore 
pH Sovvar adtnv T@ TOV adeAdov gHovel, eye TE @TAUTWS 
yryvookw. vov € cor didmpr Bovrievoacbar Kai rept 
9 x» nw 
TAUTNS OUTWS WaTEP av Kal éy@ Bovhedwy TEpL Gov 
, 9 : A > > ‘ A ¥ 
daivapa.— ovrw dn 6 Kupos eizvev, Kav ravra, €pn, 
dhybeions, eyo Si®wpi oor thy ui Kal hapBdve v7 
nOevons, eyo didwpt wou THY Eunv Kal LapBavw THv 
onv de&vav: Oeot S€ nuiy paprupes eotwv.— ézret Sé 
7) neiv pdptupes eotwv.— érel de 
TavTA ETpAaXOn, amrevar TE Kedever TOV TwRpvay ExovTa 
72 OTAA Kal emypEeTO day. Tis 6O0s ws adTov* Ein. 
5 S? ¥ ey EY ¥ Ph pe, ie ee 2\ 7 
00 edeyev, Hy avpuov ins tpwi, TH ETEpa” av avdiloro 


Tap nuiv.— ovtw 61) ovTos pév @yETO Tyenova 
KaTaNuTav. 
ba ORS 
487. THE CHOICE OF HERACLES 


[Memorabilia II. i. 21-34] 


15. IIpdducos 5€ 6 codds dynow “Hpakhéa, eet ex 
>) 6.2.2 4 e a > e e , nO > , 
Tatdwy ° eis HBnY @ppaTo, Ev 7 Ol Veo” NON avTOKpaTopeES 
, lal ¥ \ > > A ec X 4 
yryvopevor Snhovow eite THY Ov apeTHs Oddy TpeovTat 
“AS. ees , ¥ \ \ , 3 , ee 9 , 
emt Tov Biov, eire THY Sia Kaxias, €€ehOdvra ' eis Hovyiav 





1 Gen. dependent on dpata, of suitable age for. 

2 In apposition with 7». 8 Todd yowuéyn, with many tears. 

4 Ws adrév, to him, i.e. to his castle. © Sc. juépe. 6 boyhood. 

7 Agrees with ‘Hpaxd\éa. Notice that the entire paragraph is indirect 
discourse after Pyotr, : 


‘SELECTIONS FOR READING | 177 


aA A la) e A , 

kabnobat, aropouvTa dtoTépay tev 6O@v TpaazTyTaL* 
A wn A hd 4 \ 
Kat havnvar avtT@ Svo yuvatkas mpolévar peyddas, THY 

A eiuf 1 > A ; iS a 9 ‘ 2 bé, 4 
pev érépav' evrrpern Te ide” Kat edevlepiov, ducer 

A , 

KEKOoPNMEYY TO pev THma KalapornTL,” ge 
Ta S€ Oupara aidot, Td d€ axa To- 
A A \ > CAS. 
dpootvn, éoOnr. Sé evey> tH O Ere 
pav' teOpappevnv* péev eis mokvoapKiav 
‘\ ¢ rs , de 
Te Kat amahdotyTa, Kekal\wmiopevny OE 
TO pev xpOpa, ware’ evKoTépay TE Kal 

25u0 , na» ln S ~ 6 , 
épvOporépav tov ovtos’ doKeiv” daive- 

‘ \ ~ 9 ic 3 , 
ca, Td 5€ cyHpa, @oTe SoKew dpHorépay | 
Ths dicews elvat, TA SE Oupata exe avarenTapeva, 

A na 9 

écOnra dé, €& Hs av paddiota wpa Siaddprrou,® Kara- 
la de ‘\ e 4 3 “A A , ¥9 
ockotetoOar dé Paya éauryv, éemioxomety S€ Kal, Et 





Tis aAXos avTnv Oearat, ToAAdKLS S€é Kai eis THY EauTTS 
okay amoB\érew. 
16. ‘Os 8 éyévovto tAnowaitepov Tov “Hpaxkdéous,” 
\ \ , 4 ¢ sO ¢€ A 27 X 
Tv pev mpdabev (edy 6 IIpdduxos) pybetoay iévar tov 
it 


2 AN , N ee ony: , , 
avrov tpdtov, tiv 8 érépav dOdcar Bovropevyy 
mpocdpapew” to “Hpakher” Kat eimetv: “Ope oe, @ 
‘Hpdkdeus, amopovvra™ moiavy odov” ért tov Biov 


, ‘ 3N A nae | ir , Tate \ 
Tpamn* eav pev ene hirynv momoapevos, emt THY 





lthe one... the other. 

2 comely to look upon, i.e. in appearance. Cf. 261, 6. 

8 300. 4 From rpédw. 5 102. 6 wore Soxetv, 442. 
7 225, 8 Potential. 9 To see if. 

10 An exception to 236. 11 Adverbial, at the same pace. 
12 After €g7. 18 238. 14 468. 


15 Cognate accusative. 
FIRST GR. BK. — 12 


178 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


Aol ’ \ esr £ \ + \ lal A 
notorny te Kai paotny 6dov aw oe, Kal Tov pev 
; ~ ¥ nA A 
TEpTVaY ovdEevoS’ ayevaTos Evel, TOY O€ xaheTaV aTeEI- 
eae S , A \ N > , 9 2QA 
pos dvaBidce.. mpeTov pev yap ov Todguav? ovde 
, A > ‘ 4 3 , 7 x 
Tpaywatav ppovtiets, dA\AG oKoTOvpEvos® Si€oeL, Ti av 
, x / x ‘\ 4 x on sQv x , 
KEXApLOpEeVOV 7) OiTLov H ToTOY EvpoLs, H Ti Gv idav 7H Ti 
Bb) , / x , 4 x > 'é eS , 
akovaas Tephleins, 7 Tivev* av dadpaiwodpevos 7) anrTo- 
pevos Nobeins Kal Tas Gv parakorata Kabeddous, Kat - 
TOS Gv aToveTAaTa TOUTwWY” TaVTwWY TUyXaVvoLs. eav dé 
MOTE yevyTat Tis Vowia omdvews® ad av éotar Tadra, 
> / , > , >. N ery § 
ov ddBos, uy TE ayayw Em TO 
A a Q A A A 
povrvTa T® THpatTL Kal TH Wyn TadvTa Topilec Oa: 


nw A 
TOVOUVTA Kal TAAQLUTO- 


tA? 8 aA e tAX b , 4 ‘ / 
ahd’ ofs* Gv ot addou Epyalwvra: TovTOLs OV Ypycel, 

1) S29 3 74 50 PN 5 \ 5 , Sa 
ondisros” améxopevos, Ofer dy Ovvaror y Te 'Kepoarar: 
mowraxaler yap apedeto Hau Tos €“ol Guvovaw é€fov- 
ciav eywye mapexen. 

17. Kat 6 ‘Hpakdys akotoas tavta: 7Q viva,” 
edn, Ovop.a O€ Goi Ti €otw; 4 SE Oi pev Euot didror, 
» AP > , 11 e \ A , : 
epn, Kahovot pe Evdamoviay,” ot d€ picodvrés pe 
Se t6 r) it , K ee | aes , 
vroKopilopnevor Ovoualovot we Kaxiav. Kat €v ToVT@ 
a Soe X 4 4 a a 4 e ‘ 
 €Tépa yuvr tpoce\ovoa eimes Kat eyo Kw pos 





i Obj. gen. after &yeveros, connected with yetoua:, which takes: the 
genitive 187, b. So dseipos. 

2 Gen. of cause. 

8 Expresses manner, but lddv, dxotcas, etc., means. 

4 187, b. 5 187, a. 6 Objective gen. 

776 belongs to ropltecOar. movodvra and radairwpotvra agree with the 

omitted subject of ropltecGa:, and express means. 

8 Object of épydtwvra:, attracted into the case of its antecedent, TOUTOLS, 
which is dat. after xpjce. Cf. utor in Latin. 

9141, 10 voc. of yuv7, lady, madam ; cf. 367. 11 2565, 


SELECTIONS FOR READING 179 


e-9 € 4, io ad 1 A 4 , 2 - ' QA 
o¢, ® Hpakdeus, eldvia Tous yerryoavtTas oe, Kal THY 
, A 5 ~ 4 “~ 5 a 
diow THY onv ev TH Taideia Katapafovoa: €€ wv 

5 a 5 A bt > A i s , , 5 ¥ 
édilo, ei THY Tpds Eue Odd” TpdzroLo, oPddp av ce 
TOV KAah@V Kal TELVOV Eepyaryy ayaov yeveo Fan, Kat 
5 \8 ¥y ey 5 - A 5 5 be J Q wn PSY , 
eue® ere wodd evtiymotépay Kal ér ayabots Siampere- 
otépav havynvar:* ovk e€aratiow d€ oe mpooipiots 
e ~ > b J a e A , \ ” 4 
ndovns, aN, Hep ot Ooi di€Pecav, ra ovTa Sinyyoo- 
5 5 y nw QA » 5 > | nw QA lo 

par pet adnfeias. tav yap ovtav” ayafav Kat kahov 
a A ¥ , » > , \ , 3 
ovdey avev movov Kat émysedelas Deot Siddacw ar- 
Oparrois - 

18. addX elite Tovs Beods thews etvai oor Bovde, 


® rods Beods: etre vd dirwv €bédeis 


Gepatrevtéov 
5 wn A , > , ¥ e , 
ayaTacba, Tous pidous evepyeTynTéov* Elite VT TWoOS 
, 5 La) ~ A , 5 , »¥ 
Todews emvOvpets TipacOa, THY ToAW @PeAnTEoV~ ELTE 
b7d THS “EAAdSos Taos akois ' ex” aperH Oavpdler Oar, 
Tv ‘EhAdda reiparéov ed Tovey etre ynv Bovrder cou 
‘ 2 4 # ‘ wn . , 5 
Kap7rOUsS adQovous pepe, THY ynV Geparrevtéov - €LTE 
ate , ¥ S A , ~* 
amo Bookynpatwv ove det mrovriler Oar, Tov Booxn- 
, 8 3 X , F ¥y 8 A re e A ¥ i] 
parov ® émipedntéov* eite Ova TOAE“OV Oppas avferFat, 
Kal Bovrer Sivacbar Tovs Te hidous EXevHepovy Kal Tovs: 
€xOpovs yerpovoba, Tas modeutKas TEéXvas avTas TE 
Tapa TOV eTicTapevav palynréor, Kat OTWS avTats der 
a 6 3 Paes > Se \ A , 9 B aN 
xpnoba doxnréov: et d€ Kat TO TopaTe ov\EL 





1 Partic. of ofda. 2 rods yevvnoarTds ce, your parents. 
8 Expressed for contrast. Cf. 310, end. 

4 2d aor. pass. of dalyw, w. force of mid., appear. 

5 the things which are, partitive gen. w. ovdév. 

6 427. 7 expect, desire. 8 187, b. 
9 Dative of respect, a form of the dative of manner (300). 


180 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


duvaros eivat, TH yvoun’ vrnperetv EOaTéov TO Toma 
Kal yupvactéov avy movois Kal iopart. 

19. Kai 7» Kakia wrodtaBovoa eimev, as dyor 
IIpdduxos* “Evvoets, & “Hpdkdeus, ws yadrerny Kat 

‘ e ‘\ SiN \ 3 4 e '# WA 
pakpav odov émt tas evppoctvas 7 yuvy cou avTn 
a) + ape! N SAe 4 \ a eQn +N ‘ 

Sinyetrar; éy® Se padiav Kai Bpayetay oddv emt rHv 
evoayoviay a€w oe. Kati 4 Apern eimev: O tAHpor, 
, » \ > \ A a Ri se \ i \ , 
ti d€ od ayaboy eyes; 4H Ti Hdd ola Oa, pndev TovTwr 
Y / 207 v 9QA \ A e¢Qz ; 
evexa mparrew €Védovaoa; Tis ovde THY TaV Hdéwv 
F) , > , 2 , \ > a , 2 
emuOupiay avapevets, dAAd, mpiv éemOvpnoal, TavTwV 
> , \ A A 32 , \ \ A 
éumitracat, mpi pev mewnv® exBiovoa, mpiv dé Subyv 
Tivovod, wa mev Hd€ws Hayns, dorrovovs pnyavapevn, 
4 A e , , ¥ ° nw , 
va d€ 7O€ws Tivyns, Olvous TE TOAUTEAELS TapacKevalet, 

\ a , 4 , s a y \ 
Kat tov Oépovs* yidva mepilgovea Cnreis: wa de 
Kabumvacys 7d€ws, ov povov Tas OTPwEVas pahakas, 
> 8 ‘\ ‘\ , \ X\ ¢ 4 A 4 
a\t\a Kal Tas Kivas Kal ta vToBalpa Tats KXivats 

, > ‘ ‘ \ “A b) \ <r \ 

Tapackevater* ov yap Sia TO movetv, adda Sua TO 
pndev exew 6 TL Tons, Vavou émiOupets. 

20. addvaros dé ovaa® ex Oedy pev amréppupat, bao 
A > , > “A > 4 a \ , e , 
dé avOpdérav ayabav atiydle. tov dé ravtav Hot 
OTOUV aKovapaTos, emaivov EauTHs, aVHKOOS El, Kal TOU 

, e , 4, > 7 > \ \ , 
Tavrwv ndiatov Bedwaros a0éaros: ovdev yap maroTE 





1 P. 175, n. 9. 2P. 127, n. 3. 

8 rewaw contracts ae into y, so also dwadw and fdw. 

4 293. 

5 undév . . . 8 tie rorgs, nothing to do, obj. of éxev. 

6 Concessive, though, etc. 

7 Gen. after dvjKxoos, as in § 16, as if a verb were used: the sweetest 
sound of all you have never heard, 187, b. 


SELECTIONS FOR READING 181 


a i» X bé , Ss ¥ , 
geauTns  epyov Kahov teVeacar. Tis 0 av wor heyovon 
Te murtevoese 3” Tis 8 Gv Seouevyn Twos® emapKéecerer ; 
x , x > A nl A 4 4 , > 
H Tis Gv ev dpovav Tov aov Fidcov* Toluyoeev Elvan ; 
ol véou pev OvTes Tots THpmacw” advvaToOl eiot, TpEo- 
Burepor 5é yevopevor tats yuyxais avdntot, amoves bev 
Aumapot d1a vedtnTos Tpeddpevor, emimovas S€ adypy- 
pot® dua yipws mep@rtes, Tots pév TeTpaypevois 
aiayuvopevor, Tors S€ mpatrouévoirs Bapvvomevor, Ta 

A AS , > ~ , Py 8 “4 ‘\ de ‘ > 
pev nd€a ev TH vEeoTHTL OvadpaporTes, Ta SE yaema. Eis 
TO ynpas amrobeuevor. 

21. éya dé cvvee pev Deois,’ cdverpe dé avOpaTois 

a > A a » de X A a »¥ > , 
Tots ayabois: epyov dé Kaddv ovre Oétov ovre avOpa- 
Mov Xwpls ewov yiyverar. Tiyn@par O€ pahiora TavT@v 
Kat mapa Oeots Kai mapa avOpdzois, ois mpoonjKel, 
> \ A > , x \ 4 
ayant pev ouvepyos Texvitats, mist Sé PvAaE 
oikwy Seomdras, eyuens S€ mapactdris oiKérats, 
> \ \ 4 “A > > 4 , 7 
ayaby de av\d\jmrpia Tov é&v eipyvyn Tovov, BeBaia 

\ ~ > , 4 ¥ > , \ , 
d€ Tav &v Tok\€uw oVppaxos Epywr, dpiarn dé didias 

, ¥ A aA A > A 7 e A | ‘ 
Kowaves. €oT. d€ Tots pev enots hidous HOEta pev Kal 
ampaypov oitwy* Kat toTav amdhavols. avéxovTat 

‘ 4 x > , 9 2 A Wd S > a“ 
yap ews Gv éemibupnowow’ aitav. vmvos O avrtots 

, e , x & > ld ‘ + > , 
TapEeaTw Hoiwv H Tots aoxOors, Kal ovTE azrodetroVTES 

974 ¥ ¥ ‘ A A N , 
avtrov axOovta, ovTe da TodvTov peOiacr ta SéovTa 





1 Subjective gen., 132. 

2 Potential. In what word is the protasis implied ? 

Pp... 127, n. 8: # Pred. gen. 5 See p. 179, n. 9. 
6 Pred. adj. after repavres. 7 236. 

8 132. 9 434, 


182 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


TpaTTEW. Kal Ol ev véow Tots TOV TpeaBuTEepwv Erai- 
vous’ xalipovow, ot d€ yepairepou Tals TaV véwy TYyLats 
a ee 5-2 Coy ‘ A aA , 2 
ayd\\ovrar Kal ndéws péev Tov Taa@v mpakewr 
péurnvrat, ev O€ Tas Tapovoas HOovTat mpatrovtes, du 
> A 7 \ “A + > \ \ , , \ 
ene pidrou prev Oeois ovres, dyamytot Sé didous, Tijror de 
, 4 > »¥ ‘\ , , 3 ‘ 
Tatpiow* oTrav O €Oyn TO TEeTpapevov Tédos, ov peETa 
A rf 
AHnOns atysoe KewTar, GAA peETAa pYHLNS TOV aEl KpovoV 
vpvovpevo. OdddXovor. TovadTa® Gol, @ Tat ToKEewV 
ayalav, “Hpdkdeus, && 6 TOpLevw 7, Kapl- 
yalov, Hpakdes, eeor. Siatovycapeva THY pakapL 
OToTaTHY evoaimoviay KexTna Oar. 





1 300. 2 187, -b. 3 Obj. of Starrovncapévy, 




















APPENDIX 


488. _ RULES OF EUPHONY 


1. Before M, t, B, or becomes y.; K or x becomes y, 
as TptBwo, TéeTpIppar; Upxo, Apypat ; T, 5, or 6 often becuase 
o, as TelOw, Tétretopar; apTalw, 7 HpTacpar. 

2. Before T, A, or 0, tw, B, 9, k, Y; or x is made cobrdi- 
nate (9); tT, 5, or 6 becomes o; as Treidw, ereioOnv; 
diyw, WKTaL. 

3. With %, tr, B, or om becomes Ww; kK, y, or Xx becomes 
€&; T, 5, or 6 is dropped; as téptw, téwpo; exo, Eo. 
The combinations vt, v5, v@, occurring before o are 
dropped, and the preceding vowel is lengthened; as 
Avovea for AvovtToa. 

4. When the stem of a verb ends in a consonant, the 
endings (-@ov, -O@nv) -Ge, Oat, etc., are used instead of 
(-c8ov, -cOnv) -o8e, -c8at, etc. (109). 

5. With consonant stems the periphrastic form of the 
third personal plural is used; as typévor elot, Aypevor 
joav (for hyvtat, HyvtTo, which would be hard to pro- 
nounce). 

6. N before tw, B, or @ becomes p; before k, y, or X it 
becomes y nasal; before t, 6, 8 it is unchanged ; before 
another liquid it is changed to that liquid; before o it is 

183 


. 


184 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


generally dropped and the preceding vowel is lengthened, 
a tod,e toe, o to ov; as cupmépto for cuvtéptta, ovy- 
kahéw for cvvkahéw, but ovvtattw; cvdd€yw for cvvdéya, 
AVover for Avovor. 

7. A rough mute is never doubled. Initial pis doubled 
when a vowel precedes it in forming a compound word, 
and also after the syllabic augment; pttto, épptmtov. 

When a smooth mute comes hefore a rough vowel it is 
itself made rough; as kaSiotynpe for KaT(a)ioTHpL. 

In reduplications an initial rough mute is made smooth ; 
as TéBuKa. : 


TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION 


NOUNS 


\ : 
~489. O-Declension 
SINGULAR :; 
N. Asyos Sotdos a&vOpwros oTparnyos Sapov 
G. Adyou SovAov avOpatrov orTparnyod Sapou 
D. AS y@ Sov avOparw oTpaTnye Sapw 
A. Adyov SodAov av8pwrrov oTparnyov Sapov 
v. Adye SotAc avOpwrre oTparn ye Sapov 
*DuAL 

(nN. A.V.) (Ady) (SotAw) (&vOpa7rw ) (eTparny®) (Sap) 
(G.D.) (Adyow)  (SovAov) (avOpamov) (orparnyotv) (Séporv) 

PLURAL 
N.V. Adyou SotAor avOpwtrot oTparyyot Sapa 
G. Adyov SovAav avOpaTev oTpaTHyav Sadpav 
D. Adyous SovAots a&vOparois oTparnyots Sadpots 
A. Adyous SovAovs avOpatrovs oTparnyovs Sapa 


APPENDIX 185 


\490. A-Declension, Feminine 
- SINGULAR : 

N.V. Xopa Moitca oKHVt, yéhupa 
G. X@pas Motions oKyvis yepupas 
D. Xopa Moicy oKnvy yedipa 
A. Xpav Motcayv oKyVvhy yéhipav 

*DUAL 
(N.A.V.) (xopa) (Moica) (oKnva) (yepipa) 
(G.D.) (X@patv) (Motcatv) (oKynvaiv) (yepupaty) 

PLURAL 
N.Y. XGpar Motcat oKnvat yépupar 
G. Xopav Movedv oKnVvav yehupav 
D. X@pats Moicats oKnvats yedipais 
A. Xpas Motcas oKnvas yepipas 
1491. A-Declension, Masculine 

SINGULAR 
N. veavlas moAtrns TEATATTHS caTparns 
G. veaviou moAtrov TweATACTOU carTpairov 
D. veavia. ToAtTy TEATACTTH carpamy 
A. veaviay twroktrny TEATATTHYV caTparny 
v. veavla tmoXtra TEATATTA carparn 

*DuaL 
(N.A.V.) (vedvia) (roXtra.) (weXTAoTa) (catpa1a.) 
(G.D.) (veavlaty) (oAtraty) (mweXTacraty) (carpatraty) 

PLURAL 
N.V. veavlar trohirat meNTacrat carpamrar 
G. VEGVL@V TOoNtTav TEATATTOV caTpatay 
D. veavlats moAtrats TweATAC Tats carpatrats 


A. veavias moAtras TEATAC TAS carpards 


186 


* 492. 


Bs Bie ee vie 


THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


Consonant Declension — Palatals and Labials 


pirat 
pvAaKos 
didake 
didaka 


birag 


bees (hidaxe) 


(G.D.) 


493. 


sro f & 


(pvAdKowv) 


pidakes 


pvidkov — 


mirage 


oidXakas 


LA 


vv 
VUKTOS 
vukri 
voKTG 
vvé 


(N-A.V.) (vbikre) 
(G.D.)  (vukrotv) 


VUKTES 


VUKTOV — 


vuél 
voKTas 


SINGULAR 


Srdpvé 
Sidpvxos 
Sidpvxe 
Sidpvxa 
Srdpvé 


*DUAL 


(Stdpuxe) 
(Stwpdxorv) 


PLURAL 


Sidpuxes 
Stwptxeov 
Simpvg& 
Sidpuxas 


dpvis 
dpvidos 
SpviOe 
dpviv 
Spvis 


(Spvide) 


(opvtBouv) 


Spvides 
opvtwv 


dpviow — 


dpvidas 


Linguals 


SINGULAR 


éXtris 
édrrldSos 
éXmri de 
éArrida 
éX2rl 


*DUAL 


(m(8e) 


(édmiSouv) 


PLURAL 


éX1rlSes 
éArrlBav - 
éXarlore 
éX\1rlBas 


hap 


bdrcBés 
brcBi 
bréBa 
prey 


(pdé<Be) 
(pdreBotv) 


br€Pes 
brcBav 


bret 
réBas 


Aéwv 
Aéovros 
Aéovtt 
Aéovra 


Aéov | 


(A€ovte) 


(Aeévrouv) 


Aéovres 


~ Neévrav 


A€overt 
Aéovras 


Kfipus 
KApUKOS 
KApUKL 
KhpuKa 


KAipus 


(ifpine) 
(KnpiKowv) 


KTpUKES 
KnpvKeV 
Khpvee 


KipuKkas 


copa 
TOLATOS 
CTOLATL 
Tapa 
copa 


(cdpare) 
(copérowv) 


cépara 
TopaTeV - 
Topace 
copara 


494. 


APPENDIX 


Liquid and Syncopated Nouns 


Tyyepov 
Hyyep.ovos 
Tyepove 
Tyepova. 
TYepov 


(N.A.V.) (ipyepdve) 
(G.D.)  (Hhyepdsvowv) (pyTdSpotv) (pyvotv) (ararépowv) (unTépoiv) (avdpoiv) 


BE ae ta 


(N.A.V.) (yévee, yéver) 


495. 


TyepOves 
TYepovev 
Hyepooe 
Tyyepovas 


yévos 


(-yéveos) yévous 
(yévet) -yéver 


yévos 
yévos 


bhrop 
PATOpOS 
brropt 
phropa 
pijrop 


SINGULAR 


BAY 
pnvds 
pyve 
pAvo 
BAY 


*DUAL 


(PfTope) (five) 


Tarhp 
TATpos 
Tatpl 
TaTépa 
TwaTEp 


PLURAL 
PhTopes peives Tarépes 
PyTépav pynvdv tartépwv 
PhToper = pyol TaTpace 
PhTopas piivas tmarépas 
Stems in 2 
_ SINGULAR 
ZeKxparns 


(Zexpdreos) Doxparovs 


(Zxpdret) Doxparer 
(Zoxparea) Boxpary 
LaKpares 


(G.D.)  (yevéouv, yevotv) 


N.A.V. (yéven) yévn 
G. 


D. 


yevéwv, yevav 


yévert 


*DUAL 


PLURAL 


BATH 
ENT POs 
pnrpl 
pytépa 
bAjTep 


(warépe) (pnrépe) 


187 


aviip 
a&vdpés 
a&vdpi 
avdpa 
a&vep 


(avBpe) 


pytépes avdpes 

pytépav avdpav 

pytpdor davipdor 

pytépas avdpas 
Kpéas 


(Kpéaos) Kpéws 
(kpéat) Kpéar 
Kpéas 


Kpéas 


~~ Cxpéaa) Kpéa 


(Kpedwv) Kpedv 
Kpéace 


188 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


496. Nouns in IX and EY 
SINGULAR 
N. moXs THXVS aor tx8ts Bactreds 
G. aToAEWS THXEWS aorews  lyOios Bactréws 
D. (model) moder (wqxet) mhxe (Gored) Gore txOdi (Pacrdré) 
BactArct 
A. moAv THX UY aor ix@iv Bacrréa 
v. OAL THX aory tx@0 Barred 
*DUAL 
(N.A.V.) (aodAee, moder) (whxee, THXEL) (Gorree, Gover) (tyOve) (Bacrrée) 
(G.D.) (trod €owv) (yx éowv) (aoréowv) (ix Otorv)(Bacrréorv) 
PLURAL 
N.Y. (mwédees) méders (1HXEES) THXELS (Goren) Gory lxOves (Pacrdées) 
Bacirets 
G. ToAEwv THXEOv aoreav lx Odwv Baciréov 
D. TOAEL THXETL aorect ly tor Bacidretor 
A. Toes THX ELS (Goren) dorn tx@is Bacrréas 
497. Stems in Digamma 
SINGULAR 
N. Bots ypats vats 
G. Bods ypads veds 
D. Bot ypat vt 
A. Botv ypatv vadv 
¥; Bod yead vad 
*DUAL 
(N.A-v.) (Bée) (ypae) (vf) 
(G.D.)  (Bootv) (ypaotv) (veotv) 
PLURAL 
N.Y. Bées ypaes vijes 
G. - Body ypaav veav 
D. Bovel ypaval vavorl 


ry Bots ypats vats 


498. Contract Nouns in O and A 


(vé0s) vots 
(véov) vod 
(vse) ve 
(véov) vodv 
(vée) vod 


srPoun w 


(N.A.V.) (v6@) (vd) 
(G.D.) (véowv) (votv) 


(véor) vot 
(véev) vav 
(véo0us) vots 
(véous) vots 
(véor) vot 


ne old St 


4 


N. (yéa) yA 
6. (yéds) yfis 
D. (yée) yo 
fe (yéav) yiv 
v. (yéa) yf 
(N.A.V.) 

(G.D.) 

N.V 

G. 

D. 

A. 


APPENDIX 


SINGULAR 


(oeréov) dorodv 
(orréov) oorod 
(orrép) dere 
(orréov) dorotv 
(oeréov) oorotv 


*DUAL 


(ooréw) (o07Td) 
(ooréow) (oo-rotv) 


PLURAL 
(ooréa) oo7e 
(ooréwv) doordv 
(d0réots) oorois 
(ooréa) ood 
(soréa) oord 


SINGULAR 
(Eppéas) 
(“Eppéov) 
(‘Eppéq.) 
(‘Eppéav) 
CEppéa) 


*DUAL 


189 


(pvaa) pve 
(pvdds) pvas 
(nvdq) pve 
(pvaav) pvav 
(pvda) = pve 


(pvda) (pve) 
(pvaarv) (pvatv) 


(pyaar) pvat 
(pvadv) pvav 
(pvdats) pvats 
(pvaas) pvas 
(pvdar) pvat 


‘Epps 
“Eppod 
‘Eppq] 
Eppfiv 
‘Eppyj 


CEppéa) (Eppa) 
CEppéawv) (Eppatv) 


PLURAL 


(‘Eppéar) 


(“Eppedv) 
(‘Eppéats) 


(Eppéas) 


“Eppat 
“Eppdv 
“Eppais 
“Eppas 


190 


THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


ADJECTIVES 


~499 
M. F. 
N. a&yabds = a yah 
G. &ya80t = aya fjs 
D. ayabo ayaby 
A. ayabev ayabqv 
v. ayabe ayaby 


(x.A.v.) (&ya0) (&yabd) (dyad) 


Adjectives of the Vowel Declension 


SINGULAR 
N. M. F. N. 
ayabdv pittos didrla birov 
a&ya8od giriov  drdias = Alou 
ayaba durtto ora dirtto 
a&yabdv dittoy girtiav = piArov 
ayabdv birte outa biruov 
*DUAL 
(prriw) (prrtia) (drrle) 


(G.D.) (d&yabotv) (dya8aiv) (d4ya8otv) (pArlow) (pirtav) (prdrtorv) 
PLURAL 
N.V. d@ya8ot dyafal ayaba . mitior giktat = fdra 
G. Gya0av ayabdv ayaldv diriev girtlov diriov 
D. G&ya8ois dyabais ayabots dirtois drrdiats = Alors 
A. —Gyabots ayabds ayabd girtovs girtids irra 
ra KO 
500. Consonant Declension 
SINGULAR 
Ae M. F. N. : N. 
N. evdalpov  e¥Satpov &AnOHs dAnVés 
G. ev8alpovos (&AnPéos) AANPods 
D. evdalpove (GAnGEt) GAnvet 
A. evSaipova  evSatpov (dAnPéa) adrnOA &AnVés 
v. edSarpov adn PEs 
*DuaL 
(N.A.V.) (eddalpove) (GAnGée, GAnOez) 
(G.D.) (edSatpdvorv) (&AnPéorv, dAnPoiv) 
PLURAL 
N.V. evSalpoves eddalnova (GAnOées) aAnOets (&AnGéa) GANOF 
- @. edSatpdvev (GAnBéwv) GAnPdv 
D. eddalpoor dAnVéor 
A. evSalpovas evdalpova dAnVets (GAnPéa) GANOA 


rr 


APPENDIX 191. 
501. Consonant (vt) and A-Declensions 
SINGULAR 

Me F. N. M. F. N. 
N. Xaptets Xapleroa xaplev éxov éxotca  éxdv 
G. xaplevros xapieoons  yaplevros éxdvTos Exotons éKxdvTOS 
D. Xaplevr.  yapiéeocoy  xaplevre ékovtt Exovoy = Ev TL 
A. xaplevra yapleroav yaplev éxévTa, éxotoav éxédv 
v. Xapley xapleroa yaplev éxov éxotoa  ékdv 

*DUAL 


(n.A.V.)(xaplevre) (xapteood) (xaplevre) 
(G.D.) (xaptévrowv) (xaprecoaty)(xapievrowv) (éxdvTow) éxotvcatv)(éxdvTotv) 


(éxévrTe) (éxotoa) (éxdvre) 


PLURAL 
N.V xaplevres yXapleroar yaplevra éxdvTes Exotoar EKxdvTa 
G. Xapiévrav xapucocav yapievTrav ExdvT@v Exovtav ExdvTov 
D. Xapleot Xapiecoais yapleot éxoto.  €xotoats Exotor 
A. xaplevras yxapiéooas yaplevra ExdvTas Exotcds éxdvTa 
SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
M. F N. M. F. N.’ 

N Tas TAaT0 Wav TwavTesS Tara  TavTa 
G. TwavTés wacns tTavTds ThYTOYV Tarav tTavTev 
D twavtl rioyq tavri Tart Tacos Tact 
A TwavTa Tarav wav TavTas wards TavTa 

Athy vA 

502. Consonant (v and av) and A-Declensions 
SINGULAR 
M. F. N, M. F. N. 

N. yAukis yAuketa yAvkd péAas péAatva pédAav 
G. yAukéos = -yAukelas yAuKéos péAavos peAaivyns péAavos 
D. (yAukéi) yAuKet yAukela (yAuKét) yAuKet padave pedaivy péAave 
A. yAukiv yAuketav yAvkd péAava péAatvay péAav 
¥. yAvke yAvuketa yAvKe pedav pédatva péhav 


192 


fae (yruxée) (yea) ‘viele’ (per 


M 


F 


*DUAL 
N 


M 


THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


F 


N 


(padalva) ( Sica 


(G.D.) (yAuKéow) (yAukelatv) (yAuKéotv) (wed (peAatvary) (weAdvotv) 


PLURAL 
N.V. (yAukées)yAukets yAuketar ‘yAuKéa  péAaves péAaivar péAava 
G. yAukéov = =yAuke@v = yAuKéwv = peAdvwv =peAatvav §=peAdvev 
D. yAukéot = =—s-yAukelats =yAuKéot §=pékaoce§ = peAalvats §=péAace 
A. yAukets yAukelas yAuKéa péAavas pedalvas péAava 

503. Irregular Adjectives 
SINGULAR 
M. F. N. ok ca, F. N. 

N. péyas peyarn peya. wokts qworAAH TOAD 
G. peydou peyadns peyaAou moddod rod fis troAAod 
D. pPEyaAw peyaAy peyado To\A@ wodAAG ToAAD 
A. péeyav peytAnv peya. wokbv wodAhv Todd 
v. peyare peyarn péya TOAD wokAH rod 

*DUAL 
(N.A.V.) (meydA@)  (peydAa) — (peydAw) 
(G.D.) (peydAoww) (peydAarv) (peyadotv) 

PLURAL 
N.V. peyddo. —peydAar peyara modAol modAal mrodAd 
G. peyahov peyddwv  peyddov TmoAAov tmodAdv moddv 
D. BeyGAols  peydAats  peyddots moAAots oAdais oddots 
A. peydAous  peyddds peydda moAAovs moAAds roAAd 
504. Contract Adjectives 

SINGULAR 

M. F, N. 

N. (Gpytpeos) Gpyvpots  (dpyupéa) dapyupa (apytpeov) apyuvpotv 
G. (a&pyvpéov) apyvpod (apyupéas) apyupas (apyvpéov) apyupod 
D. (dpyvpép) dpyuvpe = (dpyupég) dpyvpd  (dpyvpéw) apyvpe 
A. (d&pytpeov) Gpyvpotv (dapyupéav) apyvpav (dpytpeov) apyvpotv 


r yes 


FIRST 


GR. BK. — 13 


APPENDIX 193 
*DUAL 
(N.A.) (Gpyupéw, Gpyupd) (dpyvpéa, dpyvpa)  (apyvpéw, dpyvpe) 
(G.D.) (Gpyuvpéov, pyupotv) (apyuvpéaty, Gpyupatv) (apyuvpéo.v, apyvpotv) 
PLURAL 
M. ¥ : N. 
N. (Gpytpeot) Gpyvpot (dpytpear) Gpyupat  (adpytpen) apyupa 
G. (apyupéwv) dpyupav (apyupéwy) dpyupav (dpyupéwv) apyupav 
D. (Gpyupéots) dpyupots (apyupéais) dpyupais (apyupéots) apyupots 
A.  (Gpyupéous)dpyupots (dpyupéds) dpyupds  (apytpea) dpyupa 
SINGULAR 
M. F. N. 
N. (xptceos) xpucots (xpioéa) yxprdch (xpiceov) xpicotv 
G. (xpucéov) xpucod (xpvcéas) xpvcfs (xpicéov) xprcod 
D. (xp¥rép) xpurgs (xpucée)  Xpvoq  (xpvTéw) xpiTd 
A. (xptceov) xpvcotv (xpvoeéav) xpiofv (xpiocov) xpucotv 
*DUAL 
(x. A.) (xptoéo, xpvc®) (xpvcéa, ypucd) (xptioéw, xpvcd) 
(G.D.) (xpvoéow, xpuroiv) (xpicéav, xpvoaiv) (xpucréov, xpucotv) 
PLURAL 
(xpiceot) yxpvcot (xptoeat) xpvcoat (xpioen) xpicd 
(xpuréwv) xptcay (xpicéwv) xpicav (xXpvtewv) xpicav 
(xpuc€ors) xpvcots (xXpiodats) xpvrais (xpvodois) xpucois 
(xpvodous) xpucots (xpveéas) xpvoeds (xpicea) yxpica 
SINGULAR 
N.  (dtAdos) amhots (dmAdn) amr (dtAdov)  dmdotv 
G. (dirAéov) armdot (amAéns)  arAfs (dtrddov) amdod 
D. (drhow) amr (dmrAcn) andy (dtrAcw) amo 
hs (darddov) darAotv (dmrAcnv) armAfjv (dmdcov) dAotv 
*DUAL 
(N.A.) (Grhdw,  dmrdo) (amhoa, aha) (drAcw, amo) 
- (G.D.) (darAdowv, damdoiv) (darAcawv, dmdatv) (dmAdoww, ddotv) 
PLURAL 
N. (dtrAdor) drdot (dwAcar) ardat (dwAéa) ara 
G. (darkdwv) darkdv (darkdwv)  damrddav (dtidwv) drddv 
D. (darAdots) arAois (darAdats) dtAais (darkdous) atrdots 
A. (dtrAdouvs) dwkots (damAdas) ams (amdda) amrra 


(N.A.V.)(Adovre 
(G.D.) (Avévrow 


+ Ww 


THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


Participles —Q Verbs 


A, F. 
Adov AVovea 
Avovros Atovons 
AvovTt Avotvoy 
Avovra  Avovcav 
Avotoa 
Avotoa.y 
Avovres AVovTaL 
AvévTav Avovcdv 
AVovet Avotoais 
AvovTas Avovoas 
pote ae? 
r\ 
M F. 


AeAuKHs AcAvKViA 
AeAvKSTOS AcAUKUlAs 
AeAvKETL AcAvKvig 
AeAvK6TA AcAvKUiAav 


SINGULAR 
N. M. 
A 4 - 
Adov Avoas 
4 £ 
AvVovTos AvoavTos 
Zz ak 
AvovTt AvoavTe 
a e 4 
Adov AvoavTa 
* DUAL 
pA Z 
AvovTe)  (Avoavre 


F, N. 
huocdoa icayv 
hvcarns AvoravTos 
Avcary Avoravte 
Avoarav Adoav 


Pyos. Yor od 
Avoara AvocavTe) 


- ie am, 2k - 
AVdvTow) (AveayTow AVoaraw AvodvTowv) 


PLURAL 
: 7 4 
AvovTra Avoavres 
AvévTay = AvedvTrav 
Avover Vora 
ft FA 
AvovTa AvoavTas 
SINGULAR 
N. M. 
AeAUKOS Avbels 


AeAuKSTOsS AvbévTos 


AeAvKSTL = AvOEevTL 
AeAUKSS Avbévra 
*DUAL 


(N.A.V.)(AeAvKéte AcduKvia. AeduKdre) (AvOévTe 
(G.D.) (AeAuKdToLW AeAvKviaty AcAvKS TOL )(AVBEevTOLV 


= = 


AeAvKOTES AcAUKVTAL 


AeAVKSTOV AcAVKULOV AEeAUVKETOV AvBévTaV 


AeAvKSo? 
AeAvKSTas AeAvKulas 


AeAvKvulats AcAuKOCL 


PLURAL 
AeAvKSTA = AvOEvTES 
Avveior 
AeAvKS6Ta =: AvOEvTas 


AVoaca AVeavTa 
AVoacav AvodvTrev 
Avoaorats AVoaor 

Aveacas Avoavra 


F. N. 
Avdetoa Avdév 
Avvelons AvoévTos 
Avbeloy AvdévTe 
Avvetoav Avoév 


Avbeloa AvdévTe) 
Avbeloarv AvGévrowy ) 


AvOetoar Avoévra 
Avdevoc Gv AvOeVTaV 
Avdeiorats Avett 
Avdeloas AvOévra 


APPENDIX 195 


SINGULAR 
| : F. N. M. F. N. 
V = A Vv ~ A ~ 
N.V. TiL@v TILOoa 8 TILe@V TOL@V Tovovca  Tovodv 
G. TiLAVTOS TiLmoNsS TiL@vTOs  ToLotvTos ToLovans ToLotvTos 
D. TILOVTL TiLdoy TIL@VTL TovovvTL Tovovey  ToLodvTL 
A. TILGVTA Tipa@cay TiLav ToOLovvTa tToLlotcay 7roLoty 
*DUAL 


(N.A.V) (tipavre tipdoa Tipavte) (noiotyte Tovovca sTovodvte) 
(G.D.) (Tipdvrow Tipdcaty TipdvTow) (movobvToLy Trovovcaty TovovvToty ) 


PLURAL 
N.V. TILO@VTES TiL@oa. TipavTa TovovvTes Trovoveat troLvotyra 
G. TipdvTav Tipwcav TiLevTaY  TOLOVYTwWY ToLoVTav ToLOvYTeY 
D. TiLaor Tipd@oats TiL@ot TOLOvTL  ToLovoats TOLOtCL 
A. TipavTas Tinaoas TiLavTA TovwovvTas Towovecas TovwotvTa 
\ 2. a 
* 506. Participles— MI Verbs 
\ av ovr ov SiS00s Si80tca  sSddv 
OvTos ovens ovToS Si8dvtos SiS0to0ns S1hd6vTos 
a Zz e Zz 
etc., like Avev. etc., like Avev. ) 
SINGULAR AY 
M. F. N. M. F. N. 
£ a a 4 A 
N.V. ioras ioraca iordv Serkvus Sexvioa Sexviv 
P 4 £ 7 
G. ioravros toracns iordvros Sexvivros Sexvuons SerxvivrTos 
£ s 4 s 
D. iordvte ioracy iordvte Sexvivte Secxvoog Secxvivre 
A. ioravta iordcav iordy Sexvivta Sexvicav Serxviv 
*DuAL 


Lo-@ = 

(N.A.V.)(tordvre icraca tordvre) (Sexvivre Sexvioa Secxvivre) 
£ £ 

(G.D.) (ierdvrow ioracaw iordvrow )(Sexvivroww Sexvucaw Sexvivrow) 


PLURAL 
N.V. iordvtes toradca tordvra  Seuxvivres Serxvioar Serxvivra 
G. ioravrev toracayv tordvrev SeKxvivrov Sexvucdy Sexvivrov 
D. iordot toracats tora Seuxviot  Serxvucais Serxvior 


fixe L = 
A. ioravtas toracas tordvra Seuxvivras Sexvucas Serxvivra 


507. 
Cardinal 
1 eis, pla, év, one 
2 S00, two 
3 pets, tela 
4 -rérrapes, Térrapa 
5 aqmévre 
6 € 
7 émrd 
8 oKTe 
9 évvéa 
10 Séka 
11 évdexa 
12 8a8exa 
13 tpirKkaldexa 
14 rerraperxaldexa 
15 wevrexaidexa 
16 éxxalSexa 
17 éwraxatdexa 
18 oKraxaidSexa 
19 évveaxatSexa 
20 elkoot 
21 eis Kal elkoort or 
elkootv els 
30 TpiaKovra 
40 rerrapiKovra 
50 wevrhKovra 
60 €&qKovra 
70 =éBSopqKovra 
80 oySoqKovra 
90 évevhxovra 
100 éxarov 
200 Stakocro, at, a 
300 TpraKcotoL, a, a 
400 Terpaxdctor, at, o 
500 mevraKoctor, a, a 
600 é€dixoctoL, a, o 
700 é€mrdakoctor, a, a 


THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


Table of Numerals 


Ordinal 
TpPOTs, 7, ov, first 
SevTepos, a, ov, second 
tpitos, y, ov 
TETAPTOS 
TELTTOS 
éxTos 
EBSop05 
dy5oos 
évartos 
SéxaTos 
évdéxaros 
Swdéxatos 
tpitos Kal Séxaros - 
TéTaptos Kal Séxatos 
Téparos Kal SéxaTos 
éxtos Kal Séxatos 
EBSop0s Kal SéxaTos 
oySo0s Kal SéxaTos 
évaros Kal Séxatos 
elxooTd6s 
mp@tos Kal elkooTos 


TPLAKOTTOS 
TETTAPAKOTTOS 
TEVTNKOT TOS 
éEnKooTos 
EBSop.nKooTos 
oySonKooTos 
évevnKoo-ros 
EKaTOOTOS 
StakocoeTos 
TPLAKOTLOTTOS 
TETPAKOT LOD TOS 
TEVTAKOT LOO TOS 
éEaxooLoc Tos 
ETTAKOTLOTTOS 


Adverb 
amrat, once 
Sis, twice 
tpls 
TETPAKLS 
TEVTAKLS 
e 4 
efaKis 
éemTaKis 

>. 
OKTGIKLS 
évyaKis 
Sexaxis 

e , 
€vdeKaKts 
Swdexaxkis 


elxoodkts 


TPLAKOVTEKLS 
TETTAPAKOVTAKLS 
TEVTNKOVTAKLS 
éEnxovTaxts 
€BSounKovTakts 
oySonKkovTaKis 
évevyKovTaKis 
EKATOVTAKLS 


' StaKootdkis 


: APPENDIX 197 
Cardinal Ordinal Adverb 
800 oKTdkoctoL, a, a OKTAKOT LO TOS 
900 évdxdoto, a, a évakooLogTos 
1000 xtAror, ar, a XMrocres XTAaKis 
2000 StoxtAron, a, a Sie tAvorros 
3000 rpioxtAron, at, a TpLoeXtALorTosS 
10000 por, a, a PUpLoc Tos PUPLAKLS 
508. Declension of Numerals 
N. eis pla év 
G. évds pias évds N.A. Svo 
D. évi pia évi G.D. Svotv 
A. éva play év 
N. Tpets tela TETTAPES TéeTTApa 
G. TPLOV TETTAPOV 
D. Tpicl TETTAPTL 
A. Tpeis tpla TéeTTApAS TéETTAPG 
A509. THE ARTICLE 
SINGULAR *DUAL PLURAL 
M. F. N. M. i Cope M. F. N. 
N. 0 7 76 (N.A.) (tH TH TH) N. of: af - 54 
G. tod Tis Tod (G.D.) (totv totv totv) G. Tdv Tdv Tay 
D Tt TH Te ; D. Tots tais Tots 
A. Tév Thy 76 A. Tots Tas Tad 
PRONOUNS 
"510. Personal and Intensive Pronouns 
SINGULAR 
N. eyo ob airés adrh avr 
G. éu0d,pod = =cod 86 ov avrot =o airis «= aod 
D. épol, pot =col ot -advTe avTy aire 
A. épé, pé oé € atrév atthy aired 
*DUAL 
(N.A.) (vo) (ooo) (airé aira atte) 
.(G.D.) (v@v) (cdov) (airotv atraiv airoiv) 


198 


THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


aura 
avTav 
avrois 
> , 
aura 


F. 


nptv adrais 


F. 
Loa Wer, 
VpaV aiTay 
£ a ~ 
vpiv avrats 
£ «a £ 
VEasS avTAS 


N. 
é€auTav 
€avTots 
é€auTa 


auTav 

avTots 
e , 

avTa 


GAAHA@V 
&AAHAOLS 


PLURAL 
N. 7pEts vpets odeis avrol avral 
G. Ov UpOV chav avrav airav 
D. nptv piv opiot avrois avtais 
A. pas vpas opas aitovs avras 
‘511. Reflexive Pronouns 
SINGULAR PLURAL 
M. F. M. 
G. épavrod épauris POV adtav rpdav atrav 
D. épavTe EpauTy Ypiv adrots 4 
A. éyavtév épauTqy vpds avtots pds avras 
G. geavtot Or cavTot wceavuTiis OF cavTis VpEGv avTrav 
D. oeavTs OF cavTe TeauTy Or cavty = viv adrois 
A. geautéy Or cavtéy ceauTiv Or cavTiv vpds adtots 
M. F. N. M. F. 
G. €avtTod éauTis éavTod €avTdv €auvTav 
D. €auT® c€avTy €eavTHO €avTois éavtais 
A. €auTéy éauTiv €avTd €avTots  éavTas 
contracted into 
G. avTrod aris avrod avTav auTav 
D. ate aura avTe avrots avrats 
eo. € € € , e Lf 
A. Q@uTév avuTqv auto auTOUS avUTas 
~512. Reciprocal Pronoun 
*DUAL PLURAL 
G. (GAAHAow GAAHAaLY GAAHAoLv) GAAHA@V GAAHA@V 
D. (GAAHAOW GAAHAaL ,GAAAAOw ) GAAHAOts GAAHAALs 
A. (GAAHA@ GAAHAG = aAAHA@) é&dAHAas 


&AAHAOVS 


a\Anra 


N 


APPENDIX 


199 


513. Demonstrative Pronouns 
SINGULAR *DUAL PLURAL 
M. *F. N. M. F. N. M. F. N. 
ovTos attn Totto (ToiTw TotTw TotTw) ovro. atTrat Tatra 
TovTOU TAavTHS TOUTOU (robrow TovTow TovToLv) To’TwY TOvTwV TOUTwY 
TOUTM TAIT TOUTH TOUTOLS TAUTALS TOUTOLS 
Totrovy tavTnv TotTo TovTous TavTas Taira 
SINGULAR 
N. o8e 75e 765¢€ éxetvos = Exeeivy éxeivo 
G. Tovse tiode Todd. éxetvov éxelvyns éxelvov 
D. Twde THde Tw de éxelvo éxeivy éxelv@ 
re tovde thvde Tdde éxetvov éxelvnv  xetvo 
*DUAL 
(N.A.) (rd8e THB Ta5e) (éxelva éxelvo éxelva ) 
(G.D.) (rotvSe roivde  rotvde) (éxelvorv ékelvorw ékelvotv) 
PLURAL 
N. olde aide Ta5e éxetvo. éxetvar éketva 
G. Tavie Tavde Tavde éxetvav éxelvav éxelvov 
D. totose taiose Toicde éxelvors  Exelvats — ExeeLvous 
A. totode- tacSe rade éxetvouvs éxelvas éxeiva 
\ 514. Interrogative and Indefinite Pronouns 
SINGULAR 
N. tis ri Tis Tl 
G. Tivos, TOU TLVOS, TOU 
D. tiv, TO til, To 
A. riva at Tie. vl 
*DUAL 
(N.A.) — (rhve) (rive) 
(G.D.) — (thvow) (tivotv) 
PLURAL 
N. tlyes tive Tes Twa 
G. tivwy TLVOV 
D. tiot Tiot 
A. tivas tivo Tas Twa 


4 


200 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 
“515. Relative Pronouns 
SINGULAR © *DUAL PLURAL 
N. 6s 4 6 - N. of ail a 
G ov 7s ov (N.A.) (O @& @® G. av ov av 
D o yf © (G.D.) (otv otv otv) Dp. ois ais ols 
LY er we - 4 a 
A ov qv o A ots as @ 
SINGULAR 
N. OoTts WTS 6 Tt 
G. OUTLVOS, OTOU WoTLVOS ovTLVOS, OTOU 
D. OTWL, OT@ qTwe OTL, OTw 
A. OvTiva WvTiva Oo TL 
*DUAL 
(N.A.) — (reve : (drive (drive 
(G.D.) —_ (otvrivowv) (otvrivowy) - (oivrivoty ) 
PLURAL 
N. olrives airives aria, arta 
G. OVTLV@V, OT@V OVTLVOV OVTLV@V, OT@V 
D. oictict, oTOLt aicrict otetiot, STOLL 
A. oveTivas acrivas ariwa, arra 
VERBS 
, : Z 
516. Active Voice of Ava 
INDICATIVE 
PRESENT, IMPERFECT, FUTURE, AORIST, PERFECT, PLUPERFECT 


Iloose, am Tloosed, I shall I loosed. Ihave loosed. LIhad loosed, 
loosing. was loosing, loose. 
y used to loose. ¥ 


S. 1. Avo. = €Avov bow édvoa AéAvKa ehedixy 
2. Avets eves vores eAvoras AéAvKas eheddnns 
3. Aver eve vor éduce héduKe eXeAVKEL 


*D.2.(Averov) (€Averov) (Avoerov) (€A\voaTov) (AcAdKaTov) (éXeAdKeTov) 
3.(Averov) (€Avérnv) (Avoerov) (CAvodryv) (AeAdKarov) (éekuKérny) 

P. 1. Avopev ttopev Avoopev eAvoapev AeAixapev  éAeADKepev 
2. dvere éX vere huoere  éXvoare AeADKarTe éXeAvxere 
3. Nvover edo AUwovor éAvoav AeADKaoL éXedbKerav 


PRESENT 
S.1. Avo 
2. vgs 
3. vy 
*D.2. (Avnrov) 
3. (AvyTov) 
P.1. Avopev 
2. unre 
3 


Zz 
Avoct 


Avoupe 
Avots 
Avou 

. (Avorrov) 
. (Avoirnyv) 


af 
Avotpev 


*D. 


hk 
AvoiTe 


CONF WH wh 


Avouev 
. (Avérov) 


2 
3. 
*D).2. (Averov) 
3 
2 
3 


£ 
Ave 


AVov 


Ade, loose thou 
Avéra, let him loose 


vere, loose ye 
3. AvdvtTwv, let them loose 


APPENDIX 


SUBJUNCTIVE 
FUTURE AORIST 
iow 
voys 
voy 
(Avonrov) 
(Avonrov) 
vo wpev 
vonre 
AVowor 


OPTATIVE 
s 
Avoraupe 
4 £ 
Avoats, Avoeras 
Ss uf 
Avorat,AvoELE 


3 
Avoroupst 

a 
Avoots 
Avorou 


(Avo-attov ) 
(Avoairny) 


(Avootrov) 
(Aveotrny) 
Nvoatpev 
AvoaTe 

Avoratev, AVoerav 


Avoousev 
z 

AvoouTe 
sz 

Avoovev 


IMPERATIVE 
Atoov 
AVoatrea 

(Avoarov ) 
(Avearov) 
Adoare 


Avodvrav 


INFINITIVE 
to loose, etc. 


of : ~ 
Avorevv Adora 


PARTICIPLE 
loosing, etc. 


s ea 
Avowv Avoas 


y 


201 


PERFECT 
heAvK@ 
AeAVKYS 
AeAvKY 
(AeAtKnTov) 
(AeAdKTOV) 
AeADK@pev 
AeAUKYTE 
AeAvKoot 


AeAVKOULL 
AecAvKOLS 
AceAVKOL 


(AeA bKotTov) 
(AeAvKoirny) 


AeADKOLMEV 
AcAVKOLTE 
AeAUKOLEV 


[AéAuKe 
AcAuKéeT Oo 


(AeA dxKerov) 
(AeAvKETo@v ) 


AeAUKeTE 
AeAvKéror ay | 


AeAvKEevar 


AeAvKaS 


202 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


é Z 
Sit: Middle Voice of Ava 
INDICATIVE 
PRESENT, IMPERFECT, FUTURE, AORIST, PERFECT, PLUPERFECT 
Transom, Iransomed, I shall I ransomed. Ihave Thad 
am ransoming. was ransoming. ransom. ransomed. ransomed. 
S. 1. Atopar rvépnv Avoopar Avodpnvy AdAvpor ecddpnv 
2. Aver, Avy eAvov ioe, AvTH EAvow AEAvoea.  édAéAvcCO 
3. Avera. éAvero Avoerar éAvVoaTo A€AvTat «= NATO 


*D. 2. (Aver Pov) (€Avec ov) (Avoer Gov) (CAvoacBov) (ACAvcPov) (€XéAve-Pov) 
3. (Aver Pov) (Aver Onv) (AvoerVov) (Aveda Onv) (AEAvT-Vov) (EleAdo nv) 
P. 1. Avépeba rvdpeOa AvodpeOa EAvodpeOa AcAdpeOa AcAdpeba 


2. rverOe edver Oe 


Zz > a 
3. Avovrar éAVOVTO 


S. 1. Avopar 
2. Ady 
3. Adnrar 
*D. 2. (Avqo Gov) 


3. (AvnoBov) 
P. 1. Avdpeda 

2. dvnobe 

3. Avovrar 
S. 1. Avotpnv 

2. A¥or0 

3. dAvotTo 

-*D. 2. (Avo Bov) 


3. (AvoleOnv) 
P. 1. Avolpeba 
2. dAvorwbe 


3. AvowrTo 


AvoerOe Avoacbe AéAvobe AAvCoe 
A¥oovrar ~éA\vocavTo éAvyTar éeAéAvvTO 


SUBJUNCTIVE 
AvVowpar Aedupévos @ 
ioy AeAvpéevos TS 


AvonTar  AeAvpévos 7 
(AvonoBov) (AcAvpéva qTov) 
(AvonoBov) (AcAupévw qrov) 
Avom@peOa AeAvpevor aywev 
Avonobe  AeAvpévor Hre 
Avowvrar AeAvpévor aor 


OPTATIVE 
Aveolunv Avoaipny AeAvpévos elnv 
AVoo1o Avo-ao AeAvpévos elns 
vrouro AvoatTo  eAupévos ely 
(Adoorr ov) (AVoatcGov) (AcAupévw elyTov or 
elrov) 
(AveolcOnv) (AvoealcOnv)(AcAvpévw elATyv or 
elrnv) 
Avootweba Avoaipeba AcAvpévor elnpev oF 
— elpev 
Avoowrbe Avoarbe  AeAvpévorelnre oF 
etre 


Avrowro Avoawro Aecdupévor elyoav or 


elev 


APPENDIX 203 


IMPERATIVE 
PRESENT FUTURE AORIST PERFECT 
S. 2. vow, ransom Atoar AéALvco 
3. Avérbw, let him ransom Avedobw erdiobw 
*D. 2. (Aver Gov) (Avoacbov) (AéAveGov) 
3. (AvérBov) (Avecdobov) (Achicbov) 
P. 2. dAverGe Avoac be AéAvobe 
3. Avécbwv Avedcbwv Achiocbav 
INFINITIVE 
Aver Par —— hvorer at Adoracat AeAvo Bar 
PARTICIPLE 
Avspevos Avospevos Avodpevos AeAupévos 
518. Passive Voice of hia 


Present, Imperfect, Perfect, Pluperfect, the same as the Middle, 517. 


INDICATIVE 
FUTURE PERFECT AORIST FUTURE 
S. 1. AeAdoopar €LvOnv AvOjcopat 
2. edvoer, AeAvoH €XUOns AvOqce, AVOHOH 
3. AeAvorerar €LiOn AvoqoeTar 
*D.2. (AcAvoer Gov) (€XbOnTov) (AvOjq cer Bov) 
3. (AeAvoerBov) (€dvOqTHv) (Av0qcecBov) 
P. 1. Aedvodpeba eLvOnwev Avoynodpeba 
2. dedvoec Ge eLvOnre AvOjoec Ve 
3. AeAVoovrar eOOqoav AvoAcovrat ; 
SUBJUNCTIVE 
S.1. Aveo 
2. Avbjs 
3. Avdq 


*D.2. (AvOfjrov) 
3. (AvOfjTov) 

P.1. AvOdpev 
2. AvbAre 
3. Avddor 


204. THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


OPTATIVE 
FUTURE PERFECT AORIST FUTURE 
S.1. Aedkvooluny - Avveinv Avoyncolpny 
2. deAvooro Avbeins AvdAcoLo 
3. AeAvororro Avdein AvoAcoLTO 
D. 2. (Aekvcoww Gov) (AvBetnrov, AvOetrov) (AvoAcoie Gov) 
3. (Achicolcbnv) (Avberqrnv, AvBeirnv) (Avoycoicbnv) 
P.1. AeAveoipeba AvOeinpev, AvOctpev Avoycoipeba 
2. dedvororc be Avbeinre, AvOeiTe Avoqcow Ve 
3. AeAvoowwTo Avbeinoav, AvOetev AvoAcowTo 
IMPERATIVE 
S. 2. AdOnre 
3. AvoATe 


*D.2. (Ad8ynTov) 
3. (Av0qTov) 
P.2. AdOnre - 
3. dAvvévrav 


INFINITIVE 


AeAvoer Oar AvOAvar Avojcer Bar 


PARTICIPLE 
AeAVordpevos Avbels AvOnodpevos - 


519. Second Aorist (Active and Middle) and Second 
Perfect and Pluperfect of XeitTw 


2 AOR. ACT. 2 AOR. MID, 2 PERFECT. 2 PLUPERFECT. 
S.1.  €Aurov &urépnv déXourra, éXeAolry 
2. umes éXlarov AéXoutTras éXeXolarys 
3. €Aute éXtmrero AéXoutre éXeAolrret 
*D.2. (é\trerov) (direc Gov) (AeAoltarov) (édeAolzerov) 
3. (urérnv) (€Xuréo Ov ) (Aedolrarov)  (€AeAoutrérnv) 
P.1. &Qlropev | €Xurdpe8a AeAoltrapev €XeAolrrepev 
2. éXlaere éXttreo Be AeAottrare éXeAolrrere 
3. €Aurov éXltrovtTo AcAolract éXeAolrerav 


2 AOR. ACT. 


Altre 
Alarys 
Alry 


- (Auryrov) 
. (AbaqrTov) 


*D. 


Aitrapev 
Alaryre 


Alrract 


Do ge ND oo to pS 


a 


Altroupe 
Altrots 
Altrou 

. (Abtrovrov) 
» (Avtroirny) 
Altrouev 
Altroute 
Altrovev 


*Dp. 


i 


a 


Altre 
Autréro 


*D.2. (Abrerov) 
- (Aurérov) 


Aitrete 


v 
g9 1 goto go to 


Aurévtev 


Aurreiv 


Aurav, ota, dv 


APPENDIX 


SUBJUNCTIVE 


2 AOR. MID. 
Aitreopar 
Airy 
Alarnrar 

(Alarno Bov ) 

(AtaryoBov) 
AurraOpeba 
Alano Ge 
Alrrevrar 


OPTATIVE 


Autro(uny 
Alzroto 
Altrotro 


(Abtrote ov ) 
(Aurrofo Oy) 


Autroipeba. 
Altrouc Ge 
Alitro.vTo 


IMPERATIVE 


Autrod 
Aurrér bw 


(Altrec Bov) 
(Aurés Bo) 


Altrec Be 
Autréc Bav 


INFINITIVE 


Autréc Bar 


PARTICIPLE 


Aurépevos, 7, ov 


205 


2 PERFECT 


AeAolrra 
AeAolrys 
AcAolry 


(AcAolrnrov) 
(Acdotrnrov) 


AeAoltrapev 
AeAoimryre 
AeAoltract 


AeAoltroupe 
XeXoltrots 
AeAolrror 


(AeXolrrotrov) 
(AcAovtroirny) 


AeAoltroupev 
AeAolrroute 
AeXoltrovev 


AéAoutre 
AeAoutréT OO 


(AcXolrrerov) 
(AcAoutrérav) 


AeAolrrere 
AcAoutréT oC av 


AeAoutrévar 


AeAoutras, via, ds 


206 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


520. Liquid Forms of daivw —Second Aorist 
and Future Passive 


Prin. Parts, datve, avd, Epyva, wépayKa, wépacpar, épavnv (2d aor.) 


INDICATIVE 
FUTURE ACTIVE FUT. MID. 1 A0R. ACT. 1 AOR. MID. 
S.1. dave havotpa.  epnva épynvapny 
2. daveis ave, havy edyvas épjve 
5. avet davetrar Ednve épyvaro 
*D.2. (avetrov) (haveicbov) (€byvarov) (épjvacbov) 
3. (avetrov) (haveicbov) (epynvarnv) (épynvdacOnv) 
P.1. davotpev havotpeba éedtvapev edbyvdpeda 
2. cavetre daveio Ge éeprvare eprjvac be 
3d. davoter davotvra,  edynvav épijvavTo 
SUBJUNCTIVE 
S.1. dfve Pjvepar . 
2. divas dqvy 
3. btn dfvnras 
*D.2. (pqvyrov) (dhvyrGov) 
3. (dhvnrov)  (dhvne¥ov) 
P.1. fvopev mnvepela 
2. tvnre bjvyncbe 
3. dhvect djvevrTar 
OPTATIVE 
S.1. gavolnv or davotpe davoluny iva dnvaipny 
2. davolns or davois davoto djvats or ivato 
djveras 
3. gavoln or davot davotro ojvar or dhvatro 
prvere 
*D.2. (davotrov) (havoicbov) (pfyvarrov) (divarcbov) 
3. (pavolrnv) ; (havoicOnv) (pynvatrnv) (dynvaicbnv) 
P. 1. avotpev havoineda dhvaiev dyvalpea 
2. cavoire davotc be dyvarte bjvaroGe 
3. davotey — pavotvto dryvartev or drvaivto 


byverav 


FUT. ACT. 


daveiv 


havev, otoa, otv 


INDICATIVE 
S. 1. épdvny 
2. éebdvys 
3. epavy 


*D.2. (épavynrov) 
3. (épavatny) 


APPENDIX 207 
IMPERATIVE 
FUT, MID 1 AOR. ACT. 1 AOR. MID. 
S. 2. oivov dfjvar 
3. nvare bnvacbw 
. *D.2. (@fqvarov) (dhvacbov) 
3. (pynvarev) (dyvacbwv) 
P. 2. oyvare dryvacbe 
3. nvavTev dyvacbwv 
INFINITIVE 
daveio bar dijvar dyvacbar 
PARTICIPLE 


davovpevos, n, ov 


oyvas, aca, av dyvdpevos, n, ov 


Seconp Aorist Passive 
SUBJUNCTIVE OPTATIVE IMPERATIVE 
ava daveinv 
davis davelns davner 
davy davein davqte 


(havarov) (davelnrov or havetrov) (dvynrov) 
(havirov) (davernrnvor davelrnv) (havqtev) 


P. 1. eépavynpev pavapev davelnpev or havetpev 
2. éhavyre davijre avelnre or haveire bavnre 
3. éhdvycav davacr davelnoay or davetev davévtav 
INFINITIVE PARTICIPLE 
davijvar dhavels, havetoa, havév 
Seconp Future Passive 
INDICATIVE OPTATIVE INFINITIVE PARTICIPLE 
S.1. havicopar davycoipny pavicerbar davyodpevos, n, ov 


2. havyace, havioy davacoto 


3. avicerar pavycoiro 
*D.2. (havqcer Gov) (pavicourbov) 
3. (havqcer Gov) (pavyncolcbyv) 
Pil. havyncdspeba davycolpeba 
2. dhavicerbe davycobe 


3. avicovrat davicowro 


~ 


208 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


521. Perfect and Pluperfect Passive of Verbs with 
Consonant Stems. — See 488 


aye TrépTre ; a0 polte 
PERF. PLUP. PERF. PLUP. PERF. PLUP. 
S.1. qypor qypny wéreppor = eerréppnv Ppoicpar nOpolcpny 
2. yar ko mémeprpor  érérenpo  yOpoica  Opoico 
3. WkTav yKTO 8 8=©6mémeprrar § émérepmro = Ppoirtrar §0porero 
*D). 2. (4x 8ov) (7xGov) (réreppOov) (érérepOov ) (WPporc Gov) (48poir8ov) 
3. (nx8ov) (xOnv) (aéweppBov) (éreréphOnv) (7Pporc Gov) (nPpoicOny) 
P. 1. qypeOa qypeOa meréppeOa ErreréppeOa rnOpolopeda nPpolopeda 
2. nx nxOe mérenhbe  errérrenpbe  Opoice  Oporcbe 
3. Wypévou nypévou aremeppévor memeppévor  rnOporrpévor nOporrpévor 
elci = Hora elo nora elo irav 
SUBJUNCTIVE 
S. 1. nypévos @ TTETELLEVOS @ nPporopévos w 
2. nypRévos 7s TTETTELLEVOS HS nPporcpévos 7s 
3. Nypévos 4 TETEWLEVOS 1 nPporopévos 7 
etc. etc. ete. 
OPTATIVE 
S. 1. aypévos etnv areTrepLevos elnv nPporcpévos elny 
2. nypévos eins  —tretrepnpévos eins nPporcpévos elns 
3. nypévos etn aeTreppevos etn NPporcpévos etn, 
etc. etc. etc. 
IMPERATIVE 
S. 2. go arétreppo 78porco 
3. 4X0e metrépOw nPpoic bw 
*D. 2. (7x 8ov) (wérrep.Oov ) (78por.c Pov) 
3. (4x 8ov) _ (tretrép pov) (nPpotcbwv) 
P. 2. xe arérreppOe 78poreGe 
3. 4X0ev mreTrenpOwv nPpotcbav 
INFINITIVE 
nxX9ar memréewpOar nPpoto-Par 
PARTICIPLE 


TYHEVOS, 1, OV TrETreEEVOS, N, OV nPpoirpeévos, 7, ov 


R 


co bo Co bh 


*D. 


*D. 


oe toe 


oo hb 


a oo bo 


wm whe 


ow toe 


522. 


ACTIVE 


. (troréw ) 
- (trovr€éets) 
. (tor€er) 


. (toréerov) 
. (tovéerov) 


. (trovéopev) 
. (trovéere) 
» (tovéover) 


. (éroleov) 
. (étolces) 
- (érolee) 


. (érovéerov) 
. (éroveérnv ) 
. (érrovéopev) 
. (€movéere) 


. (éroleov) 


. (trovéw) 
. (trovéys) 
. (oven ) 


(trovénrov ) 


. (wovénrov) 


. (trovéopev ) 
. (tovénre) 
. (trorvéwor) 


APPENDIX 


TOL 
qrouets 
qrovet 


(trovetrov) 
(trovetrov) 


TTOLOUPEV 
TOLELTE 
qToLovct 


Contract Verbs — trovéw 


209 


MIDDLE AND PASSIVE 
PRESENT INDICATIVE 


(trovéop.ar ) 
(Trovéer, trovén ) 
(trovéerau ) 


(rovéer Gov) 


(trovéer Bov ) 


(trovedpeOa.) 
(trovéer Ge) 


(trovéovrar) 


IMPERFECT INDICATIVE 


étrolouv 
érrolets 
érroler 


(€rrovetrov ) 
(érroveiryv ) 


érrovodpev 
érrovetre 
étrolouv 


(érrovedp.nv ) 
(érrovéov) 
(érrovéero ) 


(érrovéer Gov) 
(érroveéo nv) 
(érrovedpe8a.) 
(érrovéec Be) 
(€rrovéovTo ) 


PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE 


TOL 
TOUTS 
Toy] 


(ovfjrov) 
(trovfjrov) 


TOL LEV 
TOUTE 
TOOT 


FIRST GR. BK. — 12 


(trovéwpar) 


(trovéy ) 
(trovénrar) 


. (rovéno Pov) 


(rovéno Pov) 


(trovedpe8a.) 
(trovéno Ge) 
(rovéwvrar) 


TOLOUPAL 
Tovel, ToL] 
TOLELTAL 


(troveto Pov ) 
(trove Gov ) 


Trovovpela 
qroveio Ge 
ToLvovvTaL 


érrovovpny 
érrovod 
érrovetro 


(érroveto Gov) 


(érrovelo Onv) 


érrovovpe8a 
érroveto Be 
étrovovvTo 


TOL@ LOL 
TOUT 
TOUNTAL 


(1rovho Pov) 
(rovfjc Gov) 


Trov@p.e0a, 
trovijo Ge 
TOL@VTAL 


210 


THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


MIDDLE AND PASSIVE 


PRESENT OPTATIVE 


(aroveolp nv) 
(arov€oto ) 


(rovéotTo ) 


(trovéorr ov ) 


(troveoioc Onv) 


(aroveolue8a.) 
(arovéoic Be) 
(trovéowvTo) 


PRESENT IMPERATIVE 


ACTIVE 
S. 1. (arovéowpe) [trovotpe 
2. (arovéots) trovois 
3. (aovéor) Trovot | 
*D. 2. (ovéorrov) (trovotrov) 
3. (moveoitrny)  — (arovoirnv) 
P.1. (aovéo.pev) TOLOTHEV 
2. (amovéovte) ToLotre 
3. (aovéovev) qrovotev 
or 
S. 1. (aroveotnv) trovolyv 
2. (aroveotns ) roots 
3. (amoveotn) trovoin 
> *D2D,2. (qroveoinrov) — (arovolnrov) 
3. (moveorhtnv)  (arovorhTqv) 
~ P. 1. (oveotynpev) —[srovoinpev 
2. (aoveotyTe) movoinre 
3. (moveotnrav)  torolycav] 
S. 2. (aolee) toler 
3. (oveéro ) Trove(Tw 
*D. 2. (aovéerov) (arovetrov) 
3. (aoveérov ) (trovelrov ) 
P. 2. (wovéere) qrovet Te 
3. (aovedvT@v) TOLOUVYTMV 


(trovéery ) 


M. (qovéwv) 
F. (tovgovea) — 
N. (tovéov) 


(arovéov ) 


(troveéo Bw ) 


(trovéeo Bor) 
(Troveér Bav ) 


(trovéec Be) 
(troveéo Boy ) 


PRESENT INFINITIVE 


qoOvety 


(trovéeo Ban ) 


PRESENT PARTICIPLE 


MOLOV 
qTovovca 
qToLovy 


(roves evos ) 
(aroveopévy ) 
(trovedpevov ) 


trovotpny 
ATOLOtO 
TOLOLTO 


(arovote Pov ) 
(rovolc bnv) 


trovoiweba 
trovota Ve 
TOLOtVTO 


~~ 
qrovov 
qroveio Ow 


(troveto Pov) 
(roveir Bwv) 


aroveto Be 
qroveio Bwv 


qroveto Oar 


TTOLOUPEVOS 
TroLoupevy 
TOLOUP.EVOV 


*Dp. 


*D. 


*D—. 


523. 
ACTIVE 


1. (tTipde) 
2. (Tides) 
3. (Tipder) 
2. (Tipderov) 
5. (Tipderov) 


1. (Tipdopev) 


2. (Tipdere) 
3. (tTipdover) 


. (értpaov) 
. (értpaes) 
. (értpae) 


co bo i 


1. (€ripdopev) 


2. (€ripdere) 


3. (értpaov) 


. (Tipde) 

- (Tipags) 

- (Tipay) 

. (tipdnrov) 
. (tipdnrov) 
1. (Tipdopev) 
2. (Tipdnre) 

3. (tTipdeor) 


co bo on 


. (éripderov) 
. (eripaérnv) 


APPENDIX 


Contract Verbs — tipaw 


PRESENT INDICATIVE 


Tipe 
Tipas 
Tipe 
(Tiparov) 
(Tiparov) 
TiLG@wev 
Tipare 
Tio 


(Tipdopar) — 


(Tipder, Tipcdy ) 


(Tipderar) 
(tipder Sov) 
(Tipdeo Gov) 


(Tipadpeba) 
(Tipdec Ge) 
(Tipdovrar) 


IMPERFECT INDICATIVE 


| étipov 

értpas 
értpa 

(ériparov) 

(ériparny) 
eTip@pev 
éTipare 
éripev 


(értpaspny) 
(éripcov) 
(éripaero) 
(éripaer ov) 
(éripaéorOnv) 
(éripadpeba) 
(éripcec Be ) 
(éripdovro) 


PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE 


TIL 
TIpGs 
TPG 
(riparov) 
(Tiparov) 
TIP@pev 
Tipare 
Tipacr 


(Tipper ) 
(Tipe ) 
(Tipanrar) 
(tipano Gov) 
(tipanoBov) 
(Tipadpeba) 


(Tipano Ge) 
(Tipdwvrat) 


211 


MIDDLE AND PASSIVE 


TiLG@par 

Tipe 

TIPaTar 
(Tipac Gov) 
(TipacBov) 


Tipapeda 
Tipace 


TIL@vTar 


éripopny 
éTipa 
éTiparo 
(éripacBov) 
(éripacOnv) 
éripapeda. 
éripac Ge 
éTipavTo 


TIP@paL 
Ting 
TIPATaL 
(Tipacbov) 
(Tipac Gov) 
Tipepela 
Tipac Ge 
TIL@vTar 


*D. 


-*D). 


*D. 


bias PRESENT OPTATIVE 
1. (ripdorpe) [ Tipw pe (Tipaoipnv) 
2. (ripdots)  Tipws (Tipdoro) 
5. (Tipdor) TILe | (Tipdouro) 
2. (Tipdourov) (Tipwrov) (TipdourBov) 
3. (tipaoirnv) (Tipwrnv) (TipaotcOnv) 
1. (Tipdoupev) Tipe pev (Tipaolpeba) 
2. (Tipdoute) Tipwre (Tipdourbe) 
3. (Tipdovev) Tipwev (TipdouvTo) 
or 
1. (Tipaotnv) Tibenv 
2. (Tipaoins) TiLwns 
3. (Tipaotn) TILOn 
2. (Tipaoinrov) (tipwntov) 
5. (TipaouqTny) (Tipwyrnyv) 
1. (Tipaotnpev) [Tipe npev 
2. (Tipaointe) TIPwnre 
3. (Tipaocinoav) Tinw@noay | 
PRESENT IMPERATIVE 
2. (ripae) Tipe (Tipdov) 
3. (Tipaér) TILaTe (Tipaéc bw) 
2. (Tipderov) (Tiparov) (tipder Gov) 
3. (tipaérov) (Tiparev) (tipaérbwv) 
2. (Tipdere) TIPare (Tipder Be) 
5. (TipadvTev) TILOVT@Y (TipaéoOwv) 
PRESENT INFINITIVE 
(Tipdev) Tipav (Tipdeo Bar) 
; PRESENT PARTICIPLE 
M. (Tipdev) TiLaV (Tipadpevos) 
F, (tipdovea) TiLaca (ripaopévn) — 
N. (Tipdov) Tibav (Tipadpevoyv) 


THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


MIpDLE AND PASSIVE 


Tipe pny 
Tip.wo 
TILOTO 
Tipwo Gov 
TipwoOny 
Tipo pela 
Tipw@obe 
TIL@VvTO 


TILe@ 
Tipac Ow 
Tipac Gov 
Tipdc bw 
Tipac Ge 
Tipac bev 


Tipacba, — 


TIp@pevos 
Tipopevy 
TU. pevov 


APPENDIX 213 
524. Contract Verbs — 5n\do 
ACTIVE ee feria te MIDDLE AND PASSIVE 
S. 1. (SAS) Snr@ (SyAsopar) SnAodpar 
2. (SnAdets) SnAois (SnAder, SnAGH) SnyAoi 
3. (SyArder) SnAot (SnAderar) SyAodrar 
*D.2. (SyAderov) (SyAotrov) (SnAdec Gov) (SnAotc Gov) 
3. (SnAderov) (SnAotrov) (SnAder Pov) (Snrotc Gov) 
P. 1. (SyAdopev) SnAotpev (SnAodpe8a) SyArovpeba 
2. (8nAdere) Sndrotre (SnAdeo Ge) Snroicbe 
3. (SnAsover) SyAroter (SyAsovrar) SyAotvrar 
IMPERFECT INDICATIVE 
S. 1. (€AAoov) éSqAovv (@nAodpyv) éSnAobpnv 
2. (€5AAoes) é5qAovs (€5nAdov) €SnArod 
3. (€HAoe) eSqAov (€5nAdero) énAotro 
*D. 2. (€ndsderov) (€nAotrov) (€SnAdecbov)  (€8ndrAotc Gov) 
3. (€ndroérnv ) (€SnArovrHv) (€SnroérOnv)  (éndrotcOnv) 
P. 1. (€nAsopev) eSyAodpev (€5nA0d6pe8a) eSyrovpe0a 
2. (éSnddere) éSnArotre (€5ndrdeo Ge) eSyAr0t0 Ge 
3. (€hdoov) éSqAovv (€8nAdovto) eSnAodvTo 
PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE 
S. 1. (SnAs@) Syro (SnAsopar) SynAGpar 
2. (SnAdys) SnAois (SnASq) Sndrot 
3. (SHAS6y) SnAot (SnASyrar) SnAGrar 
*D. 2. (SnAdsyTov) (SnAGrov) (8nASyo Pov) (8nAao ov) 
3. (SyAdsynrov) (SyAGrov) (SnASyo Gov) (SnAGo Gov) 
P. 1. (SnAsopev) SnAGpev (SyAodpe8a ) Syropeda 
2. (SnAdyre) SnrA@re (SnASno Ge ) Snrao be 
3. (SnAd@or) Syraor (SnAsovrar) SyAGvrar 


214 


* 
Ros 
WHE wn whe 


ACTIVE 
- (SmAsoupe) 


. (SyAdorts) 
. (8yAdor) 


(SnAsotrov) 


. (8mrAooirnv) 
. (Syrsdorpev) 
. (SnAdotre) 
. (SyAdorev) 


or 


. (8yroolnv) 

. (SnAooins) 

- (8mAooin) 

. (8nrooinrov) 
. (SyrAoornrHy) 
. (Syrooinpev) 
. (Snroolynrte) 
. (Snrooincav) 


. (84Aoe) 
» (8nro€érw) 


. (Sndrderov) 


(8yA0o€rwv ) 


. (SnAdere ) 
. (SnrodvTev ) 


(SyAdevv) 


. (SyrASd@v) 
. (8nAdovea) 
. (8mAdov) 


THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


MIDDLE AND PASSIVE 


PRESENT OPTATIVE 


[SyAoipe 
SyAois 
SyAot | 


(SnAotrov) 
(SnAolrnv ) 


SyAotpev 
SnAoire 
SnAotev 


SynAolnv 
SnAoins 
SyAoln 


(SnAolnrov) 
(SnAouhrqy) 


[ SnAoinpev 
SnAoinre 


Syrolncay | 


(SmAoolpyv) 
(SyAdov0) 
(SyAdouTo) 
(SnAsorc Gov) 
(SnAooic nv) 
(SmrAoolpe8a) 
(SyAdor0 be) 
(SnAsowTo) 


PRESENT IMPERATIVE 


ShAov 
SynAoVTH 
(SynAodrov) 
(SnAotvTwv) 
SnAotTe 
SnAobvTav 


(SnAdov) 
(SnrA0€éo Ow ) 
(SnAder Gov) 
(SnroérPwv) 


(SnAdeo Ve) 
(Snroérbwv ) 


PRESENT INFINITIVE 


Sydrodv 


(SyAder Gar) 


PRESENT PARTICIPLE 


SynAa@v 
SyAotca 
SnAodv 


(SnAodpevos ) 


(SnAoopévn) 
(SnAodpevov) 


SyAolpnyv 
SyAoto 
SnAotro 
(SyAoic Gov) 
(8yrole Onv) 
Snroipeba 


SnAotobe 
SnAoivro 


Snr0d 
SynAotc Ow 
(Sndrotc Gov) 
(Snrotcbwv) 
Snroto be 
SnAotcbwv 


SnAotc Gar 


SnAodpevos 
SnAovpévy 
SnAovpevov 


APPENDIX 215 


525. The Regular Mu Verbs, Principal Parts and 
Synopsis 


toTypt (oTa-), set, oTHOw, EoTHoOa and éoTHV, EoTHKa, 
éoTtapat, éoTa8nv. 2d perf. (€oTatTov). 

TiOnpr (Oc-), put, Ojow, €Onka and (€beTov), Tébnka, 
Téetwar, ETEBHv. 

Sidwpr (80-), give, Sd0m, Ewka and (éboTov), S€5wka, 
SéSopar, ed68nv. 

Seikvipr (Serk-), show, SelEw, eSerEa, Séderyxa, Séderypar, 
eSeiy Onv. 

As the second aorist middle of totynpt is wanting, émpt-— 
apnv, L bought, is given; and dv, J entered, to take the 
place of the second aorist active of dSeikvipr. No second 
aorist middle in tpnv occurs. 





SYNOPSIS 
ACTIVE 
INDIC. SUBJ. OPT. IMPER. INFIN. PARTIC. 
( torn.  iord iorainy tory iordvar toras 
P TtOnpe TiOd TiWelnv 7TBer Teva TBels 
a SiSope 8.84 Sid0inv Sidou Siddvar  SB0ds5 
Selxvipe  Serxvio Sexvooun Selkvy  Serxvivar Seuxvos 
( tony 
| erlOnv 
Imp. 1 ediSouv 
\ €Selkvuv 
( torny ote oratny oTHee = orivar oTas 
2A | (€Gerov) 04 Beinv Bés Getvar Bels 
2401 horev) 68 Rotyy . Sees Sodus: Babe 
| é8iv Siw 800. = Sivan Sis 


216 


torapar 
TiBepar 
SiSopar 
Selkvupar 


Pres. 


eSeuxvopnv 


THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


MIDDLE AND PASSIVE 


ioropa. iorainpny toraco 
TrUOdpar TiWeiunv Tibero 
SSGpar SiSoipnnvy 8lSoc0 
Serxvi@par 


érpidapnv molopar  mpralunv mpl 


2Aor. | e8éunv 
Mid. | éS6pnv 


Odpar Betunv 80d 
Sapar Sotpny S00 


toracGat tordpevos 
Tiber Bar  Tibépevos 
SiSoc8ar Srddpevos 
Secxvuoiunv Selkvuco SelkvucGar Serxvdpevos 


mplacbat mpidpevos 
Reo Bar Oénevos 
S6c8ar Sd6pevos 








526. The Regular Mu Verbs — Conjugation 


tornpe 

S.1.  tornpe 
2. torns 

3. toernor 


*D.2. (lorarov) 
3. (lerarov) 
1. torapev 
2. torare 
3. torace 


1. tornv 
2. terns 
3. torn 
*D. 2. (trrarov) 
3. (toraryv) 
P. 1. torapev 
2. torare 
3. toracay 


TlOnpe SlSope 
ACTIVE 


PRESENT INDICATIVE 


TlOnpr S(Sapr 
TlOns SlSas 
TlOnot Sl8wort 
(ri8erov) (8(Sorov) 
(riBerov) (8iSorov) 
TlOenev SlSopev 
TBere dSidore 
TiWéaot S.8dacr 
IMPERFECT 
érlOnv é(Souv 
ériBers ediS0us 
ér (Ber é(Sou 
(ériGerov) (€5(Sorov ) 
(€rbérny) (€8:867THv) 
ér(Oenev ediSopev . 
éridere e5(Sore 


érlOeoav &idsocav 


Selkvupe 


Selkvvpe 
Selkvus 
Seixvice 
(Seixvurov) 
(Seixvurov ) 
Seixvupev 
Seixvute 
Serxviace 


eSelxvuv 
éSelkvus 
eSeixvy 
(@elxvutov) 
(eSexvirny) 
éSe(xvupev 
eSelxvure 
eelkvucayv 


| 


* 
~ 
g9 PO rH go fo go BO 


~~ 


7 


SNP Oh wh. 


*D. 


*D. 


icra 
iorys 
ioTy 
(iorfrov ) 
(iorfjrov ) 
ioTapmev 
torre 
icract 


ioralny 
ioratns 
ioraly 
(icrainrov ) 
(iorararny) 
torainwev 
iorainre 
ioralnoav 


(ioratrov) 
e 

(iorairny ) 
ioratwev 
ioratre 
ioratev 


torn 
ioratw 
(terarov ) 
€ lA 
(iordtev) 
lorare 
iordvTrev 


iordvat 


APPENDIX 

PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE 
TL $150 
TLOqs 880s 
TOF S180 
(r04Tov) (884rov) 
(rOATov) (884rov) 
TiO dpev SSdpev 
TiO ATE S.Sare 
Tac. S.8a0r 


PRESENT OPTATIVE 


TWelny 
TWeins 
TBeln 


(rBeinrov ) 
(riWerqrny ) 
Tielnpev 

TiWelnre 
TWelnoav 


S.d0lnv 

S.d0ins 

S.d0in 
(8S0inrov) 


(880rnTHv) 
S.S0lnpev 


S.S0inre 
SiS0inoav 


Commonly thus contracted : 


(riBeirov) 
(rWelryv) 
Tietpev 
TBcire 
TiBetev 


PRESENT 
TiBer 
TiWérw 

(riBerov) 

(rWérwv) 
TiBere 
TWévTwv 


(880trov) 
(SSo0lrnv) 
SiS0tpev 
S.Sotre 
SiBo0tev 


IMPERATIVE 
Sldou 
S.86Te 

(8(Sorov) 

(8:86Tev) 
Sidore 
SiS6vTeav 


PRESENT INFINITIVE 


Tibévor 


Si86var 


PRESENT PARTICIPLE 
Lng 7 A £ A 
iords, doa, dv Tibels, cioa, év SiS0ts,ofca,dv Sexvus, doa, tv 


217 


Serkvio 
Secxvins 
Serxviq 
(Sexvinrov) 
(Serxvinrov) 
Serxviwpev 
Serxvinre 
Serkviwor 


Serkvdouse 
Serkvvois 
Serxvvor 
(Serxvdorrov) 
(Sexvvolrny) 
Serxvioupev 
Serxvvoure 
Serxvvorev 


Selkvv 
Ser8viTe@ 


(Setxvurov) 
(Serxvirov) 


Seikvute 
Secxvivrev 


Secxvivar 


218 


*D. 


*D. 


all ea ree 


wD, 2 
3. 


ie. 


2s 


3. 


go wt who pe 


aide aS Mea i A a a 


no go to 


éornv 
éorns 
erry 


. (€oryTov) 
. (eorqrnv) 


éornpev 
eornre 
éoTynoav 


oTe 
ors 
ory 


. (erfrov) 


(oriTov) 
oTOWLEV 
oTHTE 
TATE 


orainv 
oralns 
orain 


‘(orainrov) 
. (cranny) 


oTainweyv 
otainte 
oTaincay 


(oratrov) 
(cratrny) 
orTaiwev 
orTaite 
oratey 


THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


SECOND AORIST INDICATIVE 


‘ 


(€0erov) (€Sorov) 
(€bérnv ) (€56rnv) 
eOepev €Sopev 
Gere éSore 
eBeoav eSocav 
SECOND AORIST SUBJUNCTIVE 

00 80 
Oqjs Sas 
04 8e 
(@fTov) (8arov) 
(8fTov) ‘ (8arov) 
Oapev Sapev 
OATeE Sare 
Odor Sact 


SECOND AORIST OPTATIVE 


Oeinv Soinv 
Belrs Soins 
Oeln Solin 
(Oetnrov) (Sotnrov) 
(Oanrnv) (So.qThv) 
Oeinpev Soinpev 
Seinre Soinre 
Beiqoav Soinrav 


Commonly thus contracted : 


(Oetrov) (Sotrov) 
(Geirnv) (Sotrnv) 
Octwev Sotpev 
Ocire Soire 

Oetev Soiev 


éSuv 
éSus 
edu 
(€SurTov) 
(evrnv) 
eSupev 
edure 
eSvuoav 


dio 
Sins 
Sin 
(Sbnrov) 
(SbnTov) 
Siapev 
Sinre 
Siw 


S. 2. orfOe 

3. oThTe 
*D.2. (orfrov) 
3. (oThTov) 

P.2. orfre 
3. oTdavTov 


orTivar 


£ a ~ 
oTas, oTaca, ordv els, Oetoa, Oév 


torapat 
loracat 
torara. 
*D. 2. (toracrBov) 
. (leracbov) 
iordpeda 
loracBe 

loravra. 


bo + go bo go BO 


tordépny 
toraco 
torato 
*D. 2. (trrac@ov) 


. (tora Oyv) 


Po Pet 08 By Oe ho 


bo 
a“ ef on 
4 


APPENDIX 


SECOND AORIST IMPERATIVE 


ee 86s 
Bérw S6TaH 
(@érov) (86rov) 
(8érwv) (86Tev) 
Oére Sore | 
Bévrev SévTav 


SECOND AORIST INFINITIVE 


Betvar Sotvar 


SECOND AORIST PARTICIPLE 


PAssIVE AND MIDDLE 


PRESENT INDICATIVE 


TiBepar SiSopar 
TiBerar SiS0car 
TiPerar SiSorat 
(riWerBov) (8800 8ov) 
(ri8er Gov) (8f0c8ov) 
TiOéne8a, S86 p80 
Tier Ge SiS00Ge 
TiPevrar SiSovrar 
IMPERFECT 
éribéunv €S.86p.nv 
ériBero €SlS0c0 ° 
ériBero élSoro 
(ériBerBov) (€5iS0c8ov) 
(érvbéoOnv) (€:86c6yv) 
ércOéneba e556 p.e80 
ér Ber Oe €5(S00-be 
érBevro é5(Sovro 


PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE 


TIOGpar SSdpar 
TOF 8.80 
TiO Arar S.SaTar 


219 


Sd0. 
Site 
(Sirov) 
(Strev) 
Sire 
StvTav 


Sivar 


Sots, Soica, S6v Svs, Sica, Siv 


Sefkvupar 
Seikvucrar 
SeixvuTar 
(Seixvucbov) 
(Seixvucbov) 
Seckvdpeda 
Seixvuc Ge 
SelkvuvTar 


Serkvopynv 
eeixvuco 

éde(kvuTo 
(€Se(kvvc Gov) 
(SexvicOnv) 
Serxvipela 
eelkvuc Ge 
éSelkvuvro 


Serxviapar 


Serxvig 


Secxvinrar 


*D. 


*D. 


*D. 


o 


g9 bo pt ow bo 


bo pH go to go NO 


. (ieriobov) 


. (toricbov) 


ioropela 
c ~ 
iorjo be 
toravrat 


toraipny 
iorato 
iorairo 


. (icraicbov) 
. (toraicbnv) 


ioraipela 
toraic be 
ioratvro 


toraco 
4 lA 
icrac bw 


(ioracBov) 
(iordcbwv) 


tora be 
« tA 
ioracQwv 


toracbat 


THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE 


(TiO Ao Pov) (8:8a080v) 
(TO Ao Gov) (81840 8ov) 
T0ope00 S8ope00 
TiO Ao Ve SSG 
TWavTaL Si8avrar 


PRESENT OPTATIVE 


TiOelunu SS0lunv 
TBeto S.S0t0 
TeleiTo S.S0tro 
(recto Bov) (8S0tc Gov) 
(tWWeic Onv) (880ic Ov) 
TiBeineba, SiS0ipeba 
TiWcio Ge SiS0tc be 
TWetvTo SiS0tvro 


PRESENT IMPERATIVE 


Tibero Sidoc0 
Ti0écr Bw 8156080 
(Tiber Gov) (8iS008ov) 
(ribérbwv) (8:8600wv) 
TiBeo Be diS00be 
TiVéc Bav 81860 0wv 


PRESENT INFINITIVE 


TlBer Bar SiSo0cbar 


PRESENT PARTICIPLE 


ioTdpevos, n, Ov TiOéuevos, n, ov SrSdpevos, y, ov 


go NO pt go bo go NO 


érrpidpnv 
étrplo 
émplaro 


. (érptacbov) 
. (€mprdcOnv) 


€mrpideda, 
émplac be 
émplavro 


SECOND AORIST MIDDLE INDICATIVE 


€0éunv 
€9ov 
eBero 
(er Pov) 
(€0érOnv) 
€0éuc0a, 
eo Ge 


bevro 


(Serxvino Gov) 
(Sexvinobov) 
Serxvudpeba 
Serxvino be 
Serxvi@vrar 


Serxvvoipny 
Serxvvoto 
Serkviowro 
(Sexviorrbov) 
(SerxvvolcOnv) 
Serxvvolpeba 
Serxviiorc Oe 
SerxviowvTo 


Sefkvuco - 
Sexvicbaw 
(Seixvuc Gov) 
(Serxvicbwv) 
Seixvuc Ge 
Serxvicbwv 


Selixvuc Bar 
Serxvipevos, 4, OV 


éSopnv 
é5ou 
eSoTo 
(€o0c8ov) 
(€860°0nv) 
€S6pe00 
occ 


eovro 


*D. 


*D. 


*D. 


wo bo ps go bo go ko 


Pp gh got 


got wg ke 


SECOND AORIST 


Tptopar 
ply 
- apinrar 
. (mpincbov) 
. (apincbov) 


Tpropeba 
apinoGe 
TpiwvTat 


Tptainny 
arptato 
aplatto 


. (mplarcbov) 
. (mpratocdnv) 


mpratpeba 
mptaroGe 
tpia.vTo 


SECOND AORIST MIDDLE IMPERATIVE 


apiw 
mpracdw 


. (aplacbov) 
. (rprdcbov) 


arptac Ge 


Ds 
TpiacOwv 


mptacbar 


arpLdwevos, 


SECOND AORIST MIDDLE OPTATIVE 


SECOND AORIST MIDDLE INFINITIVE 


SECOND A 


TN, ov 


APPENDIX 


MIDDLE SUBJUNCTIVE 


(O@Ac8ov) 
(OAc Gov) 
Baopeba 
OAc be 
Bavrar 


Ceiuny 
Geto 
_ Getro 
(Oetc Gov) 
(Geico Onv) 


Oeipneba 
Octo Be 


Ocivro 


80d 


Bér Ow 


(8érBov) 
(8écBwv) 


Oéo-be 


Bécbav 


Béo Bar 


IST MIDDLE PARTICIPLE 


Bépevos, 4, ov 


221 


(8ac6ov) 
(8ac8ov) 
Sapeba 

ace 


Savrat 


Soliuny 
Soto 
Sotro 
(SotcBov) 
(SoicOnv) 
Soipeda 


Soi be 
Sotvro 


S00 


$608 


(86060v) 
(86c8av) 


S6a8e 
S6c8av 


Sdc8ar 


Sdépevos, 7, ov 


222 





Ss. 1. — 
2. — 

Aes 

*D, 2. (€ordrov) 
3. (trrarov) 

P. 1. trrapev 
2. trrare 
3. érraot 


THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


Seconp PerRFect ACTIVE 


erro 
éorys 
ore 
(éorirov) 
(€or frov) 
éoTOpev 
éorijTe 
értaot 


INFINITIVE, éordvat 


éorainy 
éotalns err ade 
érrain éorare 


(errainrov Or -atrov) (oratov) 
(€orarntyy or -alrnv) (éorarev) 
éorainpev OF -atwev 

érrainre Or -aire torate 

€ 7 4 4 
eorainoayv or -atev eTTAVToV 


PARTICIPLE, Eo Tas, Goa, ds OF Hs 


SECOND PLUPERFECT 


*D. (érratov, érrarnv) 


P. trrapev, orate, Eoracav 


527. Sreconp Aorist ACTIVE SYSTEM OF ytyvaoKe 


INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE ‘OPTATIVE IMPERATIVE 
S. 1. tyvev yva yvotnv 
2. €yvas yvas yvoins yvabe 
3. éyva yve yvoln yvarea 
*D, 2. (€yvwTov) (yvarov) (yvotnrov, yvotrov) (yv@rTov) 
3. (€yvornv) (yv@rov) (yvounTny, yvoirnv) (yvarov) 
P. 1. eyvopev yvapev yvoinpev, yvotpev 
2. €yvwre yvare yvolnre, yvotre yvare 
3. €yvaoav yvaou yvoinoav, yvotev yvovTev 


INFINITIVE, yv@var 


528. 


INDICATIVE 
S. 1. . eipt 

2. 

3. éorl 
*D. 2. (érrév) 

3. (éoTév) 


SUBJUNCTIVE 


> 


cy ri € 


(HrTov) 
(HTov) 


PARTICIPLE, yvots (like Sots, 506) 


etpi 
PRESENT 
OPTATIVE IMPERATIVE 

elnv 

elns tobi 

ely ero 
(elnrov, elrov) (€rrov) 
(eiqrnv, eirnv) (€orwv) 


APPENDIX 220 


INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE OPTATIVE IMPERATIVE 
P. 1. éopév @pev elnpev, elev 
2. éoré ATE elnre, etre torre 
3. elo aot ' elnoav, elev trTev, dvT@V 
INFINITIVE PARTICIPLE 
elvat Ov, ovoa, ov : 
IMPERFECT Future INDICATIVE Future Oprative 
S. 1. qvorq eropar éroipny 
2. yoba toe, ton éoovo 
3. qv erro érouro 
*D, 2. (qorov or ATOv) (rer Bov) (rove Bov) 
3. (Horny Or ATHY) (rer Bov) (érolcOnv) 
P. 1. jpev éodpe8a. éroipeba 
2. Te OF Hore tore Oe eorouc Ge 
3. qoav ErovTat ExouvTo 
Furvre InrFinitive, érec Oar Future PARTICIPLE, éodépevos 
529. ett 
PRESENT 
INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE OPTATIVE IMPERATIVE 
S. 1. ele to Youme or tolny 
2. igs tous 16u 
3. eloe ty tou ire 
*D,. 2. (trov) (tyrov) (Yourov) (trov) 
3. (trov) (tynrov) (tofrynv) (irev) 
P. 1. Upev Yopev Voupev 
2. tre inre toute Ure 
3. aor toot Yovev ié6vrev 
INFINITIVE PARTICIPLE 
lévar tov, lotoa, idv, gen. iévros, tovons, etc. 
Singular IMPERFECT Plural 
1. Yew or qa * Dual pe 
2. Yes or yea (qjrov) 1Te 


- 3. qe or qev (aiTHVv) qorav or yerav 


*D. 


joe, etc., regular 


*D. 


THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


530. ~ Type 
Prin. Parts: typr, Hore, Ka, eika, elpar, elOnv 
ACTIVE 
PRESENT 
INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE OPTATIVE IMPERATIVE 
1. Eqpe ta teiny 
2. €ns this teins fev 
3. tyoe iq tein térw 
2. (terov) (throv) (tetrov, ietnrov) (terov) 
3. (terov) (tfrov) (tetrynv, teqrnv) (térwv) 
1. fepev t@pev tetpev, telnwev 
2. tere tire tetre, teinre tere 
3. tao taor tetev, telqoav tévrav 
INFINITIVE, tévat PARTICIPLE, tels, tetora, tév 
Singular IMPERFECT Plural 
1. tv * Dual tepev 
2. tes (terov) tere 
3. te (térnv) teorav 
FUTURE First AORIstT PERFECT (in composition) 


ka, ikas, ike, Only inindic. etka, etc., regular 


Seconp Aorist (generally in composition) 


INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE OPTATIVE IMPERATIVE 
i. o elnv 
2. ns eins : és 
3. 1 ein ero 
2. (elrov) (Tov) (eirov, einrov) (€rov) 
3. (elrnv) (1Tov) (eiryny, etary) (€rwv) 
1. elev opev clpev, einpev 
2. eélre nTe eire, eine tre 
3. eloav wort elev, elnoav évTwv 


INFINITIVE, eivat 


PARTICIPLE, els, cioa, év 


APPENDIX 225 


MIDDLE 
PRESENT 
INDIC. SUBJ. OPTAT. IMPER. INFIN. 
S. 1. tepar topar te(unv ter Bar 
2. tera 7 teto tero 
3. Yerar tira. tetro tér Ow 
*D.2. (ter8ov) (t#jr8ov) (tetoBov) (ter Bov) PARTIC. 
3. (terBov) (tqr8ov) (teir Onv) (térbwv) ténevos 
P. 1. tére8a topea teipeba. 
2. tere tare teto Be tee 
3. tevrar tavrar teivro tér ov 
Singular IMPERFECT Plural 
1. tésnv *Dual — téneba 
2. tero (ter Bov) teoOe 
3. ero (térOnv) tevro 
Future (in composition) First Aorist (in composition) 
joopar, etc., regular qkapnv, only in indic. 


PERFECT (in composition) 
elpor (imper. etoOw; infin. eloOar; partic. eipévos) 


Seconp Aorist (generally in composition) 


INDIC. SUBJ. OPTAT. IMPER. INFIN. 
S.1.  elpnv. cop.Le elunv érbar 
2. eloo a elo ov 
3. tro WTO elro érbw 
*D.2. (eloBov)  — (jo Pov) (eioBov) (€r8ov) PARTIC. 
3. (elo Onv) (qr 8ov) (eto Oqv) (€rbwv) épevos 
P.1. elpeba ap.e0a. elpeBa 
2. lobe moGe elo Oe eobe 
3. elvTo ovTat elvro érbwv 


AORIST PassIVE (in composition) 
el@nv (subj. €64; partic. Bets) 


Furvure Passive (in composition) 
e8Aoropar 
FIRST GR. BK.— 15 


226 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


531. dnp 
PRESENT IMPERFECT 
S. 1. ypl ednv - Susy. $4, djs, oq, etc. 
: set v ay oo Oe Orr. painv, patys, pain, etc. 
; no Eon : 
I . 0i 68 . 
*D.2. (harsv)  (Edparov) erage if SE Os PO, Ae 
‘3. (garév) © (Ubbry) InFIN. pavar 
P.1. apév édapev Partic. as, daca, av; in Attic 
2. daré Ebare prose dackeyv is used. 
3. act €pacayv ; 
FUTURE AORIST 


jew, dheev, dhowv Enea, how, H7ocapt, Pica, pyoas 


532. otda 
SECOND PERFECT 
INDICATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE OPTATIVE IMPERATIVE 
S.1.  ot8a el8a elSe(ny 

2. ole ba elSqjs elSelns tobe 

5. ol8e elSqj elSein tore 
*D.2. (trrov) etc. etc. (trrov) 

3. (terov) regular =—s regular (terry) 
P. 1. topev 

2. tore lore 

3. toaor torov 

INFINITIVE PARTICIPLE 
elSévar elSas, elSvia, elSds, gen. elSdros, elSulas 


SECOND PLUPERFECT 


Singular *Dual Plural 
1. Sy or WSew nopev 
2. ydno8a or 7Sec0a © (qorov) yore 
3. noer(v} (qorny) qoav or ySerav 
FuTuRE 


elropar, etc., regular 


533. RULES OF SYNTAX 


ane 


1. The subject of a finite verb is in the nominative case; the subject 
of the infinitive is in the accusative, but is generally omitted when it 
is the same as the subject or object of the leading verb. 

2. A verb agrees with its subject nominative in person and 
number; but a neuter plural subject regularly takes a singular verb. 

3. A noun in the predicate referring to the same person or thing as 
the subject is put in the same case. 

4. A noun used to describe another noun and referring to the 
same person or thing agrees with it in case. Apposition. 

5. Adjectives agree with their nouns in gender, number, and case. 

6. An attributive adjective qualifying a noun with the article 
commonly stands between the article and noun; a predicate adjective 
precedes the article or follows the noun without taking an article. 

7. A relative pronoun agreés with its antecedent in gender and 
number, but its case depends on the construction of the clause in 
which it stands. When a relative, however, would naturally be in 
the accusative as the object of a verb, it is generally assimilated to the 
case of its antecedent, if this is a genitive or dative. 

8. The direct object of a transitive verb is put in the accusative. 

9. Any verb whose meaning permits may take an accusative of 
kindred signification. This cognate accusative repeats the idea 
already contained in the verb. 

10. The accusative of specification denotes that in respect to which 
any statement is made. An accusative often has the force of an 
adverb. 

11. The accusative may denote extent of time or space. 

12. The accusative is used with the adverbs of swearing vf and 
pa, by. : 

227 


228 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


13. Verbs signifying to ask, demand, teach, remind, clothe or unclothe, 
conceal, deprive, and take away, may take two object accusatives. Also 
verbs signifying to do anything to or say anything of a person or thing. 

14. Verbs signifying to name, choose or appoint, make, think or 
regard, may take a predicate accusative besides the direct object. 

15. A noun used to define another noun and not referring to the 
same person or thing is put in the genitive. 

16. The attributive genitive may denote possession; the subject or 
object of an action or feeling; material or contents ; measure of space, 
time, or value; cause or origin ; the whole after words denoting a part. 

17. Verbs signifying to be or become may have a predicate genitive 
- expressing any of the relations of the attributive genitive: 

18. Any verb may take a genitive if its action affects the object 
only in part ; so verbs meaning to share. 

19. The genitive follows verbs signifying to make trial of, begin, 
take hold of, touch, claim, aim at, hit, miss, attain. 

20. The genitive follows verbs signifying to taste, smell, hear, per- 
ceive, comprehend, remember, forget, desire, care for, spare, neglect, wonder 
at, admire, despise. 

21. The genitive follows verbs signifying to rule, lead, or direct. 

22. Verbs signifying fulness and want take the genitive of material. 

23. The genitive may denote that from which anything is separated 
or distinguished ; hence it follows verbs signifying to remove, restrain, 
release, cease, fail, differ, and the like. 

24. The genitive follows verbs signifying to surpass, be inferior, 
and all others that imply comparison. 

25. The genitive may denote the price or value of a thing. 

26. The genitive may denote the time within which anything takes 
place. 

27. The genitive is used with many adjectives and adverbs kindred 
in meaning or derivation to verbs that take the genitive. 

28. Adjectives and adverbs of the comparative degree take the 
genitive when 4, than, is omitted. 

29. A noun and a participle not grammaticaliy connected wit the 
main construction of the sentence may stand by themselves in the 
genitive. Genitive Absolute. 

30. The indirect object of a transitive verb is put in the dative. 


APPENDIX 229 


31. Many verbs that are transitive in English are-intransitive in 
Greek and take the dative. Such are verbs meaning to serve, trust, 
please, henefit, obey, and their opposites. 

32. The dative follows many verbs compounded with év, wv, émt; 
and some compounded with mpés, wapdé, wept, id. 

33. The dative with eit, ylyvopa, and the like, may denote the 
possessor. 

34. The person or thing for whose advantage or disadvantage a 
thing is done is put in the dative. 

35. The dative is used with all words implying likeness, nearness, 
or approach. 

36. The dative is used to denote cause, manner, means or instrument. 

37. The dative of manner is used with comparatives to denote the 
degree of difference. 

38. The dative without a preposition often denotes time when. 

39. The dative follows adjectives and adverbs of kindred meaning 
with verbs that take the dative. 

40. Final clauses take the subjunctive after primary tenses and the 
optative after secondary tenses; sometimes, however, the subjunctive 
is retained after secondary tenses after the analogy of indirect 
discourse. 

41. Clauses introduced by pf after verbs of fearing take the sabe 
junctive after primary tenses, and the optative after secondary tenses. 
But sometimes the subjunctive is found after a secondary tense. 

42. Object clauses introduced by émws depending on verbs of 
striving or effecting take the future indicative after both primary and 
secondary tenses. 

43. Indirect quotations may take dt or as with a finite verb, or the 
infinitive, or sometimes the participle. Each tense of the infinitive or 
participle in indirect discourse represents the tense of the finite verb 
of the direct form, the present and perfect including the imperfect 
and pluperfect. : 

44. When an indirect quotation depends on a verb that is followed 
by the infinitive or on one that is followed by the participle, the verb 
of the direct discourse is changed to the same tense of the infinitive 
or participle (an dv of the original being retained). 

45. In an indirect quotation introduced by ot or ds, after primary | 


230 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


tenses a simple indicative is retained in its mood and tense; after 
secondary tenses the indicative is changed to the same tense of the 
optative or it may be retained in the original mood and tense. 

46. In a complex sentence thus indirectly quoted the leading verb 
follows the above rule, but the dependent verbs after primary tenses 
retain the original mood and tense; after secondary tenses they may 
change to the same tense of the optative or retain the original mood 
and tense. Secondary tenses of the indicative and optatives are not 
changed. 

47. In a simple present or past condition implying nothing as to 
fulfilment the tenses of the indicative are used. In a present or past 
condition implying that the supposition is not fulfilled the secondary 
tenses of the indicative are used, and the apodosis has the adverb av. 
Here the imperfect refers to present time, the aorist (and rare plu- 
perfect) refers to past time. 

48. In a future condition distinctly and vividly stated the protasis 
has éav (&v or qv) with the subjunctive; the apodosis, some form 
referring to future time. 

49. In a future condition in a less distinct and vivid form the 
protasis has the optative with et, the apodosis the optativé-with dv. 

50. In general suppositions referring to present time the protasis 
has the subjunctive with éav; the apodosis, some form denoting repe- 
tition in present time. Past general suppositions have the optative 
with et in the protasis; some form denoting past repetition in the 
apodosis. 


























SPECIAL VOCABULARIES 


Se ae Eas 


286. 


AtoXls, dos, 7, Aeolis, in north- 
western Asia Minor. 

avti-tipde, honor in return. 

ad-arpéw, take from, take away from. 

Sacpds, 6, tribute, tax. 

Set, impers., denoet, edenoe, it is 
necessary, one must, one ought. 

éuds, 77, Ov, Poss. adj., my. 

Zivis, tos, 6, Zenis. 

Mavia, 7, Mania. 

omdte, ady., whenever, when. 


304 a. 
de(pw and aipw, apa, jpa, HpKka, 7p- 


pat, npOny, lift; raise up, support. 


dvacoa, 7s, 7, queen, mistress. 
yepaids, ad, ov, adj. (yépwr), old, 
aged. 


HOW A WOMAN BECAME SATRAP 


tmapa-Karéw, call to one’s side, sum- 
mon. 

catparela, 7, Office of satrap. 

cipBovdos, 6, adviser, counselor. 
Cf. BovAevw. 

Tipdw, now, étiunoa, etc., honor, 
esteem. 

Umnpetéw, How, do service, serve. 

PapvaBatos, 6, Pharnabazus, sa- 
trap of Lesser Phrygia. 

wore, conj., so that. 


HECUBA’S SPEECH TO HER MAIDENS 


opdsdovdos, 6, 77, fellow slave. 
6p0da, wow (dpO0s, straight), hold 
upright, raise. Cf. 524. 
mpoo-Adtupat, take hold of (besides). 
Tpwds, ados, 7, Trojan woman. 


Sdpos, 6, house, home. Lat. domus. yelp, yetpds, 9, hand, arm. For 
Here = oxnvy- inflection, see 367. 
b. ORATION ON THE OLIVE STUMP 


"Avtukdfjs, cous (ods), 6, Anticles. 

"Arrodd68apos, 6, Apollodorus. 

dmpaxros, ov, adj. (7partw), doing 
nothing ; unworked, idle. 
BovAn, 7, Senate. 


231 


yewpyéo, now (yewpyds, farmer), 
till, cultivate, work. 

Sypedo, ow (dypos), declare public 
property, confiscate. 

Sijpos, 6, people. 


232 - THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


Swpeav, adv. (acc. sing. of dwpea, 
gift), a8 a gift 

éx-picbdw, wow, let out for hire. 
Cf. pic bos. 

erala, 7, olive tree. 

ev-erpt, be in. 

éret84, CONj., when. 

épyov, Td, work, task. 

€ros, ous, TO, year. 

Enpide, wow, eCnuiwoa, etc., make 
to suffer, punish. 


KTGONOL, KTHTOMAL, EKTHOALNY, 
KexTnpat, get, acquire, come 


into possession of. 
Meyapets, ews, 6, citizen of Megara, 
Megarian. 


327. 


dvSpelws, adv. (dvdpeios, manly, cf. 
avyp), vigorously, in a manly 
JSashion. 

Gormatopar, d acopat, welcome kindly, 
greet, salute. 

*Acrvdyns, ous, 6, Astyages. 

Sépn, 7, neck. 

éavtod, pron., of himself. 

éu-Bréro, Wout, év-eBAeWa, look 
in the face, look at. 

éxOhs, 7Tos, 7, dress, clothing. 

MALE, txos, 6, 7, adj., of the same 
age; as noun, comrade. 

Koo pew, order; adorn, 
dress. : 

Mavdavn, 7, Mandané. 

pévrou, adv., however. 

péxpt, adv. and prep. w. gen., even 
to, up to. 


CYRUS’ 


, 
now, 


puplos, a, ov, adj., numberless, 
countless. 

vuvi, adv., stronger than viv, now. 

mada, adv., formerly, long ago. 

Tletrav8pos, 6, Pisander. 

wéppw, adv., far away, at a distance. 

cupdopa, 7, disaster. 

téuva, Teu@, 2d aor. ereuov, TE- 
TUNka, TETUNpaL, eTUNOnv, cut; 
ravage, pillage. 

vmép, prep. w. gen., over; for, in 
return for. 

Xpovos, Oy time. 

wvlopay, NTOMAL, EWvyMat, 2d aor. 
erplaynv, buy. 

ws, conj., that. . 


FIRST APPEARANCE AT COURT 


olkot, adv., at home. Cf. oixid, 
oiKade. 

Soos, 7, ov, adj., pl. as many as, 
all who. 

mausela, 7, training, education. Cf. 
TaLoevur. 

wé&mmos, 6, grandfather. 

moppupots (eos), & (€a), odv (€or), 
adj., crimson, purple. 

méTEpOS, a, OV, adj., which of two? 

otpenrés, 7, Ov, adj., twisted; as 
noun, 6, collar of twisted metal, 
chain. 

daive, show; mid., appear, seem. 

vids, 6, son. 

aiddos, 7, ov, adj., poor, simple. 

X'tdv, Ovos, 6, shirt, tunic. 

Wédtov, 70, bracelet. 

ws, adv., how. 


SPECIAL VOCABULARIES | B88 


351: =>: THE TWO CYRUSES 


apxatos, a, ov, adj., from of old; 
elder, former. : 

Aapetos, 6, Darius. 

Sivapis, ews, 7, ability; kata diva- 
pty, according to ability, as well 
as one can. 

KapBvons, 6, Cambjses. 

PipvATKe, PVHTwW, Euvnoa, LELVy- 
pat, éuvnoOnv, remind; mid., 
recall, remember. 

olkéw, now, wKnoa, etc., have a 
home ; dwell, live. 

olpor, interj. of grief, Oh dear ! 


eGOe t= HERACLES 


*"AOnva, as, 7, Athena. 

airta, 7, fault, cause, reason. 

&paxyros, ov, adj., not fought with, 
unmeddled with. Cf. waxopo. 

BAGBn, 7 (BAarrw), hurt, harm. 

SnAsw, wow, make Sprov, show. 

ém-xetpéw, How, attempt, try. 

“HpakAfis, ovs, 6, Heracles, Her- 
cules. 

péyeBos, ovs, TO (ueyas), greatness, 
size. 

pAjAov, TO, apple. 


Sporoyéw, yow, wpordynoa, etc., 
say the same; agree, admit. 

ovxotv, interrog. adv. expecting 
an affirmative answer, not there- 
fore? Lat. ndnne. 

TIaptcaris, wos, 7, Parysatis. 

Ilepoixés, 7, dv, adj., Persian. 

motos, a, ov, adj., of what sort? 
what? 

moré, ady. enclit., at some time, 
once. 

TXoAH, 7, leisure. 

aorep, rel. adv., just as, like. 


AND ATHENA 


ddeba, evow (600s), go, travel. 

olSéw, yow, gdnoa, wdyka, swell, 
increase.- 

olos, a, ov, adj., such as. 

ptrre, piv, éppiva, éppida, eppiy- 
pat, €ppipny, throw, cast down. 

pdtradov, 70, club, cudgel. 

cvv-tptBo, Ww, etpiBnv, rub to- 
gether ; crush. 

prroverkia, 7, love of strife, conten- 
tiousness. : 

puede, now, blow up, distend. 


371. AN AMBITIOUS WOMAN 


"Ayts, tos, 6, Agis. 

dv-aipéw, take up; bear away, win. 

appa, aTos, TO, chariot. 

"Apx(Sapos, 6, Archiddmus. 

émupavis, és, adj., coming to light ; 
remarkable, notable. 


yAtkta, 7, time of life, age. — 

jpeov, TO (ynpws, hero), temple, 
chapel (of a hero). 

Kuvicxa, 7, Cynisca. 

AaxcSaipev, ovos, 7, Lacedaemon, 
Sparta. 


234 THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


Aakevixds, 7, ov, adj., Laconian, 
Spartan. 
Odvpmikds, 7, dv, adj., Olympic. 
 twapa-hapBave, receive from 
(another), succeed to. 
-mdatavirras, ov, 6, grove of plane 
trees. 


378. THE OLD MAN 


alpe, dp, jpa, jpka, jpyat, npOnv, 
raise, lift. 

Badifte, wotpat, €Bddi0a, BeBddrxa, 
go slowly, walk. 

ém-Kahéw, call upon, invoke. 

Odvaros, 6, Death. 


~ 384. 


&kpdtoXis, ews, 7, acropolis. Der- 
ivation? 

Sefva, 7, right hand (as pledge). 

émBovdn, 7, plot. 

émrroAn, 7, letter. English deriv- 
ative? 

Kakévous (00s), ovy (oov), adj., 
ill-disposed, hostile. 

*Opévras, a (Doric gen.), Orontas. 


tekevtdw, yow, end one’s life; 
die. 

tpépw, nourish; breed, raise. 

vorepov, adv., later, afterwards. 

ir6tipos, ov, adj. (rin), loving 
honor, ambitious. Adv. -pws, 
W. €xw, strive eagerly. 


AND DEATH 


Kémros, 6 (KorTw), striking; toil, 
fatigue. 

EbXov, TO, wood, stick of wood. 

muvOdvowar, mevooual, TeTVT"Al, 
exvOounv, ask, inquire. 

hoptiov, To (Pepw), burden, pack. 


THE TRIAL OF ORONTAS, PART I 


ovtoct, arnt, rourt, strengthened 
form of ovros, implying a ges- 
ture, this man here, here present. 


, , , 
_ Tpo-arcPdvopar, -arcOjoopat,-no0o- 


pny, -joOnpat, find out in ad- 


vance. 

Lapses, ewv, al, Sardis, in Lydia, 
Asia Minor. 

ovy-Kahéw, call together, assemble. 


408. THE TRIAL OF ORONTAS, PART II 


arro-patvopnar, declare, express. 

ylyvooKke, yveooua, éyvwv, éyvw- 
Ka, €yvwcpat, éyvaaOny, think. 

youn, 7, opinion. 

elra, adv., then, thereupon. 


éxrroSay, adv., out of the way. 

&-dyw, lead out. 

Bepdarwv, ovTos, 0, servant, attendant. 

matore, ady., at any time, ever yet, 
ever. 


SPECIAL VOCABULARIES 


235 


424. INTRODUCTION TO A SPEECH OF LYSIAS 


d&yovifopar, covuat, contend, fight. 

Gbikos, ov, adj., unjust, unprin- 
cipled. 

aitéo, now, ask for; mid., entreat, 
beseech. 

Gkpodopat, Acoual, Kpoacdunv, 
nkpoapat, hearken to, listen. 
avev, improp. prep., without ; used 

with gen. 

Gmeipla, 7, inexperience, lack of 
skill. 

Gtro-hoyéopar, Hoopat, -eAoynoapny, 
-Aehoynpat, -eAoyHOnv, speak in 
defense, defend one’s self. 

BonPéw, yow, go to the rescue, 
help, aid. 

Séos, ous, 70, fear, fright, alarm. 

StaBorh, 7, slander. 

Sikacris, ov, 6, he who decides ; 
judge, juror. 


elxés, OTos, TO, n. partic. of eka 
(€orxa), likely, probably, reason- 
ably. 

év-Odpéopar, yoouat, -TeOvpnpat, 
-OupnOnv, lay to heart ; reflect, 
consider. 

tos, 7, ov, adj., equal; €& igov, 
on an Fs at impartially. 

katnyopta, ™ accusation, charge. 

Kartiyopos, 6 0, accuser. 

spyh, 9, anger. 

mapackevh, 7, preparation. — 

mpo0upia, 7, eagerness, readiness. 

orepéw, How and orepd, eorepnca, 
etc., deprive, rob. 

bio, drow, épvoa and éduy, 
méepuxa, epuny, produce; perf. be. 

Xapllopar, codpat, €xapiodpny, etc., 
say or do something agreeable ; 
give cheerfully or freely. 


448. A PERSIAN LITTLE LORD FAUNTLEROY, PART I 


dpa, interrog. particle, expecting 
a negative answer. 

yédws, wros, 6, laughter. 

Saxtudos, 6, finger. 

S.a-SlSwpt, etc., distribute. 

exropa, atos, TO (exzivw), drink- 
ing cup, beaker. 

ér-€popat, -epnoouai, -npounv, ask 
besides or again. 

émt-Aéyw, say in addition. 

cboxnpoves, adv., with grace, like a 
gentleman. 


Koppas, adv., elegantly, daintily. 

vq, particle of affirmation, w. acc. 

vy Ata, yes, indeed. 

olvoxoéw, now, pour out wine for 
drinking. 

olvox dos, 6, wine-pourer, cup-bearer. 

oxéw, now (€xw), hold, raise, carry. 

mpo0upws, adv., willingly, with good 
will. 

Ladkas, ov, 6, a Sacian. 

oKoTTe, opal, erxwa, eoKHppal, 
eoxwoPOny, joke, jest. 


236 


THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


456. A PERSIAN LITTLE LORD FAUNTLEROY, PART II 


G50 (deidw), doopat, you, yopat, 
noOny, sing. 

dva-17Sda0, noouat, leap up, start up. 

Bodw, joouat, eBonoa, call out, 
ery, shout. 

yeAdotws, adv., ridiculously. 

yeveOAra, wy, Ta, birthday feast. 

yotv, adv., at least then, at any 
rate. 

Supdw, now, €dibyoa,  dediyyxa, 
thirst, be thirsty. 

éx-BddXw, cast_out, depose. 

- &-yeAdw, doouat, laugh out, laugh 
loud. 

éx-rtvo, drink out, quaff. 

émt-AavOdvopat, -Ancopuat, -eAafd- 
Lv, -AeAnopoat, forget. 

éoridw, dow, eioriaca, eloriaxa, 
entertain, feast, regale. : 

tonyopia, 7, equal freedom of 
speech, equality. 


KatTa-pavOdve, observe well, notice. 
Kparnp, 7pos, 0, mixing bowl, bowl. 
pa, particle used in oaths; od pa 
Aia, no, indeed (no, by Zeus). 
peBioke, vow, €ucOvoa, enebvcbny, 
make drunk, intoxicate. 
ptyvupt, pléw, euiga, weutypar, €pl- 
XOnv, épiynv, mix, mingle. 
pipéopan, Hoopat, imitate, mimic. 
opxéopat, dpxynoopat, wexnadpay, 
dance. 

ovdérore, adv., never. 

mavramaci(v), ady., all in all; 
wholly, entirely. 

ative, rlouat, extov, rérwKa, drink. 

ciordw, 7oopat, eowrnoa, etc., 
be silent, keep still. 

Tharhw, spare, eapydAa, eopar- 
ka, €oparpat, eopdrny, trip up ; 
 pass., reel, stagger. 

happaxov, 70, drug. 


465. THE SONG OF THE SWALLOW 


dv-olyvipt (ofyw), -oifw, -éwfa (or 
nv-orga), -Ewxa and éwya, -ewy- 
pat OY -Gypol, -edxOnv, impf. 
éwyov, undo, open. 

drr-w0éw, -wow, -ewoa, thrust away ; 
refuse, reject. 

yarrhp, tpds, 7, belly; declined 
like rarno. 

Séractpov, 7d, dim. of dézas, cup, 
goblet. 

€or, for eiow, adv., within ; ; tn the 
house. 


K40-npat, impf. exabnuny, be seated, 
sit. 

kdvuotpov, 70, dim. of kavody, 
basket. 

AexOira, for AexiOitys, 6, pulse- 
bread. 

AevKds, H, ov, Adj., white. 

vGtov, TO, OF vOTos, 6; pl. vara, 
ra, back. 

otkos, 6, house, home. 

madd0a, for raAaOn, 4, cake of pre- 
served fruit. 


SPECIAL VOCABULARIES 237 


~ 


mtwv, wiov, adj., gen. mlovos, fat;  mbpvov, To, wheaten bread. 

rich, wealthy. tovmépbupov, by crasis for rd izép- 
aétepa, interrog. particle corre- Oupov, lintel (Ovpa). 

sponding to Lat. utrum. _ tupds, 6, cheese. 
mpo-Kukhéo, How, roll forth. XEA8av, dvos, 7, swallow. 

483. AN EPIGRAM OF LUCILLIUS 
"Atéys, for “Avdys, ov, 6, Hades, éraipos, 6, companion, friend. 

god of the lower world. inthp, for iaryp = iatpds, 6, phy- 
akdAovGos, ov, adj., following, that sician, surgeon. 
. follows. ipSipos (7), ov, adj., stalwart, stout, 
GAyos, ous, TO, woe, grief. _ mighty. 


ypapparikss, 7, Ov, adj., knowing _—pfivis, tos, 4, wrath, anger. 
one’s letters (ypappata); Td, jpo-raarrw, Ww, -iaa, send ahead ; 


letters, literature. send before one’s time. 
ros, ous, TO, word ; line, verse. Wx}, 7, soul. 

484. THE BATTLE OF CUNAXA 

1 

dv-éxw, hold up; mid., stand firm yovxy, adv., quietly, in silence. 

against, endure. Katabavis, €s, adj., in plain sight. 
dfwv, ovos, 6, axle. kovioptés, 6 (Kdvis, dust, opvupt, 
dtro-telvw, stretch out, extend. stir up), cloud of dust. 
Brérw, BAepouat, €Bre~a, look ; Kpavyf, 7, shouting, uproar. 

face, point. AevkoOdpat, axos, adj., in white 
Bpadéws, adv., slowly, leisurely. breastplate. 


yeppodédpos, 6 (yéppov, wicker shield ASyxn, 7, spearhead, spear, lance. 
covered with ox-hide), one armed _ veéXn, 77, cloud. 


with a wicker shield. EvAwvos, 7, ov, adj., made of wood, 
Se(An, 7, afternoon. wooden. 
Sta-Kérrtw, cut through, cut to pieces. TAGyLOS, a, ov, adj., sideways; 
Sidpos, 6, body (of a war chariot), eis tAaytov, obliquely. 

seat. modnpys, €s, adj., reaching to the 
Sperravynpédpos, ov, adj., scythe-bear- feet. 

ing. Taxa, adv., quickly, soon, presently. 
Spéravov, To, scythe. WetSo, ow, eYevoa, eWevopat, 


yvixa, adv., when. ewetoOnv, deceive. 


238 


atro-Brérw, look away at; look in- 
tently, gaze. . 

atro-omdw, draw off, withdraw. 

éxarépw0ev, adv., from both direc- 
tions, on both sides. 

éxatépwoe, adv., in both directions. 

OdpuBos, 6, noise. 

lepds, a, ov, adj., sacred; neuter 
pl. as noun, sacrifices, omens. 

KaTa-Qedopar, aoouot, look down 
upon, SUTveY. 

KuKh6w, Wow, encircle, surround. 


dvtlos, a, ov, adj., opposite; w. iévat, 
go to meet. 

8-€xo, hold apart; be apart. 

Sourréw, Edovarnoa, make a din, strike 

heavily. 

éx-kAtva, bend out, give way. 

vor, al, a, adj., some. 

é€-dyw, lead out ; lead, induce. 

e-tvéopar, -ifopal, -LKOUNY, ~vypat, 
reach, hit the mark. 

eEw, adv., outside of, beyond. 


"Aprararns, ov, 6, Artapates. 
Bratws, adv., hard, violently. 
ép-Badrro, attack, assault. - 

é€axrox tron, at, a, adj., siz thousand. 
ém-Kaparre, -w, bend towards, wheel. 
evvowa, 7, good will, affection. 


THE FIRST GREEK BOOK » 


pérer, wednoet, EueAdyoe, pEeneAnke, 
imperts., it is a care, it concerns. 

Opadas, adv., evenly, in even step. 

map-eAavve, ride along. 

mpd-ept, go ahead, advance. 

cuv-avTdw, cvv-yvTyca, meet with, 
meet. 

oivOnpa, atos, Td, thing agreed 
upon, watchword. 

ovv-rarre, draw up, mid. form 
into line. 

ceThp, Nps, 6, savior, preserver. 

um-ehatve, ride up to. 


Géw, Gevoouat, run, charge. 
Kevds, 7, Ov, adj., empty, vacant. 
Kpatos, ous, Td, strength; Kata 
Kpatos, with all one’s might. 
mavavitw, éraavica (7aLav, paean), 
sing the paean or war song. 
mpoo-Kuvéw, yow, bow down to, 
salute. 

ov-omELpaonar,  TVV-ETTE:pA pal, 
cvuv-eorrerpabnv, be formed in 
close order. 


Kata-1ndSdw, yow, leap down. 
Ketpar, Keccouat, lie, lie dead. 
KUkAwols, Ews, 9, encircling; ws «is 
. . 
KukAwotr, as Uf to encircle. 
omurbev, adv., behind, in the rear. 
opPadrpds, 6, eye. 


SPECIAL VOCABULARIES 


mepi-ntwre, fall on to protect, throw 
the arms about, embrace. 

morétns, yTos, 7, faithfulness, 
fidelity. 

wAHY, prep.W. gen., except, save. 


485. THE PEACE OF 


"AOfjvate, adv., to Athens. 

Atytvn, 7, Aegina. 

"AvradkiSas, ov(a), 6, Antalcidas. 

amortéo, Yow, nrioTnKa (GmLoTOS, 
faithless), distrust. 

"Apyetou, of, Argives. 

av, adv., on the other hand. 

elpfvn, 7, peace. 

Kat-dyw, lead down; bring into 
port, land. 

kato-tA<ew, sail down; 
port. 

kata-rokepéw, fight down; com- 
pletely crush. 


sail into 


dva-yryvaoko, know well; read. 

apxatos, a, ov, adj., from the begin- 
ning; as adv., Td apyatov, of 
old, formerly. 

atrovépos, ov, adj., self-governed, 
independent. 

‘EAAnvis, idos, fem. of “EAA, 
Greek. | 

Kata-répmrw, send down or out. 

Knafopevar, ai, Clazomenae. 

Kirpos, 7, Cyprus. 


239 


oKyntrodxos, 6 (oKymTov, wand ; 
€xw), marshal, chamberlain. 

otépvov, TO, breast. 

otidos, ous, TO, crowd, compact 
mass. 


ANTALCIDAS 


Képivbos, 7, Corinth. 

Ayers, ov, 6, pirate, rover. 

phy, adv., without doubt; 
rate. 

oySofKovra, adj., eighty. 

map-éxo, hold near ; furnish, cause, 
give. 

TIévros, 6, the Pontus, or Black 
Sea. 

sperepor, adv., formerly. 

dpovpa, 7, garrison ; w. paiva, call 
out a levy. 

XaAerds, adv. , severely ; w. hépw, be 
displeased. Lat. moleste fero. 


at any 


viicos, 7, island. : 

Sérepos, a, ov, adj., which (of 
two) ; whoever, those who. 

tmapa-ylyvopar, be present, assemble, 
report. 

mety, adv., on foot, by land. 

onpatov, 70, seal. 

cuv-épxopar, come together, as- 
semble. 

TiptBatos, 6, Tiribazus. 

vr-akote, listen to, comply with, 


a. Se 


240 STHE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


dkidw, wow (dios), deem worthy ; 


demand, claim as one’s right. 


aras,. dm .G aay, adj., all. 


Boww*tar4 “Bocotih. ar ny 


Bowrot, oi, Boeotians. 

ypappa, atos, TO, thing written, let- 
ter, proclamation. 

elo-€pxopar, go into, enter. 

ExoovSos, ov, adj. (ozovdy), out 
of the treaty, excluded from the 
treaty. 


AOfvynor, adv., at Athens. Cf. 
"AOnvage, 5. 
&pdsrepos, a, ov, adj., each, both. 
S.a-Ave, unloose ; disband, break up. 
éx-répr@, send out or away. 
éx-épw, bear out; w. mdA€epor, de- 
clare, begin. 
éu-pévw, remain in, remain true to. 
€€-Epxopar, go from, depart. 
KaSaiperts, ews, 7, taking down, 
destruction. 


avtippétras, adv., so as to counter- 
balance. 

avtrovopta, 7, freedom, independ- 
ence. 

Boworis, dos, 7, adj., Boeotian. 

érixddijs, és, adj., glorious, success- 


ful. 


i MAL 


éu-reS60, Wow, fiz in (the earth), 
establish, ratify. 


tee? OF proclaim, announce. 
emigre, send to; enjoin, com- 


"mand, iMedct. 


| €dpopos,. 6, ephor. 


€xOpa, 4, enmity, hostility. 

ampéa-Bus, ews, 6, elder; ambassador, 
envoy. 

odeis, chav, chic, sas, pron., 
themselves. 

Teyéa, 7, Tegea. 


Kata-Séxopar, receive back, take 
home again. 

Koptv@.01, ot, Corinthians. 

peraitios, ov, adj., being parily the 
cause, sharing in. 

vauTiKds, 7), Ov, adj.,naval ; Ww. orpa- 
Tevpa, fleet. 

metikds, 7, Ov, adj., on foot; w. 
orparevpa, land force. 

mpo-ettrov, say before, proclaim. 

ohayedis, ews, 6, murderer. 


Oo-Tep, n-7TEp, O-TEp, pron., the very 
one which, just what. 

mada, adv., long ago, long before. 

wpoo-AapBave, take in addition. 

Tporrarns, ov, 6, leader, champion. 

odetepitw, ow or Sw, make one’s 
own, usurp, annex. 


SPECIAL VOCABULARIES 


486. 


Grats, atdos, 6, 7, adj., childless. 
Derivation? 

appv, evos, adj., male. 

érr-dpxa, rule, command. 

éx@erros, y, ov, adj., superl. of 
€xOpds, hostile, unfriendly. 

Oepaela, 7, service ; suite, retinue. 

iemdés, 7, ov, adj., cavalry, of 
horsemen. ‘ 

tarmos, 7, cavalry. 

loxupés, a, ov, adj., strong. 

kata-Kalw, burn up, destroy. 

fvrrév, to, polished staff; lance, 
spear. 


aixph, 7, spear-point; spear. 

duaprave, apapTycoual, 7yap- 
TOV; NMAPT HKG, NydpTnwal,Tpap- 
tHOnv, miss, fail to hit. 

dvidw, dow, yviaca, etc., grieve, 
ver. 

dv-tnpt, permit, allow. 

avécros, ov, adj., unholy, impious. 

dpa, adv., doubtless. 

apxros, 7, bear. 

avis, adv., again, a second time. 

yapérns, ov, 6, husband. 

Sf0ev, adv., stronger form of dy, 
truly, in very truth. 

Sls, adv., twice. 

éxarepdxis, adv. (€xdrepos), at each 
time. 

éeEfjs, adv., in succession. 

FIRST GR. BK. — 16 


241 


GOBRYAS BEFORE CYRUS 


mapa-AapBavw, take away, receive ; 
opp. of zapa-didwp. 

twperBiryns, ov, 6, ambassador, = 
mpeo Bus. 

mpoo-rinrre, throw one’s self before, 
fall (as a suppliant). 

tipwpds, dv, adj., upholding honor ; 
as noun, 6, avenger. 

TpLaKdoot, al, a, adj., three hun- 
dred; in sing. w. collective 
noun, (mrzos. 

dmnpérns, ov, 6, attendant, servant. 

xtAtor, at, a, adj., one thousand ; 
in sing. w. collective noun. 


Savpacrds, 7, dv, adj. (Gavyalw), 
wonderful, remarkable. 

Oh, Onpds, 6, wild beast. 

Onpa, 7, hunting, chase. 

Onpde, dow, hunt. 

Kata-Baéddw, throw to the ground, 
bring down. 

kat-epydfopat, dcopat,-eipyacapny, 
-eipyaopat, make an end of, kill. 

kat-éxo, kab-e£w and xata-cxyow, 
Kat-€axov, hold down ; restrain, 
control, check. 

kat-icxo = Kat-éxa. 

opelro, dherdjow, wpeiAnoa, wpei- 
Anka, wpetrnOnv, 2 a. wpedov, 
owe ; 2 a., in a wish, OA that. 

mapa-kahéw, call to one’s side, sum- 
mon. 


1949 


Tapa-Tuyxave, happen near, pre- 
sent one’s self. 

okértos, 6, darkness. ‘See note. 

_ovv-Onpae, hunt with. 

rlOnpr = zrovew. 


dyarntés, 7, dv, Verbal adj. (dya- 
maw), beloved. 
apti, adv., just, but now. 
Biorevo, ow, live. 
yeveaoko, grow a beard, rise into 
_ .manhood. | 
Yfipas, ws, To, old age. 
St-dyo, drag out, spend. 
Sid-Kerpar, be in a certain state or 
plight. 
evvovs, ovv, adj., well-disposed, 
Sriendly ; w. yevéoOat, be recon- 
ciled. 
Qdrrw, Odww, oa, reOappar, 
erapny, bury. 
Kayo, by crasis for kal éyo. 
Kata-Kalvw, -Kav@, -€kavov = KaTa- 
kteivo, kill, slay. 
peTa-péopar, yoouat, -eweAnOny, 
feel repentance, regret. 


aloxwve, aicyuva, yoxvva, HoXUv- 
Onv, disgrace ; pass., be ashamed, 
JSeel shame before. 

dv-nBaw, 7ow, become young again. 

Séxopar, SeLouor, edeEdunv, dedey- 
pat, €d€xXOnv, receive. 

ivmep, Strengthened for jv (ear), 
uf indeed. 


12 


13 


THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


dvos, 6, ill-will, envy, jealousy. 
dpovéw, now, think; w. péya, be 
elated. 


bux 7h, q life. 


vupdlos, 6, bridegroom. 

Evpdopa, 4, misfortune. 

mévOos, ous, TO, grief, sadness, sor- 
row. 

Tepi-hkw, come round to one, fall 
to. 

moemore, AdV., ever yet. 

cvv-dxPopar, -axOyjcouat, -nxOe- 
aOnv, grieve with. 


-ovv-orKtifw, 1, have compassion 


on. 
Tadas, ava, av (like péAas), adj., 

wretched. Cf. 214, a. 
TyAtKodTos, avr, ovTov, adj., of 

such an age. See note. 
haiipas, adv., joyously, cheerfully. 
pirtkés, 7, ov, adj., friendly ; as 

noun, ta, marks of friendship. 
hovets, ews, 6, murderer. 


qvmep, from oo7ep. 

ixérys, ov, 6, suppliant. 

Orormep, yep, ovTep, adj., as 
much as. 

Tipwpéw, now, avenge. 

tipwpla, 7, vengeance. 


SPECIAL VOCABULARIES 243 


arr-olow, from 

dtro-pépw, pay (what is due). 

aiAlfopat, yiAioduny, nidrAtcOnv 
(avAn, court-yard), pass the 
night, lodge. 

avptov, adv., to-morrow. 

yapos, 6, marriage. 

youw, yrouat, éyonoa, weep, lament. 

Sefta, 7, right hand (as pledge). 

érr-Epopar, -epncopuat, -npopnv, ask 
besides. 

ixeredo, ow, ikérevoa (ixerys), beg, 
implore. 


paptus, upos, 6, 7, witness. 

oro, adv., whither, where. 

map0evos, 7, girl, maiden. 

méa0s, 7, ov, adj., how great? how 
long ? 

tmpwt, adv. early in the day, early. 

tpépw, Opeww, eOpela, rérpoda, 
TOpappo., erpépOnv and érpa- 
pny, rear, bring up. 

@pnv, from olopor (olpac), think. 

apatos, a, ov, adj., seasonable ; of 
suitable age. 

aratitws, adv., just so. 


487. : THE CHOICE OF HERACLES 


alSds, ovs, 7, sense of shame; mod- 
esty. 

Gva-meravvup. (-7EeTAw), -rEeTATw, 
spread ; open wide. 

drakdstns, THTOS, 7, softness, tender- 
ness. 

atoptw, now, be in doubt, be at a 
loss. 

Gperh, 7, virtue. 

avtrokpatwp, opos, 6, 7, one’s own 
master. 

Blos, 6, life, manner. 

Sta-Adprw, Ww, shine through, be 
seen. 

éXevBépros, ov, adj., frank, open. 

émi-oKotréw, -7KEPoUa, -eoKeWapny, 
-€oxeupat, look at, observe. . 

épudpds, a, dv, adj., red, rosy. 

eimperts, és, adj., well-looking ; 
comely, fair, graceful. 


7Bn, 7, manhood. 

“HpaxAfjs, ous, 6, Heracles, Her- 
cules. 

yorvxta, 7, stillness ; solitude, lone- 
ly place. 

Sapa, adv. (aya), often, frequently. 

Gedopar, acouat, Geacduny, tebe 
apat, gaze at, observe. 

kabapérys, TyTOS, 7; 
purity. 

Kakla, 7 (KaKds), vice. 

Kadrwmite, (cw (wy, face), make 
the face beautiful, adorn, beau- 
tify. 

KaTa-cKoTréw, View, examine, observe 
closely. 

Koopéw, now, adorn, equip, endow. 

véos, a, ov, adj., young; ot veot, the 
young. 

Sppa, aros, Td, eye. 


cleanness, 


244 


dp0ds, 7, dv, adj., straight. 
modvoeapkla, 7, plumpness. 
TIpd8uos, 6, Prodicus. 
oKia, 7, shadow. 


dyevoros, ov, adj. (yevouar), with- 
out taste of. 

atrevpos, ov, adj., without trial of, 
unacquainted with. 

drovorara, adv.,superl. of dzrovws, 
with the least trouble. 

drrw, abo, nwa, nupot, fasten; 
mid., touch. 

Sia-Bidw, woouat, 2d aor. -eBiwv, 
live through; spend one’s whole 


life. 


St-erpr, be through ; pass the time, live. 


&ovela, 7 (€Searr), power, liberty. 
épydtopor, dcouatl, cipyacapny, €ip- 
yaopat, labor, gain by labor. 
Kepdalve, av®, éxepdava (Képdos, 
gain), gain, derive profit or 
advantage. 

parakds, adv., softly. 

Sohpalvopar, doppyncoua, wrdpd- 
penv, smell. 

mavTaxdbev, adv. (as), from all 
quarters, 1.e. from any source. 

tAnoiairepov, adv., compar. of 
mAnoiov, near. 

motos, a, ov, adj., of what sort? what? 


GAHVera, 7, truth. Cf. dAnOys, aAn- 
Gevw. 

yevviravres, of (aor. partic. of 
yevvaw), parents, 


16 


17 


THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


oX Apa, aTos, TO (cxElv, €xw), form, 
Jigure, carriage, demeanor. 


“XpSpa, aros, 70, skin, complexion. 


‘dpa, 7, youth, beauty. 


movéw, now, toil, labor, suffer. 

mopi{w, wo, émdpica, etc., carry; 
mid., procure, provide. 

mords, 7, ov, adj., fit for drinking ; 
as noun, Td, drink. / 

mpoo-Tpéxw, TUN up to. 

pnetcav, aor. pass. partic. of 
€l7rov. 

gitlov, Td (ciTos), grain; food, 
meat. 


omdavis, ews, 7, scarcity, dearth, 


lack. 

Taraitopéw, now, suffer. 

Teptrvds, 7, Ov, adj. (rép7w), delight- 
ful; as noun, ra, delighis, 
pleasures. 

réptra, Ww, erepwa, erepPOnv, sat- 
isfy, delight, gladden. 

tpétos, 6 (Tpérw) turn; manner, 
way. 

drowpla, 7, suspicion. 

povtite, 1, éppdvTica, meppov- 
Tika, think, consider, take thought. 

Xapllopar, rodpor, Kexaplopau, €Xa- 
picOnv (xapts), gratify, make 
agreeable. 


Stampers, €s, adj., illustrious, dis- 
tinguished. 

Sia-TiOnur, arrange, dispose, ap- 
point. 


SPECIAL VOCABULARIES 


Su-nyéopar, set out in detail, de- 
seribe in full. 

eivia, fem. of cidws, from ofda. 

rite, wo, yATica, YAmiKa, HATI- 
anv, have hopes, expect. 

evtipos, ov, adj. (riun), in honor, 
honorable. 

é€-arratdw, now, thoroughly deceive. 

émipédera, 77 (€mipedopar), care. 

épyarns, ov, 6, worker, doer. 


dyardw, 7ow, 7ydrnTa, HydrnKa, 
treat with affection, love. Cf. 
dyarnr os. 

doKéo, ow, noKyOA, 
fashion ; practice. 

aitdve, avénow, yvénoa, etc., in- 
crease; pass., grow, become 
stronger. 

apBovos, ov, adj., without envy; 
in plenty, abundant. 

Béoknpa, aros, Td, that which is 
fed; pl. cattle, herds. 

yupvate, dow, (yupvos), train 
naked ; train, exercise. 

€0iLw, 1, eiOica, etc. (€Bos, custom), 
accustom, use. 


»¥ 
YOKNHKG, 


dva-pévo, wait for. 

Bpaxids, eta, v, adj., short. 

ép-rlprdype (arlrdnpe), jill (quite 
full). 

év-voéw, now, have in mind ; under- 
stand, see. 

érOupla, 7, desire, appetite. 

ethpocivn, 7, cheerfulness. 


18 


19 


245 


EHvSatpovia, 7 (evdaiuwv), Happi- 
ness. 

1Sovq, 7 (Soma), pleasure. 

picéw, now, hate. 

mpootutov, To, introduction ; prom- 
ise. 

wepves, 7, ov, adj., noble, fine. 


oddpa, adv., extremely, very. 


vio-Kopifopat, icouat, talk child’s 
talk ; nickname. 


&evdepdw, dow (€Aev’Oepos), free, 
- set free. 

evepyetéw, now, (evepyerns, bene- 
factor), do good services or 
show kindness, to. 

Separretw, evow (Oepamwy, servant), 
be an attendant; take care of, 
cultivate. 

iSpas, wros, 6, sweat. 

Trews, wv, adj., propitious. 

Kapirés, 6, fruit. 

mAoutitw, ud (aAovtos, riches), 
make wealthy, enrich. 

réxyn, 7), art. 

Xetpsw, wow (xelp), bring into the 
hand; mid., overpower, subdue. 


{ntéo, now, elytnoa, éfytyKa, 
seek, hunt for. 

Gépos, ovs, TO, summer. 

Ka0-vtvde, wow, fall asleep. 

KAtvy, 7 (KAtvw), couch, bed. 

parakds, 7, ov, adj., soft. - 

dporrods, 6 (zroLéw), one who cooks 
meat; cook. 


246 


mewvaw, now, éreivyoo and érei- 
vaca, TereivynKa, be hungry. 

mepi-0éw, Oevoouar, run about. 

mohuTedns, €s, adj. (TéAos, ex- 
pense), very costly, expensive. 

otpwopvh, 4, bed (spread on the 
ground). 


&Sivaros, ov, adj., unable; impo- 
tent, weak. 

&Odvaros, ov, adj., undying, immor- 
tal. 

&Oéaros, ov, adj., not seeing; never 
having seen, unacquainted with. 

dKxovrpa, aros, TO (dkovw), thing 
heard, sound. 

aviKoos, ov, adj., without hearing ; 
never having heard, ignorant. 

avéntos, ov; adj., not intelligent ; 
foolish, weak, impotent. 

améves, adv., without labor. 

atro-ptrrw, cast forth, banish. 

Gro-TlOnu, put away, store up. 

adxpunpds, a, ov, adj., dry; wretched, 
miserable. . 

Bapive, vv, éBapvva, €BapivOny, 
(Bapis), weigh down, oppress. 


Gyad\Xo, ayadrdO, nynda, glorify; 
pass., take delight. 


Gpox8os, ov, adj., free from toil ; 


not tired, idle. 
avOpamivos, 7, ov, adj. (avOpwzos), 
of men, human. 
Garéhavots, ews, 7, enjoyment. 
dtro-Aeltrw, leave behind ; lose. 


20 


21 


THE FIRST GREEK BOOK | 


tAHpev, ovos, 6, 7, adj., wretched, 
miserable. 

Yarvos, 6, sleep, slumber. 

imdéPalpov, To, something put under; 
rocker. 

tro-LapBdave, take up; interrupt. 

dayys, see eobiw. 


Sia-Spapdvres, 2d aor. partic. of 
dua-Tpéxw, run through. 

€ratvos, 6, approval, praise, com- 
mendation. : 

ér-apkéw, €ow, -ypkeca, ward off ; 
assist, help. 

émumréves, adv., with toil, labori- 

_ ously. 

Oana, aros, To (Oedoua), that 
which is seen, sight. 

Biacos, 6, band of revellers (often 
of Bacchic reveilers). 

Aurapés, a, dv, adj., sleek; easy, 
comfortable, rich. 

vedtns, TyTOS, 9 (véos), youth. 

mepdw, Gow, €répaca, TEemrepaka, 
pass or go through. 

Tohpaw, yow, TeTOAUnKa, under- 
take, venture, dare. 


amrpaypev, ov, adj. (rpayya), free 


Jrom care; not troubled, unmo- ~ 
lested. 


dripos, ov, adj., unhonored, in dis- 


honor. 


Gx Popar, dxPeconar and axbecOn- 


copa, nx0écOnv, be weighed 
down, vexed, annoyed. 


SPECIAL VOCABULARIES 247 


BéBaros, a, ov, adj. (Baivw), firm, 
steadfast, constant. 
yepatrepos, compar. of yepatos, a, 
ov, adj. (yépwr), old. 

S.a-trovéw, work out, perform. 

QGAAw, GarAG, EOyrAa, TéOyAa, 2d 
aor. €GaXrov, bloom, flourish. 

Getos, a, ov, adj. (Geos), of the 
gods, divine. 

Kowvwvds, 6, 7 (Kolvds, common), 
companion, partner. 

Anon, 7 (AavOavw), forgetting, ob- 
livion. 

pakapiorés, 7, ov, adj., deemed 
happy ; enviable, glorious. 

peO-inur, Jet go (for something 
else), neglect. 

pvipy, 7, remembrance, memory. 

olkérys, 6 (oikéw), house servant. 

mahatss, d, ov, adj. (ardAa, long 
ago), former, early. 


mapacratis, Loos, 7, helper, assist- 
ant. : 

mépo, 2d aor. éxopov, érpwpat, 
give ; pass., be fated or destined. 

mpadgis, ews, } (mpattw), doing; 
deed, act. 

™mpoo-Hkw, come to; impers., it 
belongs, concerns. 

ocvdAqrrpia, 7, partner, helper. 

cuvepyés, 6, fellow-workman, assist- 
ant, helpmate. 

téXos, ous, TO, fulfilment ; end. 

rexvitns, ov, 6, artisan, workman. 

rokevs, ews, 5, father, parent. 

vpvéo, yow, sing, celebrate with 
songs. 

xalpw, xalpyow, KEexdpyKa, KeE- 
xadpynpat, €xapnv, rejoice, be 
glad. 

xwpls, adv., separately; as prep. 
w. gen., apart from, without. 














GREEK-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


ene 


A 


a&yabds, 7, dv, good, brave, excellent. 

ayyé\Aw (ayyedA-), ayyeAa, fryyeda, 
Hyyeana, hryyeAuat, jyyedeny, bring 

a message, announce. 

ayyeAos, 6, messenger, envoy. 

"Aynotraos, 6, Agesilaus, a king of 
Sparta. 

ayopa, as, assembly, market-place, 
market. (ayelpw, collect.) 

G&yopetdw (ayopev-), ayopetow, etc., 
harangue, speak. 

&yptos, a, ov, wild. 

ayo (ay-), dkw, Hyayor, ixa, Fymar, 
nxOnv, drive, lead, bring. 

G&yav, avos, 6, contest, games. 
Gyovifopa. (aywvid-), 
Ryovoduny, Ayovicpat, contend. 

&SeAhss, 6, VOC. &eAge, brother. 

G&Stkéw (Gdixe-), Gdixjow, etc., be un- 
just, do wrong, harm. 

ael, adv., always. 

"AOfvar, av, Athens. 

"ASnvaios, 6, an Athenian. 

GBpol{w (d0pad-), aPpoicw, HOpoica, 
HOpoKa, HOportpce, HOpolaOny, collect; 
mid. intrans., muster. 

GQ0vpéw (a0vuc-), aBduhow, etc., be 
discouraged. 


Gywviodmat, 





G&OvpOS, ov, without heart, depressed. 

Atyimrvos, a, ov, Egyptian. 

aipéw (aipe-, EA-), aiphow, eidov, Hpnka, 
Hpnuat, npeOnv, take, seize; mid., 
choose. 

alcbavopat (aicd-), aicPjcoua, jo0d- 
unr, noOnua, perceive, learn. 

aloyxpés, a, dv, shameful, base. 

aloxive (aicxuv-), aicxuva, joxiva, 
nao xvvOny, shame; pass., be ashamed. 

aitéw (aire-), aithow, etc., ask for, 
demand. 

aixpddwtos, ov, captured, taken in 
war. 

a&kovtife (dxorvTi5-), akovTd, HKdvTica, 
hurl the javelin, hit. 

G&kovw (dKov-), hKovea, 
axhKoa, nKovcOnv, hear, listen to. 

akwv, akovoa, Gkov (for déxwyv), un- 

_ willing ; Kipov dxovtos, against 
Cyrus’ will. 

GAnPebw (GAnIev-) GANIevoew, HANGevoea, 
speak the truth. 

GAnOAs, és, true. 

GAickopat (GA-, GAo-), aAdcoua, 
édAwy OF HAwy, éfAwKka OY HAwKa, 
be captured, used as pass. to aipéw. 

GAA, Conj., otherwise, but, still. 

GAAHA@v, reciprocal pron., of one 
another. 


a&Kovoouat, 


249 


250 


GAAos, 7, 0, other, another ; 6 wAdros, 
the rest of. 
apa, adv., at the same time, together ; 
dua TH hepa, at daybreak. 
dpata, ns, wagon, generally, one of 
four wheels, for baggage. 
Gpetvov, ov, comp. Of ayabds, better, 
braver. 
G&pive (duvy-), auvyd, Huiva, ward 
off; mid. defend one’s self. 
dpi, prep., on both sides of, about, 
used with acc. and very rarely 
_ with gen. 
av, particle, used with the optative 
_in the apodosis of a less vivid 
future condition ; in the apodosis 
of a condition contrary to fact 
with a secondary tense of the in- 
dicative; also with relative and 
temporal particles when they are 
followed by the subjunctive, and 
with ef forming édy, dv, or 4y, 
in the protasis of a vivid future 
condition scsongikaiies a subjunc- 
tive. | 
av, contracted form of éav. 
ava, prep. w. acc., up, over, by; ava 
_Kparos, at full speed. 
d&va-Baive, -Bhoouat, -éBnv; -BéBnka, 
-BéBauat, -eBdOnv, go. up, march 
up or inland, mount. 
dvaykdtw (dvayKad-), dvayndow, qvdy- 
Kaca, hvdyKaka, jvdyKacuat, jvary- 
KdaOnv, force, compel. 
avdyKn, ns, force, necessity ; avdeyien 
earl, it is necessary. 
G&va-xwpéwm (xwpe-),.-xwphow, etc., 
move back, retire. . 
avSparobov, rd, slave, especially one 





THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


taken in war and made the slave 
of the conqueror. 

a&vev, improper prep. w. gen., with- 
out. 

Gvfqp, avdpds, 6, man, opposed to 
woman or child, Lat. vir; ef. 
&vOpwros ; dvipes orpatri@rai, fellow- 
soldiers. 

avOpwrros, 6, 7, human being, op- 
posed to a higher or lower order 
of beings; also used contemptu- 
ously. Lat. homo. 

dv-lornpt (ora-), ava-cThow, av-éo- 
Thoa and av-€orny, -€oTnka, -€oTamat, 
-eaTrdény, rouse up; mid. w. perf. 
and 2d aor. act., stand up, rise. 

avri, prep. w. gen., instead of, for, 
tn return for. 

avo, adv., above, up. Comp. dyw-- 
tépw, superl. dvwrdtw. 

avobev, adv., from above. 

Gatos, a, ov, worthy of, pain 1oA- 
Aod &kios, valuable. 

dgtorrparnyos, ov, worthy of being 
general. 

Gmr-ayyéAAw, -ayyeA@, -hryyetda, -7y- 
yeAKa, -hyyeduat, -nyyeAOnr, bring 
back word, report. Lat. renuntio. 

Gr-dyw, -diw, -nyayov, -iixa, ~Fymat, 
Axonv, lead off, lead back. 

Grr-eupe (i-), go off, depart, return. 

Gm-ehavvw (éAa-), -eA@ OF -eAdow, 
~hrdaga, -eAnAaKa, -EAAGUAL, ~NAGOnY, — 
drive away ; ride back. 

Gar-épxopat (épx-, €AvO-, €AO-), -eAed- - 
couat, -7AGov, -eANAvOa, go itd 
depart, return. 

Gar-éxw (vex-), ap-efw OF aro-cxIow, 

| ar-€rxov, -Eoxnka, -eoxnMal, -eoxe- 


GREEK—ENGLISH VOCABULARY 251 


Onv, keep away, be distant, keep 
away from; mid., abstain from. 
amAsdos, dn, dov, contr. amAods, 7, ovr, 

simple, frank. 

a6, prep. w. gen., from, away from. 
amd immov, on horseback. 

Gtro-Seixvupt (Secx-), -deltw, -eSerta, 
-béderxa, -5ederyuat,-edelxOnv, point 
out, make known; mid. w. yva- 
unv, declare one’s views. 

Gro-Si8packe  (dpa-), -dpdcoua, 
-€5pav, -dédpana, run away, escape 
by stealth. 

Gtro-SiSwpr (50-), -ddow, -édwka and 
-S0Tov, -5é5wKa, -5édoua, -€5d0nv, 
give back, restore; xdpw amo- 
d:5dvar, to return a@ favor. 

Sf Gro-OvacKe (Oav-, Ova-), -Pavotuar, 
-€Gavov, -réOvnxa, 2d perf. -ré6vaa, 
die, be killed. 

Gtro-Kptvopar (Kpiy-), -Kpivoduat, -expi- 
van, -Kéxpimuat, answer. 

Gtro-ktelvw (KTEv-, KTa-), -KTEVO, 
-éxrewa and -éxtavov, -é€xtova, kill, 
put to death. 4dmo-@vjcKw is used 
as passive of this verb. 

G&ar-sAAT pt (GA-), -oAG, -dAeoa, -0Aw- 
Aexa, 2d perf. -dAwAa, 2d aor. mid. 
-wrdunv, destroy, lose; mid. w. 
2d perf. act., perish, be ruined. 

"ArddXov, wvos, 6, Apollo. 

Grro-Tréprre (meine): -réuibw, -émeupa, 
-rémoupa, -méweumat, -ereupOny, 
send back, dismiss. 

amopia, as, lack of ways, difficulty, 
want. 

Gtro-répvw (Teu-, TuEe-), -TEUw, -ETE- 
mov, -TéTUNKa, -TETUNMOL, -ETUNONY, 
cut off. 





dpa, interrogative particle; dpa ob 
is used when an affirmative an- 
swer is expected ; apa un, when a 
negative answer is expected. Cf. 
Lat. nonne and num. 

Gpyvpeos, a, ov, contr. apyupois, a, 
ovv, of silver, silver. 

a&pyvptov, 7d, silver, money. 

apeth, Hs, virtue, valor. 

*Apiatos, 6, Ariaeus, lieutenant- 
general of Cyrus. 

apiordw (dpicta-), dpicthow, etc., 
take breakfast. - 

Gpiorepés, ad, dv, left; ev dpiorepa 
(xerpt), on the left. 

apioros, 7, ov, superl. of ayabds, 
bravest, noblest. 

*Apkds, ddos, 6, an Arcadian. 

appa, atos, 76, chariot, either for 
war or for racing. 

appapata, ns, closed carriage, for 
women and children. 

"Appévios, 6, an Armenian. 

aptate (aprad-), aprdcw, Hpraca, 
fpraxa, ipracuat, npwacOny, snatch, 
seize, plunder. 

"Apratéptns, ov, Artaxerxes, a king 
of Persia. 

aptos, 6, loaf of bread, generally of — 
wheat. . 

apxt, is, beginning, rule, province, 
kingdom. 

Gpxw (apx-), aptw, Fpta, Fpyua, iip-- 
xonv, begin, be first, rule. 

apxev, ovtos, 4, aris of | ‘tpxw, 
leader, ruler. . 

*Acia, as, -Asia. 

dorms, l50s, 4, shield, oval or round. © 


202 


"Aotvayns, ovs, 6, Astyages, grand- 
father of Cyrus the Elder. 

dopadns, és, safe, secure; daoparé- 

_OTEpOS, ATpadrETTATOS. 

Gtipdte (atinad-), atiudow, jTimaca, 
Arivaka, Attwacwat, ATiudaOny, dis- 
honor. 

aités, 7, 6, pron., self, intensive ; 
6 abrds, the same; in the oblique 
cases as pers. pron., him, her, it. 

avrod, adv., in the very place, here. 

&d-atpéw (aipe-, EA-), -auphow, -e7Aor, 
-tpnka, -pnua, -npeOnv, take hel ; 
mid., vob. 

btn (é-), -how, -Axa and -e7ror, 
-eika, -ezuat, -elOnv, send away, let 
go, set free. 

G&d-tkvéopar (ix-), -fEouat, -induny, 
~Typat, arrive at, reach. 

ap-lornpe. (ora-), aro-oThow, an- 
éstynoa and am-éorny, ad-éornka, 
ap-€orapat, amr-eotddny, separate, 
make one revolt; intrans. mid. 
and 2d aor. and perf. act., revolt, 
withdraw. 


B 


Bad\Aw (Bad-, BAa-), Badr@, eBadror, 
BéBAnna, BEBAnuat, EBAHInY, throw, 
hit. 

BapBapikds, 7, dv, not Greek, Sor- 
eign, barbarian. 

BapBapos, ov; not Greek, foreign; 
of BdpBapu, the barbarians, espe- 
cially applied to Persians. 

Bactrea, as, gueen. 

Bactrets, ws, 6, king; the article 

“is regularly omitted with the word 
when the king of Persia is meant. 





THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


Bactredw  (Bacirev-),  Bacirctiow, 

_ ete., be king. 

BéX\rirros, 7, ov, superl. of ayabds, 
best, bravest. 

BeAttwv, ov, comp. of ayabds, b etier, 
braver. 

BiBAos, 7, book. 

BovAetw (Bovdev-), Bovdretow, etc., 
plan; mid., deliberate. 

BotAopat (Bova-, Bovae-), BovdAtco- 
pat, BeBovAnuc, eBovAnOnv, pass. 
dep., wish, be willing. 

Bots, Bods, 6,-7, 0X, COW. 


a 


r 


yap, postpositive conj., for. 

yé, postpositive particle, emphasiz- 
ing a preceding word, indeed. 

yévos, yévous, 74, race, birth. — 

yépwv, ovtos, 6, old man. 

yetw (yeu-), yevow, eyevoa, yéyevpat, 
give a taste of ; mid., taste. 

yéupa, as, bridge. 

Yi (vé<), ys, earth, land ; nara yp, 
by land. 

ylyvopat (yev-), yevfooua, éyevduny, 
yeyevnua and yéyova, become, be, 
take place. 

yeyvaoke (yvo-), yvdoouat, eyvwy, 
éyvwra, &yvwoua, eyvacbnv, know, 
perceive, think. 

Tratkeov, wos; 6, Glaucon. 

yAukits, cia, v, sweet. 

youn, ns, opinion, judgment, mind. 

yovu, aros, 74, knee. 

ypadw (ypap-), ypdiyw, Sypaya, yé- 
ypapa, yéypaumat, eypapny, write. 

yupvys, ros, 46, light-armed foot- 


GREEK—ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


soldier, including javelin throwers, 
bowmen, and slingers. 

yupvés, f, dv, naked, lightly clad, 
exposed. 

yvuvy, yuvands, 7, woman, wife. 

TeBpias, ov or a, Gobryas. 


A 


Saipwv, ovos, 0, divinity. 

Sdxvw (dax-), Shtouat, edaxov, 5€dny- 
pat, €dnxOnv, bite. 

Saperkds, 6, daric, a gold coin worth 
about $5.40. 

Aapeios, ¢, Darius, king of Persia. 

Sacpds,4; tribute, tax. 

8é, “post-positive conjunction, but, 
and; pév... 3é, on the one hand, 
on the other. 

(SelSw) (di-, Sei-), Seloopar, Edesca, 
dé50:xa and déd:a, fear; the pres. 
is not found in Attic, the perf. has 
the force of the pres. 

Selixvipe (Seix-), delgw, Serta, Sederxa, 
déderyuat, edeixOnv, point out, show. 

SetAds, 4, dv, fearful, cowardly. 

Se.vds, 4, dv, terrible, dread, clever. 

Serrvéw (Sermve-), Seimvjow, édelxvyca, 
SeSelarvnxa, dine. 

Séxa, indecl., ten. Lat. decem. 

Aer ool, dv, ai, Delphi, a city in Pho- 
cis where was the famous shrine 
of Apollo. 

Sévbpov, 7d, tree. 

SeELés, d, dv, right, right-hand side ; 
év deta (xept), on the right. 

Seomérys, ov, master, lord. — 

SeSpo, adv., hither, here. ~ 

Sebrepos, a, ov, second ; adv., devrepor, 
Sor the second time, again. 





253 


Séxopar (Sex-), Sétouar, edetdunv, 5é- 
deyua, ed€xOnv, receive. 

Séw (Se-), Show, Cdnoa, Sedexa, Sédeuau, 
€5€0nv, bind. 

Séw (Se-), Seqow, edénoa, dedéna, Se- 
dénuat, edeHOnv, need; mid., want, 
lack, desire, ask ; impersonal, 8e?, 
it is necessary. 

$4, post-positive particle, intensive, 
indeed. 

SHAS, 7, ov, plain, evident. 

Sa, prep. w. gen., througr, over ; 
w. acc., on account of, for the 
sake of. 

Sta-Baive (Ba-), -Bhiooua, -€Bnv, -Beé- 
Bnxa, -BéBaya, -eBdbnv, go over, 
cross. 

Sta-ylyvopar (yev-), ~yevfioouat, -eye- 
vouny, ~yeyenua, -yéyova, pass 
through, continue, remain, exist. 

Sta-vogopat (voe-), -voncoua, think 
out, purpose, plan. 

Sta-mparre (mpay-), mpatw, -émpata, 
-rwémpaxXa, -wémpaypual, -erpaxOnr, 
2d perf. -rémpaya, work out, ac- 
complish (generally mid.). 

Sta-riOnpe (Ge-), -9ow, -Onea and 
-0erov, -réOnna, -TéBemuat, -eTeOnv, 
arrange, dispose. — ~ 

Sta-pedyw (pvy-), -pevtoua: and -ev- 
tovua, -epuyor, -répevya, escape. 

SiSdoKados, 6, teacher. 

SiS8ao0Ke (didax-), dddtw, edidata, Se- 
diSaxa, Sedldayua, €d:5dxOnv, teach, 
inform. 

SiSwpr (50-), 5éc0w, Z5wka and eoror, 
Sé5wxa, SéSouar, €560nr, give. Lat. 
do. 

Si-lornpr (ora-), da-crqow, di-€orn- 


254 


‘ga and bSi-éorny, -éorTnKka, -éorTa- 


pat, -eord@ny, set apart; intrans.- 


mid. and 2d aor. and perf. act., 
separate, stand at intervals, open 
ranks. 

Sixatos, a, ov, right, just. 

Sikatws, adv., with justice, rightly. 

Sikn, ns, usage, right, justice; rhv 
dixny exe, he has his deserts; 
dixny ém-ridéva, to inflict punish- 
ment; Siknv diddva, to pay the 
penalty, be punished. 

SuwKtéov, verbal of didKw. 

StdKw (Siwk-), idkw, edlwia, Sedlwyxa, 
edum@xOnv, pursue. 

Stdpv§, vxos, 7, ditch, canal. 

Soxéw (Sox-), Sdtw, Sota, Sdoyuas, 
€56xOnv, think; intrans., seem, 
seem best.. 

Sdpv, atos, Td, spear. 

Sotdos, 6, slave. Lat. servus. 

Apaxévtios, 6, Dracontius, a Spar- 
tan exile. 

Spdpos, 6, a running, race-course ; 
dpduey, on the run. 

Sivapar (duva-), Surqooua, dSeddvy- 
pat, eSvvnOnv, be able, can. 

Sivapis, ews, 7, ability, power, force, 
troops. 

Suvvards, 7, dv, able, possible. 

Svo0, dvotv, two, generally not de- 

/ clined. Lat. duo. 


/ Suomépevtos, ov, hard 
through. 

Siw (5u-), d0cw, educa and dur, 
dédtKa, Séduua, €d'Onv, enter. 


to pass 


84Sexa, indecl., twelve. Lat. duo- 
decim. 
Sapov, 74, gift. Lat. ddnum. 





THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


E 


éav, contr. dv or Hv [ei + av], conj., if, 
used in protasis when the verb is 
in the subjunctive. 

éavtod, jjs, od, contr. abrod, etc., re- 
flexive pron., of himself, herself, 
itself ; oi Eavtov, his own men. 

édw (éa-), eéiow, elioa, elaxa, etapa, 
eiaOnv, allow, let. 

éyyts, adv., near; comp. éyyirepov 
or éyyutépw, superl. éyyutdrw or 
eyyvtara. 

éy, éuod or wod, pers.pron., I, Lat. 
ego. 

éywye, J for my part. 

era, see (Seldw). 

eSpapov, J ran, 2d aor. of rpéxa. 

€BeAw Or OéAw (€beA-), COeAHow, HOE- 
Anoa, nOéAnKa, be willing, wish. 

el, conj., if, whether; ei... 
whether ... or. 

elSov (i5-), I saw, 2d aor. of dpdw. 

etxoot, indecl., twenty. 

eipl (éc-), Eroum, be, belong; gor, 
it is possible ; €otww of and fear of, 
some. Lat. sum. a 

ely. (i-), go, march; the pres. ind. 
has the force of a fut. and some- 
times also the inf. and partic. 
Lat. eo. 

elrrep, conj., if in fact, inasmuch as. 

elmrero, see emouat. 

eltrov (eiz-), I said, 2d aor., followed 
by aclause with 7: in indirect dis- 
course ; see A¢yw. 

elpyxa, perf., J have said; see Aéyw. 

els, prep. w. acc., into, against, 
among; at. Lat. in, w. acc. 


Up 


GREEK—ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


is, ula, €v, one. ~ Lat. tinus. 

etre, conj., whether; efre-... 
whether ... or. 

éxacros, 7, ov, each, every. 

é€xet, adv., there, in that place. 
ibi. 

éxeivos, 7, 0, dem. pron., that; often 
used as pers. pron., he, she, it. 
Lat. ille. 

éxeioe, adv., thither, to that place. 
Lat. illuc. 

éx-rinrea (7erT-, 
-érecov, -réntwka, fall out. . 

éx-4ARTTe (mAny-), -TAHEw, -éwAnta, 
-rémAnya, -mwéemAnymat, -erddyny, 
strike out of one’s senses, frighten. 

éx-haivw (par-), -parvd, -épnva, -1e- 
gayka and -répnva, -répacua, 
-epavOnv and -epdvnv, bring to 
light ; wédeuov éx-paivew, to open 
hostilities. 

éxdv, ovoa, dv, willing, of one’s own 
accord, often best to be translated 
by an adverb, willingly. 

éXLatve (eAa-), €AS OF eAdow, HAaca, 
éAfjAaka, €AnAauat, NAAOny, drive, 
ride, march. 

éhéyxw (éreyx-), edAéeytw, HAevyéa, 
éAnreyuat, nAéyxOnv, examine; 
cross-question ; convict. 

édedOepos, a, ov, free. Lat. liber. 

“EAAds, ddos, h, Greece. 

"EAAny, nvos, 6, inhabitant of Greece, 
a Greek. 

“HAAnvuxés, 4, dv, Hellenic, Greek. 

éXtris, iSos, 7, hope. 

éués, 4, dv, poss. pron., my, mine, 
preceded by the article when 
something definite is referred to. 


elre, 


Lat. 


TMTO-), -TWegovuat, 





255 


év, prep. w. dat., in-; év daAos, under 
arms. Lat. in, w. abl. 

évavrios, ad, ov, opposite, facing ; of 
évavtio, the enemy; ravavria, the 
opposite ; éx tov évaytiov, on the 
opposite side. 

évexa OF €vexev, improper prep. w. 
gen., by reason of, for the sake of, 
generally follows its noun. 

évOa, adv., where, there, thereupon. 

éviautés, 6, year. 

év-orKéw (oixe-), -ouxhow, etc., live in ; 
oi év-o.xovvtes, the inhabitants. 

évrat0a, adv., there, thither, there- 
upon. . 

évretOev, adv., from there, after- 
wards. 

é€, or é« (before a consonant), prep. 
w. gen., out of, from; é« rovrov, 
after this, in consequence of this. 

€, indecl., siz. Lat. sex. 

e-ayy&AAw (ayyeA-), -ayyeA@, -Hy- 
yea, -hyyeAka, -hryyeAuat, -nyyéA- 
Onv, report. Lat. enuntio. 

é€-arpéw (aipe-, Ed-), -aiphow, -etAov, 
-ipnka, -rpnuat, -npeOnv, take out ; 
mid., pick out, choose. 

éEaxdoror, ai, a, six hundred. 

£-eupt, see ef-eaT:. 

ef-eupt (eur), go out, march out, de- 
part. 

éE-eAXatvw (éAa-), -eA® OF -cAdow, 
~hraca, -eAfAaka, -eAhAauat, -nAd- 
Onv, drive out; intrans., march 
Sorth, proceed. 

t€-eort, impers., i¢ is possible, one 
may. 

éEéracis, ews, 7, inspection, review. 

érafov, I suffered, see wacxw. 


256 


érr-arvéw (aive-), -aiveow, -f vera, -7 vEe- 
Ka, -Avnuat, -nveOny, praise, com- 
mend. 

*Erapevovdas, ov, Epaminondas. 

érel, conj., when, after; since. 

érevSav, conj., w. subj., when. 

érera, adv., thereupon, then, fur- 
ther. Lat. deinde. 

él, prep., W. gen., on, upon; w. 
dat., at, by, near, in the power of ; 
w. acc., to, on, against. ép évds, 
in single file. 

ém-BovAedw (Bovdcv-), -BovAciow, 
etc., plot. against, w. dat. 

ért-Setxvupt (deix-), -deltw, -edeta, 
-5é5erxa, -déderyuat, -cdelxOnv, 
point out, make clear; mid., dis- 
tinguish one’s self. 

émt-Ovpéw (Ovue-), 
desire, long for. 

ému-Aeltrw (Ait-), -Aelw, -Acmor, -Aé- 
Aowra, -AéAeiupmal, -erAelpOnv, leave 
behind ; fail, give out. 

érri-peAéopar and émt-péAopar (wede-), 
-meAhoouat, -ueuéAnua, -euedHOny, 
take care of, look out. 

émi-opkéw (dpke-), tow, etc., swear 
Salsely, commit perjury. 

értopkla, as, false swearing, perjury. 


-biujnow, etc. 9 


ériorapa. (émora-), émorhocopuat, 
AmothOnv, understand, know, 
know how. 


émutyseros, a, ov, suitable, proper ; 
of émitHdecon, friends ; ra émitHdera, 
provisions. 

ému-TiOnpr (Oe-), -Ohow, -Onxa and 
-ertov, -réOnna, -TéBeual, -eTeOnv, 
set up ;-mid., attack, w. dat. ; di«nyv 
émi-T0évat, to inflict punishment on. 





THE FIRST GREEK BOOK ; 2 


émi-TvyXxave (Tevx-, TvX-), -Tevtouat, 
-€ruxov, -Tetixnka and -rérevya, 
chance upon, meet with, find. 

rropat (cen-), Epouat, éordunv (Eorw- 
fat OF om@ua, etc.), follow, ac- 
company, w. dat. 

érra, indecl., seven. 

epyov, 7d, work, deed. 

epypos, ov, lonely, deserted, bereft. 

Epis, idos, 7, strife. 

éppnvets, ews, 6, interpreter. 

epxopar (epx-, éAvd-, €dAd-), éAcdao- 
fat, FABov, €AHAVOa, Come, GO; <« 
wav €Adeiv, to make every effort. 

épwrdw (epwra-), épwrijcw, etc., 2d 
aor. jpdunv, ask a question, in- 
quire. ; 

érOlw (é5-, e5ec-), P5ouar, edndoxa, 
edjdecuat, HdéecOnv, 2d aor. Eparyor 
(pay-), eat. 

tore, cOnj., while, until. 

érepos, a, ov, the other, one of two, 
the one. Lat. alter. 

ert, adv., yet, still, again; w. neg., 
no longer. 

ev, adv., well, ed moeiv, to do well 
by any one, ed mpdrrew, to fare 
well. s 

eVdaipwv, efdamor, happy, prosper- 
ous, flourishing. 

evHOns, ev'nbes, silly, foolish. 

evOvs, adv., immediately, at once. 

evpevys, és, well disposed. 

evrreTa@s, adv., easily. 

evplokw (<ip-), eiphow, edpov, eUpnxa, 
e¥pnuat, edpéOnv, also written nipor, 
etc., find, discover. 

edpos, cipous, 76, breadth, width. 

Eidparns, ov, the Huphrates river. 


Lat. septem. 


GREEK-—ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


evxopar (cdx-), evEoua, edvéduny (also 
nvidunyv), pray, offer prayers. 

evavupos, ov, of good omen, applied 
to the left, dpiorepds, as direct 
mention of this was unlucky! 

épayov, I ate, see écbiw. 

éx Opés, a, dv, hostile ; as noun, enemy, 
personal, in contrast with roA¢uos, 
public enemy. Lat. inimicus. 

€x@ (cex-), Ew Or sxhow, Eoxor, 
éxxnka, @rxnuat, éoxebny (Ecxor, 

——6x@, oxolnv, cxés, oxElv, sxe), 
have, possess, keep ; used w. advs. 
when an adj. w. eiuf would be 
expected : cards exer, it is well. 

éws, €w, 7, dawn. 

- €ws, conj., as long as, while, until. 


Z 


{dw ((a-), (how, live, be alive, con- 
tracted to (js, (7, etc., instead of 
(Gs. 

Zets, Aids, 6, Zeus, king and father 
of the gods. Lat. Juppiter. 


H 


q, conj., or; 4%... %, either... or. 

H, conj., than, after comparatives. 

nyayov, I led, see &yw. 

Hyepov, dvos, 6, guide, leader. 

Hyéopar (aye-), Ayfcouat, Hynoduny, 
hynuat, nynenv, guide, lead, w. 
dat.; be general, w. gen. or dat. ; 
think, w. inf. 

moet, see ofa, know. 

Hdéws, adv., gladly ; Hdiov, Hira. 

FIRST GR. BK. —17 





257 


45y, adv., already, now, at. once. 
Lat. iam. 

HSopar (75-), HoPhcouar, HoOnv, pass. 
dep., be pleased, delight in. 

Hdvs, cia, ¥, sweet, pleasant ; hdtwr, 
joworos. 

Hko (j«-), kw, pres. w. force of 
perf., be come, have come. 

HAVov, I came, see Epxoua. 

Hpets, plu. of éyd, we. 

npépa., as, day. dua th tuépa, at 
daybreak. 

TBETEpOS, G, ov, POSS. pron., our. 

jnvioxos, 6, one who holds the reins 
(jvia), driver. 

npopnv, I asked, 2d aor. épwraw. 


iS) 


O@drXatTa, ns, sea. Kata OdAaTTay, 
by sea. 

Odmrtw (Tad-), Odw, Capa, réPaupat, 
erapny, bury. 

Gavpdtw (Oavuad-), Oavudow, €0ad- 
paca, TeOatvuaka, TeOatpacua, ébav- 
pdoOnv, wonder at, admire, be 
amazed. ‘ 

Oavpacrés, 7, dv, wonderful, re- 
markable. 

Gea, as, goddess. 

Geds, 6, 7, divinity, god, goddess. 

OnBatos, 6, a Theban. 

Onpedw (Onpev-), Onpedow, etc., hunt, 
catch. 

Onpiov, rd, wild beast, animal. 

OvioKkw (Oav-, Ova-), Oavotpat, COavor, 
téOvnkxa, die, be dead. 

Opgé, Opands, 6, a Thracian. 

Ovyatnp, Ouyarpds, 7, daughter. 


208 


Oipa, as, door. él tats Baoiréws 
Ovpais, at the king’s court. 

Oiw (6u-), Oucw, Cuca, TéOvKa, TéOv- 
po, eTvOnv, sacrifice; mid., make 
an offering. 


I 


type (€é-), How, Hea and citov, -eika, 
-etuat, -elOnv, send, throw; mid., 
rush. 

ixavés, 7, dv, sufficient, able. 

tva, conj., 72 order that. 

immeds, ws, 6, horseman; 
cavalry. Lat. eques. 

Yarros, 6, horse. Lat. equus. 

tornpt (ocra-), oTrhow, tornoa and 


plu., 


tornyv, Ectnxa and €oratov, €orta- 
ba, éeoTrdOnv, make stand, place ; 
intrans. in 2d aor. perf. and plu- 
perf. act. and in the mid. except 
the aor., stand, halt. 

ioxupas, adv. of isxupds, strongly, 
violently. 


K 


Ka0-e0Se (edde-), 
_lie idle. 
Kab-lornpe (cra-), KaTa-cThow, KaT- 
/ / / 
éotnoa and kat-éorTny, Kab-éornKa, 
-€oTapat, -eoTdbny, station, appoint ; 
intrans., take one’s place. 
KaQ-opdw (dpa-, dm-), -dpoua, -edor, 


-evdjow, sleep, 


-empaka OF -edpadka, -ew@pauar OF 
-Guuor, -epOnv, imperf. 
look down on, observe. 
kat, conj.,and; xat...Kal, both... 
and. 
Kkatpdés, 6, the fitting time, oppor- 
tunity. 


-E@pwv, 





THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


kalo and Kdw (Kav-), Kavow, Exavoa, 
-Kékavka, Kékavual, éxavOnv, burn, 
set fire to. 

Kakés, 7, dv, bad, cowardly, harm- 
Sul. 

Kakds, adv. of xaxds, badly, ill; 
kax@s moet, injure; Kkak@s mpar- 
TEL, Jare ill. 

KaAéw (Kade-, KAE-), KAAG, exdAeca, 
KéeKAnKa, KéeKAnuat, éxAHOnv, call, 
SUMMON; 6 Kadrovmevos, the so- 
called. 

Kadds, 7, dv, beautiful, fair, noble. 


KaAAiwv, KdAAICTOS. 


2 4 
KQKI@Y, KAKLOTOS. 


| Kaas, adv. Of xadrds, well, finely; 


Karas @xewv, be all right. «dAdiov, 


KaAALOTA. 


‘kata, prep. w. gen., down, down 


along; w. acc., on, by, through- 
out, according to. 

Kata-Ste (dv-), -dicw, -édvca and 
-éduv, -déd0Ka, -d5é5upa, -edd0nr, 
make sink ; intrans., sink. 

KaTa-KéTTw (Kom-), -Kdpw, -ékoWa, 
-Kéxopa, -Kékouper, -exdrnv, cut 
down, slay. 

Kkata-AapBave (AaB-), -AfWouat, -éAa- 
Bov, -elAnpa, -elAnumat, -eAnPOnr, ~ 
capture, seize, find. ‘ 

Kkara-Aelw (Aim-), -Aclbw, -éAcrov, 
-héAowwa, -AéAeimmat, -eAelpOny, 
leave behind, leave, desert. 

KaTa-ockémrropa. (oxem-), -oKéepouat, 
-ecxeduny, -eoKeupat, view Closely. 

Kara-hevyw (puy-), -pevéouar OF -pev- 
toduat, -épuyov, -répevya, take ref- 
uge, flee for help. 

Kat-etSov, see xab-opaw, observe. 

KaT-opvTTw (dpux-), -opviw, -wpvia, 


GREEK-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 259 


-opépuxa, -opépuypat, -wpvxOnv,| KexTnuot, exrHOnv, acquire, gain; 
bury. pertf., possess. 
KeAetbwm (KeAev-), KeAedow, exéAevoa, | Kvatdpns, ous, 6, Oyaxar es, a king of 
KekeAeuka, KeKeAcvopal, exeAcvobnr, Media. 
order, command, urge. Kinrof, wos, 6, Cyclops. 
Képas, Képatos Or Képws, Td, horn, | Kipos, 6, Cyrus, the elder, founder 
wing of an army. of the Persian monarchy. 
Kepadn, fs, head. Kipos, 6, Cyrus, the younger, the 
Kfjpué, «npuxos, 6, herald. hero of the Anabasis. 
KivdSuved@ 398 (xivddveuv-), Kivduvetow, | Kbwv, Kuvds, 6, ), dog. 
etc., run a@ risk, encounter | kwdrtw (KwdAv-), kwriow, etc., hinder, 





danger. | Check. 

Knyeaivap, opos, 6, Clednor, a Greek | Kopapxys, ov, village chief. 
general from Arcadia, com-| képn, ns, village. 

mander of the Arcadian hoplites. | 

KnxXéapxos, 6, Clearchus, a Spartan, A 
one of the most trusted of Cyrus’s 
generals. AdOpa, adv., secretly. 

KAtve (KAw-), KAWe, Exdriva, KéexAywou, | MaxeSapdvos, 6, a Lacedaemonian. 
éxAlOny and é«Aivnr, bend. - Adkev, wvos, 6, @ Lacedaemonian, 

Kéaxou, of, the Colchians. Spartan. : 

Koplfe (Kouid-), Kouid, exduica, cexd-|AapBave (AaB-), AnWoua, eAaBor, 
puxa, Kexduoua, exoulodny, take| etranda, etrAnuua, €AhpOnr, take. 


charge of, bring, conduct. AavOdvw (Aad-), Afow, €Aabov, A¢AnGa, 
KéTTT@ (Kom-), Kdbw, ExoWa, -xéxopa,| AcAnoua, escape notice, used with 
Kéxoupat, exdmny, cut, slaughter. a participle, when it may often be 


Kpatéw (xpate-), Kparhow, éxpdrnoa,| translated secretly. 
Kexpatnka, éexpatnOny, be strong, be | Neyw (Acy-), AdEw, CAcEa, AeAeyman, 


master, rule, conquer. éAéxOnv, eipnea is used as perf. 
Kpaticros, 7, ov, superl. of dyaéds,|~ act. and e?roy as 2d aor., say, 
most excellent, best. speak. 


Kparos, xpdrous, 7d, strength, might. | Netw (Aur-), Achbw, EAurov, A€Aoura, 
ava xpdtos, at full speed; kata| A€Acmuat, eAcipOny, leave, forsake. 
kpatos, with all one’s might. Aéwv, Adovtos, 6, lion. 

Kpéas, xpéws, 76, flesh; plu., meat. | AlBos, 6, stone. 

Kpe(ttev, ov, comp. of elias better, | Auphv, évos, 6, harbor. 
stronger. Aipds, 6, hunger. 

Kpfs, Kpntés, 6, a Cretan. Adyos, 6, word, speech, discussion. 

KTdopat (KTa-), KTHTomaL, extTnoduny, | Addos, 6, hill. 





260 


Aoxayds, 6, captain, commander of 
a Adxos, Or company. 

Awdvos, a, ov, Lydian. 

Adxvos, 6, Lycius,; a Syracusan. 

Avw (Av-), Avow, EAVTA, A€AUKA, AEAU- 
Mat, €AVOny, loose, set free, destroy, 
break. 


M 


payos, 6, @ wise man, a priest. 

pakpés, a, dv, long. 

para, adv., very, exceedingly, much. 
MaGAAOV, mdALoTA. 

Mavddvyn, ns, Mandane, mother of 
Cyrus the Elder. 

pavOdve (ual-), wabhooua, euabor, 
meudOnka, learn, find out. 


paorié, iyos, i, whip, lash; bd pa- 


otiywyv, under the lash. 

pacords, 6, breast. 

paxn, ns, battle. 

poxopar (uax-, maxe-), pmaxoduat, 
euaxerdunv, meudxnuat, Sight. 

péyas, ueydaAn, méya, great, powerful. 
mellwv, méyioros. 

pédas, uéAava, wedav, black. 

péAA@ (ueAA-, pedAAe-), fmeAATo, 
éuédAAnoa, be about to, be likely 
to; delay; intend. 

pév, post-positive particle, used to 
distinguish a word or clause from 
one to follow, uwév . . . 8é, on the 
one hand, .’. . on the other. 

pévror, adv., however, still. 

pév@ (uev-), eva, Euewa, meuevynka, 
wait, remain. 

Mévav, wvos, 6, Menon, a Thessalian, 
a general of Cyrus’ Greek troops. 

péoos, 7, ov, middle; rd pwéoov, the 





THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


center; ra év pwéow, the parts be- 
tween. 

pera, prep. w. gen., among, together. 
with ; w.acc., after. 

peTa-mrépmre (mreum-), -réeubw, -ereu- 
Wa, -rémoupa, -rémeupat, -ereupOny, 
send after ; commonly mid., send 
for to come to one, summon. 

peTa-x wpew (xwpe-), -xwphow, etc., 
change one’s position, withdraw. 

pH, adv., not, used instead of od in 
prohibitions, final and _ object 
clauses, and protasis ; w. verbs of 
fearing, lest; od uh, w. subj. for 
strong future. f 

prydeis, undeula, undév, not one, no- 
body, no. [unédé + eis]. 

Mason, of, the Medes. 

pHv, unvds, 6, month. 

pHtrote, adv., never. 

BATHP, untpds, 7, mother. 
mater. 

PNXavdopar (unxava-), unxarvhoouat, 
éunxavnoduny, pmeunxdvnuat, Ccon- 
trive, devise. Lat. machinor. 

MvOpidarns, ov, Mithriddtes, a Per- 
sian satrap. 

pixpds, a, dv, small, trifling. 

MtaAnros, 7, Milétus, a city of Ionia. 

PipvacKwM (uva-), pwvhow, Euvnoa, 
Méuvnua, euvhodnv, remind; mid. 
and pass., remember, perf. w. 
force of pres. 

prods, 6, wages, pay. 

pva, (uvda) uvas, mina, $18.00. 

povos, 7, ov, alone; udvoy, as adv.,. 
only. 

Motoa, Movons, Muse. 

Miosds, 6, a Mysian. 


Lat. ménsis. 


Lat. 


GREEK—ENGLISH | VOCABULARY 


N 


vats, vews, 7, ship. Lat. navis. 

veavias, ov, young man. 

vexpds, 6, dead body, corpse. 

vikdw (vika-), vikiow, etc., conquer, 
surpass ; pres. often, be victorious, 
have conquered. 

vikn, ns, victory. 

vopife (vouid-), vouid, évduioa, vevd- 
pika, vevduicuat, évoula@ny, con- 
sider, believe, think. 

vopos, 0, custom, practice. 

vovs (vdos), vov, 6, mind ; év vg Exe, 
to have in mind, intend. 

viv, adv., now, at present. 

vv§, vuxtos, 7, night. Lat. nox. 


=} 


févos, 6, stranger, guest-friend; oi 
tévor, mercenaries. 

Elevobav, G»tos, 6, Xenophon, an 
Athenian, leader of the Greeks in 
their return to the coast after 
Cyrus’ death. 

ElépEns, ov, Xerxes, king of Persia. 


O 


6, 7, 7d, def. art., the. émév... 6 5é, 
the one ... the other; 6 3é, and 
he, but he. 

d8e, H5e, 7é5e, dem. pron., this, re- 
ferring to what is to follow. 
[6+ 5€]. 

686s, 7, road, march, journey. 

80ev, adv., from which place, whence. 
Lat. unde. 





261 


ota, ndev, 2d pf. and pluperf. w. 
force of pres. and imperf., I know. 

otxade, adv., to one’s hone, home- 
ward. 

olkia, ds, house. Lat. domus. 

olkor, adv., at home. 

otpat, see ofoua, think. 

otvos, 6, wine. Lat. vinum. 

otopar or olwar (ol-, oie-), oifcouat, 
@nony, think, believe. 

otxopar, oixjcoua, pres. w. force of 
perf., be gone, have gone. 

oxTe, indecl., eight. Lat. octo. 

oAlyos, n, ov, little, short ; dAtyo, a 
few. Lat. pauci. 

Spvvpe OF Opvbw (du-, duo-), duodua, 
poo, dud@mora, dudpocua, audOnv 
and audcbnv, swear, take an oath. 

Spouos, a, ov, like, of the same kind. 

6pdéoe, adv., to the same spot, to 
close quarters, hand to hand. 

dpws, adv., nevertheless, still, yet. 
dvopa, atos, 76, name. Lat. nomen. 

Ovopdte (dvouad-), dvoudew, dvduaca, 
avéuaka, 
name. 

ovopacrés, 7, dv, famous. 

étAtrys, ov, heavy-armed soldier, 
hoplite. 

Srdov, rd, implement; bra, arms, 
armor. 

Srrov, conj., where, wherever. 

Strws, conj., how, that. 

6paw (dpa-, dm-), tWoua, édpaxa or 


@vouacuat, wvoudobny, 


édpaka, E@pauat OF Suuat, SPOnv, 
2d aor. efSov, see. 
SpGos, a, ov, straight up, steep. 
Spkos, 6, oath. 
Sppdw (dpua-), dpuhow, etc., start; 


262 


pass. as dep., set out, start. Lat. 
proficiscor. 

Spvis, dpridos, 6, H, bird. 

*Opévras, a or ov, Orontas, a Persian. 

dpos, dpous, Td, Mountain. 

opitrw (dpvx-), opvéw, wpvta, dpa- 
puxa, dpmpuvypat, wpvxOnv, dig. 

ds, 4, 6, rel. pron., who, which, what. 

- 600s, 7, ov, rel. adj., as great as, as 
many as. 

boris, hris, 6 71, indef. rel., whoever, 
whichever, what. 

ooréov, 7d, contr. oorodv, bone. 

drav, Conj. w. subj., whenever, when. 

Ste, CONj., when. 

éti, conj., that; because, since. 

oti, adv. w. superl., as . . . as pos- 
sible; 81: tdxwoT0s, as quick as 
possible. Lat. quam. 

ov, ovx before a vowel, ovx before 
a rough breathing, adv., not; ot 
ono, he denies, refuses. ob at 
the end of a sentence. - 

ovdapod, adv., in no place, nowhere. 

ovdé, conj., and not, nor yet; adv., 
not even. 

ovdeis, ovdeula, oddév, not one, no- 
body, no [ovdé + és]. 

ovkért, adv., no longer. 

ovKotv, interrog. part. expecting an 
affirmative answer, not then? 
Lat. nonne. 

ovv, post-positive part., then, there- 
Sore, 80, now. 

otre, conj., and not, neither. 

.. ovte, neither... nor. 

ovTos, ary, Trovro, dem. pron., this, 
referring to what precedes; often 
used as pers. pron., he, she, it. 


ovre 





THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


ottws, or, before a consonant, otra, 
thus, to such an extent, under 
these circumstances. 


II 


madsela, as, training, bringing up. 

masevw (madev-), maidedow, etc., 
train a child, educate. 

mavdtov, 7d, little child. 

mais, madds, 6, 7, child, boy, girl. 

matw (rai-), walow, rama, -rémaika; 
éralcOnv, strike. 

maAuv, adv., back, again. 

madtév, 7d, lance, javelin. 

mavTaxod, ady., everywhere. 

mavtTotos, a, ov, of all sorts. 

mavu, adv., very, altogether. 

mapa, prep. W. gen., dat., acc.; w. 
gen., from beside, through; w. 
dat., by the side of, at, near; 
w.acc., to the side of, along, past, 
contrary to. 

map-ayyéAhw (ayyea-), -ayyer@, -hY- 
ryetAa, -hryyeAka, -hyyeAmat, -nyyeA- 
Onv, pass the word, command, 
direct. 

mapa-SiSwpt (50-), -ddow, -dwKa and 
-€S0Tov, -dédwka, -d€d0uc, -€dd0nr, 
give over, deliver, surrender. 

mapa-kKedevopar (Keeu-), -KeAevooual, 
etc., exhort, urge, w. dat. 

Tapacayyns, ov, parasang, 30 stadia, 
about 3! miles. 

mapa-cKevatw (cKevad-), -oKevdow, 
~eoxevaca, -ecxevacuat, -eckevdoOny, 
get ready ; mid., make one’s prep- 
arations, arrange, provide. 

mapa-ratrw (tay-), -Tdéiw, -éraga, 


GREEK-—ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


-Téraxa, -TéTayuat, -eraxOnv, draw 
up side by side, draw up in battle 
array. 

mapa-TiOnp. (Ge-), -Ofow, -<Oynxa and 
-é0etov, -7ré0nka, -TéOeyuat, -ereOny, 
put beside, set before. 

amap-eup (€o-), -€couat, map-hv, be be- 
side, be present, arrive. 

map-épxopar (épx-, cAvd-, €A-), -cA7- 
AvOa, -HAPov, pass by, pass. 

map-éxo (cex-), 
-éoxov, -éoxnka, -€oxnmat, -erxXe- 
Onv, hold beside, provide, furnish, 
cause. 

was, maca, wav, all, every; én wav 
€AGetv, to make every effort. 

marx (mab-, mev0-), melcoua, era- 
Gov, wérov0a, suffer, undergo; «b 
mwabeiy iro tivos, receive benefits 
Srom one. = 

Tathp, tatpds, 6, father. Lat. pater. 

matpts, (Sos, 7, fatherland, country. 

Tave (rav-), Tavow, Exavoa,; wéravKa, 
méravuat, eravdny, bring to an end, 
stop; mid., stop, cease, rest. 

IlagAayov, dvos, 6, a Paphlagonian. 

awediov, 7d, plain. 

melos, 7, dv, on foot; subs., foot- 
soldier, pl., infantry. Lat. pedes. 

melOw (1i0-), meiow, erewa, méreika, 
mémeicuat, emetoOnv, persuade, w. 
acc.; 2d perf. wéroic, I trust ; 
pass., be persuaded, obey, w. 
dat. eg 

Teipaopat (reipa-), meipacoual, émet- 
pacduny, wemelpaua, ereipadny, try, 
attempt. 

TlekAqvn, ns, Pelléne, a city of 
Achaia. 


-éw OF oxyoo, 





263 


IleXkomévvycos, 7, Peloponnésus, the 
southern half of Greece. 

meATaCTHS, ov, peltast, targeteer. 

méptre (reun-), Téupw, Ereua, wémop- 
pa, wéemeupat, ereupOny, send. Lat. 
mitto. 

aévre, indecl., five. 

mevrekaidexa, indecl., fifteen. 

mepi, prep. w. gen. and acc. (rarely 
w. dat.); w. gen., about, concern- 
ing ; w. acc., about, around. 

arept-Brerrros, 7, ov, admired. 

mept-BAérrw (BAem-), BACVoua, €BAeWa, 
gaze at, admire. 
Tept-ylyvopar (yev-), yer coma, -eye- 
vouny, yeyevnuat, be superior to. 
Tepi-€x w (cex-), -&w OF ox7 ow, -oxor, 
-éoxnka, -éoxnmat, -erxéOny, sur- 
round. 

Ilépons, ov, a Persian. 

THXVS, ews, 0, Cubit. 

twriptAnpe (mAa-), TAnow, érAnoa, -7é- 
TAnKa, -wémAnopat, érAyoOny, fill. 

tive (m-, 70-), miouat, @miov, wémwkay, 
-réropat, -€rd0nv, drink. 

awintw (1et-, mTo-), Tecovua, erecov, 
mwénrwka, fall, be slain. 

morTevw (mioTEv-), meTEVow, emlgTEevoa, 
memiotevpat, emotevdnv, put faith 
in, trust, have confidence in, w. dat. 

murros, 7, dv, trusty, faithful. 
mista, pledges. 

tr pov, 7d, plethrum, about 97 ft. 

ahéov, See Todd. 

awhéw (rAv-), wAetoouat OF mAcveoduat, 


\ 
Ta 


érAevoa, wéwAevka, TeTAEVoMat, Sail. 
TAnoite (rAnoiad-), rAnoidow, erAn- 
claca, 


metAnciaka, memAnciacuat, 


érAnodcOny, approach, draw near. 


/ 


264 
wAHTTO (rAny-), TAHtw, -éxAnta, wé- 

mAnya, TémAnymat, éwAnyny, strike. 
tAotov, 76, boat. 

aAXO0S, 6, TAOvs, a Sailing, voyage. 

trOvoLOS, a, ov, rich. 

mow (mole-), moujow, etc., make, 
do, accomplish ; «é moiety, do well 
by one. 

modepéw (moAcue-), sharia, etc., 

~ make war, fight. 

mohépos, a, ov, belonging to war; 
of roAguo, the enemy. Lat. hostes. 

aoAepos, 6, war. Lat. bellum. 

mokvopkéw (aoAvopKe-), moALopKycw, 
émoAidpknoa, -memoAdpknuat, émoAr- 
opknOnv, besiege. 

moXts, téAews, 7, City. Lat. urbs. 

mwoXtrnys, ov, citizen. 

qmodAaxkts, adv., often. Lat. saepe. 

woAd, adv. Of woAuvs, much. 

TOAUVS, WOAA}, ToAY, much, many, 
great. mdetwy, wAeioTos. 

aovos, 6, hard work, toil, hardship. 

mopeta, as, journey. 

Topevopat (mopeu-), mopevoouat, éro- 
pevonv, memdpevuar, pass. dep., pro- 
ceed, march, go. 

mopos, 0, ford, means of passing. 

tmorapos, 6, river. Lat. flumen. 

moré, adv. enclitic, at any time, ever, 
once. 

TOTEpOS, a, ov, interrog. pron., which 
of two? aétepov ... %, whether... 
or. 

qovs, 7odds, 0, foot. Lat. pes. 

mpaypa, atos, Td, thing done, deed, 
affair. mpaypara map-exew, to cause 
trouble. 

mpartw (mpay-), mpdiw, empata, wé- 





THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


mpaxa, mwéempayua, émpaxOny, per- 
form, do. «dt mpattew, to be suc- 
cessful. 

mptacQar, see avéoua, buy. 

mplv, conj., before, until. 

™po, prep. w. gen., before, for the 
sake of. 

mpo-biSwpr (d0-), -Sdécw, -¢dwxa and 
-€50T0v, -d€dwKa, -dédouar, -edd0nv, 
betray, desert. Lat. prodo. 

mpoOupos, ov, eager, zealous. 

mpo0vpws, adv. of mpdbupuos, zeal- 
ously. 

IIpdéevos, 5, Pr oxenus, 
one of Cyrus’ generals. 

Tpo-Trépmre (meum-), -reupw, -ereupa, 

-eméeupony, 


a Theban, 


-rémouga, -mémeupat, 
send forward, despatch. 

mpés, prep. w. gen., dat., acc. ; W 
gen., from, inthe sight of, towards ; 
w. dat., near, at, in addition to; 
w. acc., to, towards, about. 

Tpoc-dyw (ay-), -diw, -hyayov, -Axa, 
-hymat, -nxOnv, lead to. 

mpdo-emt (i-), come to, advance. 

mpooGev, adv., before. 
mplv, before. 

mpoo-tnut (€-), -how, -fxa and -e7ror, 
-eika, -etuat, -elOnv, let come to, 
admit. 

Tpoo-TaTTw (Tay-), -Tdatw, 


mpdcbev... 


-érata, 
-TéTAXGA, -TéTAYpal, -eTaXOnv, give 
an order to. 

Tpo-TaTTe (Tay-), -Tdtw, -érata, -Té- 
Taxa, -Téraypat, -erdxOnv, place in 
Front. 

TPSTEPOS, a, ov, former, prior, sooner. 
mpérepov . ... mplv, before. 

mpopvAak, axos, 6, picket, sentinel. 


GREEK—ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


mparov, adv. Of mpadros, in the first 
place. : 

Tp@Tos, 7, ov, first. Lat. primus. 

wuvOdvopat (avd-), revocoua, émvdd- 
nv, mwérvoua, inquire, learn by 
inquiry, Jind out. 

wip, mupds, 7d, fire; plu. ra upd, 
watchfires. 

mwas, adv., how ? 


P 


Padios, a, ov, easy. fpdwy, pdoros. 

padiws, adv. of pddios, easily. 

ptarre (fip-), Sip, Eppiipa, Eppipa, Eppiu- 
par, eppipOny and éppigny, throw, 
hurl down. 

PrTwP, opos, 6, orator. 


= 


carpateta, as, the office of satrap. 

catTpanys, ov, satrap, a governor of 
a Persian province. 

cweavTod, js, reflex. pron., of your- 
self, your own. 

ZevOns, ov, 6, Seuthes, a King of 
Thrace. 

onpatve (onuarv-), onuava, Sebamit: 
ceohuacuat, éonudvOny, give a sign, 
give the signal, signify, declare. 

otyy, fs, silence. 

oitos, 6, grain, food. 

oKerréos, a, ov, verbal of cxémrromat, 
consider. 

oKérropa. (cKer-), oxeWoua, éoke- 
Waunvy, eoxeuua, look around, 
search, consider ; for pres. cxoréw 
is used. 

awkevoddpos, ov, baggage carrying ; 





- 


265 


of ckevopdpa, porters; ta oKevo- 
pédpa, the baggage train. 

oKyvy, js, tent. 

oKxotéw, only pres. and imperf., 
watch, learn, consider. 

codés, 7, dv, wise. 

Zrapry, ns, Sparta. 

ode (ora-),-oTdow, toraca, -eoTraKa, 
-coragual, €onacOnv, draw. 

omev8o (onevd-), oretcw, Uorevoa, 
hurry. 

omovdy, is, Libation; 
truce, alliance. 

oradiov, 7d, pl. orddio: and orddia, 
stadium, 6 wA€Opa. 

orabuds, 6, stopping place, day’s 
march, stage. 

oTé\Aw = (oTeA-), 
-éoTaAKa, eoTaAduat, 
range, equip, dress. 

orevds, 7, dv, NATTOW. 
oTevorepos. 

orépavos, 6, crown, chaplet. 

oTparevpa, atos, Td, army, division. 

oTPATEvw 


orovoal, a 


éoretAa, 
ar-~ 


OTEAG, 
éoTdAny, 


oTEveTepos OF 


(oTpatev-),  orparetiow, 
éatpdrevoa, eoTpdrevuar, make an 
expedition; mid., take the field, 
march. 

otpatnyés, 6, general: 

oTPATLA, as, army. 

orTpatiarys, ov, soldier, private. 

orTparétedov, 7d, camp. Lat. castra. 

ot, cov, pers. pron., thou, you. 

ovy-Kadéw (Kade-, KAe-), -KaAG, ouv- 
exdAeoa, -KékAnKa, -KeKAnUaL, -EKAT- 
Onv, call together. 

ovd-AapBave (AaB-), -Anvoua, -éAa- 
Bov, -elAnpa, -eiAnumat, -eAnPOnr, 
seize, arrest. Lat. comprehendo. 


266 


ovd-héyw (Acy-), -Ackw, -Aeta, -el- 
Aoxa, -eliAeyuae and -AédAeyuar, 
-edéeynv, collect, assemble. Lat. 
colligo. . 

cup-Bovrtedw (Bovdcv-), -BovdAeiow, 
etc., advise; mid., consult, w. 
dat. 

oippaxos, 6, ally. 

Cup-Téeetro (reun-), -réupw, our- 
émeua, -mwémoupa, -rémeumat, -emeu- 
~Onv, send with. 

Tuvp-Topevopat (mopev-), -ropevoouat, 
guv-eropevOnv, -remdpevuat, march 
with, accompany. 

ovv, prep. w. dat., with, together 
with. Lat. cum. 

ovv-et(éo-), be with, associate with. 

ovv-TlOnpe. (e-), -Ohow, -€Onka and 
-€Oerov, -TéOnka, -TéOeiua, -eTeOnv, 
put together; mid., make agree- 
ment, contract. 

Zvpakdoros, 6, a Syracusan. 

odhevdovaw (cpevdova-), érpevddvnca, 
use the siing, sling. 

wXoAaios, a, ov, slow. 

TXOAN, fis, leisure ; cxoaf, slowly. 

calw (cwd-), cdow, ~rwoa, céowxa, 
céowua and céowouar, eodOnv, save, 
rescue. 

Zexparys, ovs, 6, Socrates, an Athe- 
nian philosopher. 

capa, aros, 7d, body. Lat. corpus. 

oGs, oa, cav, defective, safe and 
sound, alive. 3 

TwWTHP, Fpos, 6, saviour. 

cwrnpla, as, safety, welfare. 
salus. 

cwdpocivyn, ns, discretion, sound- 
ness of mind. 


Lat. 





THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


T 


Ttadavrov, 7d, talent, a weight and 
sum of money, $1080.00. 

ratiapxos, 6, commander of a rdkis, 
taxiarch. 

Tags, Tdtews, H, arrangement, line 
of battle, corps; ev rdge, in the 
ranks. 

TaTTw (Tay-), Tdtw, rata, réraxa, 
Tétayua, éeradxOnv, arrange, draw 
up, marshal. 

Taxéws, adv. of taxvs, quickly. 0ar- 
TOV, TAXLTA. 

TAXVS, cia, ¥, Quick. OaTTwY, TaxXLOTOS. 

Té, conj. enclitic, and. 
both... and. 


~ wv 
telvw (Tev-), Teva, Erewa, TéTaka, Té- 


ré... Kal, 


Tama, erdbnv, stretch. 

tetxos, telxous, Td, wall,- fortifica- 
tion. 

Térrapes, a, four. Lat. quatuor. 

Taps, ovs, 6, Teres, a Thracian. 

TiOnpr (Oe-), Ofow, Ona and @£eror, 
TEOnka, TEOEua, ereOnv, put, place ; 
mid., arrange. Oé€00a: Ta SrAa, 
order arms, ground arms, or take 
up a@ position. 

TiOpaterns, ov, Tithraustes, a Per- 
sian. 

Tipdew (riua-), Tiujow, etc., honor. 

Tinh, Hs, honor. 

tis, 7!, twds, indef. pron. enclitic, 
any, some, a certain. 

tis, ti, tlvos, inter. pron., who ? 
which ? what ? what kind of ? ti, 
why ? | 

Ticcadépyyns, ous, 6, Tissaphernes, 
a Persian satrap. 


GREEK—ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


TLTPO@OKW (TpO-), TpwTw, ETpwoa, TE- 
Tpwuo, eTpaOnv, wound. 

toivuv, adv. post-positive, therefore. 

TOLOUTOS, TOLav’TH, TOLOUTO OF ToOLOUTOY, 
such, of such a kind. 

Tokevpa, atos, Td, ATTOW. 

tokevw (totev-), rogetow, etc., shoot 
with a bow, shoot, hit. 

Togétys, ov, bowman, archer. 

Tote, adv., then; at that time. 

Ttpatetla, ns, table. 

tpeis, Tplia, three. Lat. tres. 

tpérw (tpen-), Tpéww, ErpeWa, TeTpopa 
and rérpagpa, TétTpaupar, éTpepOny 
and érpdrny, turn; eis puyhy tpé- 
mew, TOUt. 

Tpéw (tped-), Opew, COpea, TéTpopa, 
TtéOpapmat, €OpépOnvy and érpdgny, 
nourish. 

TPEXw (TpEX-, Spay-), Spapoduat, Cpa- 
pov, -Sedpdunra, -dedpdunua, run. 

tpraxovra, indecl., thirty. 

TpioxtAror, a, a, three thousand. 

tplros, 7, ov, third. 

Tvyxdve (rux-, Tevx-), Tevkouat, Erv- 
xov, Tervxnka and rérevxa, hit, 
reach ; happen, w. participle. 

4 

Sap, H5aTos, Td, water. 

vids, 6, son. 

vpets, plu. of ot, thou. 

tr-adyw (ay-), -diw, -hyayov, -fxa, 
~jryua, -nxOnv, lead under, lead 
slowly. 

brép, prep. w. gen. and acc.: w. gen., 


over, in behalf of ; w. acc., over. 
brepBorn, fs, crossing, pass. 





267 


brjKoos, ov, obedient, subject to. 

banpetéw (ianpere-), danpethow, bry- 
pérnoa, omnpétnxa,  stanpéernpat, 
serve, help. 

br-cy véopar, dro-cxhoouat, bn-erxd- 
Bnv, br-éoxnua, promise. 

tmw6, prep. w. gen., dat., acc.: w. 
gen., under, from, by (of agent) ; 
w. dat., at the foot of; w. acc., 
under, w. verb of motion. 

trofliytov, 7d, beast under the yoke, 
beast of burden. Lat. iumentum. 

brro-péve (uev-), -weva, -guwewa, -weue- 
vnka, stay behind, wait a little, 
stop. 

trorTparnyos, 6, lieutenant general. 

torepaios, ad, ov, later, following; 
Ti wvotepala, next day. 

torepos, a, ov, latter, later. torepov, 
afterwards. 


cd 


daive (dav-), pavd, 2pnva, -répayKa 
and répnva, tépacuat, epavOny and 
épdvnv, show; pass., be shown, 
appear, seem. povpay gaivew, 
to call out a levy. 

parayt, parayyos, 7, line of battle. 

davepds, a, dv, in plain sight, evident. 

PapvaBalos, 6, Pharnabazus, satrap 
of Phrygia. 

épw (gep-, oi-, evex-, eveyK-), ofow, 
Hveyra and fiveyxov, évivoxa, évi- 
veypat, nvéxOny, bear, bring. 

hedyo (gvy-), pevioua: and gpevgod- 
fat, Epuyov, mepevya, flee. 

myptl (ga-), pjow, épnoa, say. 

h0ava (8a-), POjocouar, epOny and 


268 


%pbaca, get before, anticipate, 
used w. participle. 

idan, ns, Cup. 

piréw (gire-), Pirjow, etc., love. 

diros, 7, ov, friendly ; ailiet: LENS 

bray, aire N, Vein. 

moPepds, a, dv, fearful, formidable. 

hoPéw (Gofe-), poBjcw, etc., frighten ; 
pass., be frightened, fear. 

odBos, 6, fear. 

dphv, dpevds, 7, mind. 

vyds, ddos, 6, exile. 

pvyi, js, Jlight. 

mvArAak, aos, 6, guard. 

dvvAatrw (pudak-), Pvadiw, éptaAata, 
-mepvAaxa, TepvAaypuat, epuadx Onr, 
keep watch; mid., be on one’s 
guard against. 

hicis, picews, 7, nature. 


x 


XaAerds, 7, dv, hard, severe. 

Xaples, fecoa, lev, pleasing. 

Xaptis, eros, 7, favor, thanks; xapw 
éxew, to be grateful ; amo-d5:5dvai, 
to return a favor. 

xelp, xeipds, 7, hand. Lat. manus. 

Xepicodos, 6, Chirisophus, a Spar- 
tan. 


Xt@v, dvos, 7, snow. Lat. nix. 





THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


Xpdopar (xpa-), xpnoouat, Expnoduny, 
Kéxpnuat, expnoOnv, use, employ ; 
w. dat. 

XPH, Xprcet, -éxpnoe, it is necessary, 
one ought. 

Xppa, atos, 7d, thing (used) ; plu., 
possessions, goods, money. 

Xpovos, 6, time. 

Xpveavras, ov, Chrysantas, a Per- 
sian noble. 

Xpvoeos, a, ov, contr. to xpicois, 
xpvoH, xpucovv, golden, gold. 

X4pa, as, place, land, country. 

xeptov, 7d, spot, place. 


2 


®, exclamation O, but commonly 

. not translated ; regularly used w. 
voc. in Greek. 

abe, adv. of 85¢, thus, as follows. 

@véopat (wve-), OUI Maly 
éwynOnv, 2d aor. émpiduny, buy. 

apa, as, season, right time. 

as, rel. adv., as, as if, frequently 
used w. partic.; w. superl., as 

. as possible. 

@s, COnj., as, when, since, that. 

wore, CONj., so that. 

abeXéw, apeaAtjow, etc., help, aid; 
pass., derive profit. 


@vngomat, 


ENGLISH-GREEK VOCABULARY 


SS cae 


A 


Able, ixavés ; be able, dbvaua:. 

ably, ixavds. 

about, audi, epi. 

above, avw; tép. 

accompany, ovu-mopevoua. 

accomplish, S:a-rparrouau. 

according to, card. 

accordingly, oir. 

account of (on), did. 

admiration (worthy of), davpacrés. 

advance, ropevoua. 

afraid (be), d€5axa, poBoduat. 

after, werd; Cconj., ere. 

against, .éxi, mpéds; against one’s 
will, axwyr. 

Agesilaus, ’AynoiAaos. 

agreement (make an), ovv-rideuai. 

aid, wped ew. 

alive, (év; be alive, (dw. 

all, was. 

allow, édw. 

ally, cvupaxos. 

alone, pdvos. 

always, dei. 

am, ciut. 

and, «al, ré. 

animal, @nplov. 

announce, an-ayyéAAw. 





answer, a7o-xptvouat. 

anything, w. neg., ovdév, undév. 

appear, patvoua. 

appoint, xaé-iornu. 

arms, é7Aa. 

army, orpdtevua, orparid. 

arrive, ao-icvéoua (at) eis. 

Artaxerxes, ’Aptatépins. 

as, as; as... as possible, és or gr: 
w. superl.; as many as, doa. 

ask, épwraw. 

assemble, dOpoi(w, &0poiCouat 


‘| assured (be), ofda. 


at daybreak, Gua tH juépg. 
at once, ev6us. 

at present, viv. 

at that time, rdre. 

at the foot of, id. 

attack, ém-ri@eua. 


B 


baggage, cxevoddpa. 

barbarian, BdpBapos ; — force, rd Bap- 
Bapurdy. 

base, aicxpds, kakds. 

battle, udyn. 

be, eiui; w. adv., &xw. 

be able, dvvaua. 

be assured, o/da. 


269 


270 


be victorious, vikdw. 

beast, Onpiov. 

beautiful, cadds. 

because, é7:; — of, évexa. 

become, yiyvoua. 

before, xpdérepos; adv. mpdodev, mpéd- 
TEepov . . . mply. 

begin, &pxw. 

bereft, gpnuos. 

beside, wapd. 

besiege, moAcopréw. 

best, apicros; adv. apiora ; 
best, Sore?. 

betray, mpo-dl3wu. 

bid, Kercdw: 

bird, dpvis. 

birth, yévos. 

bitter, xaremds. 

black, wéAds. 

boat, wAotov. 

body, cama. 

bowman, toférns. 

brave, aya0ds; bravest, &picros. 

break, Avw. 

breast, waords. 

bridge, yépupa. 

bring, ayw. 

brother, adcAgds. 

bury, kar-optrrTw. 

but, aadd, dé. 

buy, @véouat, 2d aor. émpiduny. 

by, xatd; wapé; of agent, ind; by 
the shortest road, rhv raxlorny 
60dv. 


seem 


Cc 
call, caréw. 
camp, otpatdmedov. 
camp fires, zupd. 





THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


can, Sdvauat. 


| canal, didpvé. 


captured (be), aAloxoua: 

care (take), émi-uéAoua. 

carry, ayo. 

catch, AauBdve. 

cavalry, immeis. 

cease, mavouat. 

chief (village-), kwudpxns. 

child, ra:diov, rats. 

choose, aipéouar. 

citizen, roXirns. 

city, méarus. 

Clearchus, KAéapxos. 

clever, deivds. 

collect, a@poiw, avA-Aéyw. 

come, fiKw, ad-iKvéouat; 
em i-TuyX dave. 

command, be in command of, épyw. 

commander, &pxwyv, nyeuov. 

compel, avayxaw. 

confidence in, put, mictedw. 

conquer, vixdw. 

consider, cxoréw; (think), voul¢w. 

country, xapa. 

court (at), ém) tats Ovpais. 

cowardly, Kxaxds. 

cross, d:a-Balvo. 

crown, orépavos. 

cubit, rHxvus. 

cup, piddn. 

custom, vduos. 

cut to pieces, xata-Kértw. 

Cyrus, Kipos. 


— upon, 


D 


danger (incur), «vddvetw. 
daric, 5dpeids. 
day, 7uépa. 


ENGLISH-GREEK VOCABULARY 


daybreak, at, gua TH nuépa. 

defeat, vikdw. 

defend, auiive. 

delay, pévw. 

deliberate, BovAevoua. 

desert, ag-lorapits—___ 

deserts, dixn. 

desire, BotAoua, e0érAw, ém-bipew. 

destroy, Avw. 

die, amo-OvicKw. 

difficulty, rpayua. 

direct, ceAedw. 

discouraged, &vuos; be discour- 
aged, a0vuéw. 

dishonor, arind¢w. 


division, rdéis. 
do, row, mpartw; — harm, xaxdv 
OY kak@s wodw; — Wrong, ddicéw. 


dreadful, poBepds. 
drive away, am-cAatvw. 


E 


each, éxagros. 

ear, ods. 

easily, jadlws. 

educate, ra:detw. 

eight, dnt. 

enemy, moA¢uios, éxOpds. 

escape, dmo-pevyw; — by stealth, 
amro-d.dpadoKw. 

Euphrates, Eipparns. 

ever, 7oré. 

every, was; n. pl., everything. 

evident, SjA0s, pavepds. 

evil, kaxés; aS noun, Kkakdv. 

except, éav (ei) uh. 

exile, guyds. 

expedition (make an), orparevoua. 





271 


F 


faithful, mords. 

father, rarip. 

favor, xdpis. 

fear, $é80s; be afraid, goBéoua, 
5édo1Ka. 

fellow, %vOpwros ; — soldiers, avipes~ 
OTpaTi@Tat. 

field (take the), srparevoua. 

fifteen, revrexaldexa. 

fight, udxoua, rodeuew. 

fill, hold, Zyw. 

find, eipisnw; — out, muvOdvoun, 
pavOdve. 

fine, kadds. 

fire, zip. 

first, rpa@ros; be first, pOdvw. 

fitting (be), xp7. 

five, wévre. 

flee, pevyw. 

flourishing, eddaiuwr. 

follow, €xoua. 

food, ciros. 

foot, at the foot of, id. 

for, conj., ydp; — the sake of, 
évexa ; — what reason, 6:a ri; 

former, 7pédtepos. 

fortification, retyos. 

free, free from, set free, Adw. 

friend, friendly, ¢iAos. 

friend (guest-), éévos. 

frighten, goféw; — out of one’s 
wits, éx-rAfTTo. 

from, axé (away from), é (out of), 
napa (from beside). 

from there, évreider. 

front of (in), rpé. 

furnish, rap-éxw. 


272 


G 
games, ayav. 
general, orparnyés. 
get across, d:a-Balvw. 
get under arms, 7a drAa Tideuar. 
gift, dapov. . 
give, didwu; — a signal, onuatvw; 
— up, rapa-didwm. 
gladly, 7d€ws. 
go, elut, Epxouar; — back, ada-emue; 


— ON, mwopevouat; — over (to), 
ap-loTrauar; — to, mpoo-epxoua. 
god, deds. 


goddess, ded. 

golden, xpuaois. 

good, dyads. 

grain, aitos. 

great, uéyas; of great value, moaA- 
Aod akuos. 

Greek, “EAAnv ; adj., ‘EAAnuixés. 

ground arms, ri@euat Ta Sra. 

guard, @vAag; be on one’s guard, 
pvAdtTouat. 

guest-friend, févos. 

guide, jryeudr. 


H - 
halt, tornu, torapa. 
hand, xelp. 
happen, tvyxdave. 
harbor, Acuhy. 
hard to pass, dvcmdpevros. 
harm (do), xaxdév Or kak@s Troéw. 
have, éxw. 
hear, axovw. 
heed, drodvw. 
help, aperdw. 





THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


herald, «fpvé. 

here, aitod ; from here, évredéer. 

hill, Adgos. 

hinder, cwrdw. 

his, avrod, éavrot, but more often 
merely the article. 

hold, ¢xyw; hold, think, voui¢w. 

home(ward), otade. 

honor, rindw. 

hope, éAzis. 

hoplite, érAirns. 

horse, frros. 

host, orpdrevua. 

hostile, roAcucrds. 

however, pévro. 

hunger, Aiuds. 

hunt, @npedw. 


I, eye. 

if, ei, édv. 

immediately, edOds. 

in, év; — front of, rpé; — place 
of, avri ; — the power of, ézi. 

incur danger, «ivdivedtw. 

inhabitants, oixodvres, év-oikobvTes. 

instead of, avi. 

interpreter, épunveds. 


into, eis. 

J 
just, dixaos. 
justly, ducatws. 

K 


keep, EXw. 

kill, aro-xctelvw, kata-KdrTw. 

king, BaoiAeds ; be king, Bacireva. 
knee, yévv. 

know, olSa, ériotama. 


ENGLISH-GREEK VOCABULARY 


lack, amopia. 

large, wéyas. 

lead, &yw, fyéomat. 

leader, jryeudy, tpxwyr. 
leave, Aeimw ; — behind, kata-Aelrw. 
left, apiorepds, eddvupos. 
lest, uh. 

let, édw; — go, tym. 
light-armed soldier, yuuvis. 
like, Suouos. 

line, gdAayé, Tdkis. 

listen to, drovw. 

long as (so), €ws. 

longer (no), ob«ért. 


M 


make, roiéw ; — an agreement, cup- 
TlWeuac; — an expedition, otpa- 

— known, ao-patvw ; — 
war, ToAceuew. 

man, &vOpwros (Lat. homo), avip 
(Lat. vir). 

manifest, dA0s, pavepds. 

many, 7oAAoi; aS many as, dco. 

march, éé-cAatyw, mopevoua.; — up, 
ava-Balvw. 

market-place, dyopd. 

marshal, tdtTw. 

Medes, M750. 

Menon, Mévwr. 

mercenaries, £évs. 

messenger, &yyedos. 

middle (of), midst, uécos ; as noun, 
péerov.. 

Miletus, MfAnrTos. 

mind, vous. 


TEVOMAL ; 


FIRST GR. BK. —18 





273 


money, apyvpiov, xXphuara. 

more, mAciwy. 

morning, éws. 

most, wAciotos; adv., es ™AE€t= 
oTda. 

mountain, dpos. 

much, roAds ; adv., mod. 

must, d«7; often expressed by the 
verbal. 

muster, GOpoi(w, aOpolCouat. 


N 
name, dvoua. 
nature, pvais. 
near, éyyvs. 
necessary (it is), de?, avdyxn éott. 
next, icrepaios. 
no, ovdels, undeis; — longer, ovdméri. 
not, od, uh; interrog. ovdKodr. 
nothing, obdév, under. 
now, vur. 


O, oh, &. 

O that! et0e, «i ydp. 

oath, dpxos; take oath, duviu. 

obey, meiPoua. 

occupy, Kata-AauBdvw. 

often, roAAd«ts. 

old man, -yépwr. 

on, éri, év; — account of, did; — 
the run, Spduw; — our side, civ 
jiv. 

one, eis. 

once (at), ed@ds. 

only, udvos. 

opinion, yvéun. 

or, 7. 

orator, pjTwp. 


274 


order, KeActw. 

other, &AAos. 

ought, xpz. 

our, juérepos, but often merely the 
article ; — selves, jmeis. 

out of, éé. 

over (go), ag-icrapat. 

own (his), éavrov. 

ox, Bous. 


Yr 


pack animal, iro(iyiov. 

Paphlagonian, MagAaydv. 

parasang, rapacdyyns. 

pass (hard to), dvomdpevros. 

pay, muds. 

peltast, reAtaorhs. 

peril (be in), kivddvedw. 

permit, édw. 

Persian, Iépons. 

persuade, zel@w. 

place, xwpiov; in place of, ati; 
take one’s place, ra-icrauat. 

plain, rediov. 

plan, BovAciw. 

pleasant, pleasing, xXapters. 

pleased (be), #5oua:. 

pledges, 7a miord. 

plot against, émi-BovAeta. 

plunder, aprd¢w. 

possession, xrfjua. 

possible, duvards ; it is possible, 2é£- 
€oTl, €oTL; AS... as possible, ds 
or 671 W. superl. 

power of (in the), émi w. dat. 

praise, én-avéw. 

pray, «vxoua. 

present, rap-év ;- be present,: rdp- 
ei, Tapa-ylyvomat. 





THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


proceed, ropevoua. 

promise, ir-icxvéoua. 

province, apx7. 

provisions, 7a émrhdera. 

pursue, didxw. 

put, ri@ma; — confidence in, m- 


oTevw. 


Q 

quick, Taxus. 

quickly, raxéws; as... as possible, 

@S TAXIOTA. 

R 

rank, rdéis. 

ransom, Avoua. 

rather, uadXov, dior. 

reach, ag-icvéouai (eis). 

reason (for this), todrov évexa, dd 

' ratra; for what —, da rl; 

receive, AauBdvw. 

remain, pévw. 

report, dm-ayyéAAw. 

rest, Ti@nu:; — of (the), 6 Aros. 

retreat, pevyw. 

return, a&r-emui, jxw ; — a favor, xa- 

piv &ro-Sidmmut. | 

review, éééraots. 

revolt, ag-icraua. 

right, degids. 

river, worapés. 

road, ddds. 

rob, di-aprd(w, ad-aipéomat. 

rule, apxw. 

ruler, %pxwy. 

run, dpduos. 

rush, fea. 


sacrifice, diw. 
safe, doparrs. 


ENGLISH-GREEK VOCABULARY 


safely, acpadas. 

sail, tAéw. 

sake of (for the), évexa. 

same, avrds, w. article. 

satrap, carparns. 

save, cd(w. 

say, Aéyw, pnul, elwoy (said). 

sea, @dAaTTa. 

second, dedrepos. 

see, dpdw. 

seem, doxéw, palvoua; — best, dore?. 

seize, kata-AauBdve. 

self-restraint, cwppocivy. 

send, réurw, tnu: ; — back, amro-réu- 

_ mw; — for, weta-réuroua: ; — for- 
ward, mpo-réurw. 

separate, di-lornu. 

serve, imnperéw. 

set, fornu:; — out, dpudoua. 

seven, érrd. ; 

shield, ants. 

ship, vais. 

shoot (with a bow), rofedw. 

short, uixpés ; by the shortest road, 
Thy tTaxlorny 65dv. 

show, delxvipt, paive. 

signal (give a), onuaive. 

silver, apyupois. 

slave, dodAos. 

slowly, cxoAjf.- 

small, pixpds. 

80, ody (post-positive), ofrws; — as, 
éorTe ; — long as, Ews. 

Socrates, Swxpdrns. 

soldier, orpariérns. 

some, some one, 7T)s. 

soon as possible (as), ds rdxuoTa. 

speak, Aéyw ; — the truth, ar7nbedw. 

spear, ddpv. 





275 


spot, xwplov. 

stage, orabuds. 

stand, fcraua. 

stay, péve. P 
steal, crAértw, aprd(w. 
stir up, dv-iornu. 
stone, Al@os. 

stop, ratw, mavouat. 
stream, rotauds. 
strife, pis. 

strike, raiw. 

such, to.otros. 

suffer, racxw. 
summon, pera-méumouat. 
surpass, repi-ylyvouau. 
surround, zepi-éxw. 


g 


take, AauBavw; — care, ém-uéAopat ; 
—oath, iuvouc; — one’s place, 
xa6-torauo ; — the field, crparedw. 

talk, Adyos. 

targeteer, reAtaoras. 

taxiarch, tatiapxos. 

teach, d:ddcKw. 

teacher, d:ddcKados. 

tell, A¢ya.. 

ten, déia. 

tent, oxnvh. 

terrible, doBepés. 

than, 7. 

that, éxeivos ; those who, oi, w. par- 
tic. ; conj., as, iva, Saws. 

the, 6, 4, 76. 

Theban, @7n8aios. 

their (own), éavrav. 

then, tére, @re:ta ; ov. 

there, éxe?, évrai0a; from —, évTed0ev. 


276 


thereupon, évraia. 

thing, mpayua. 

think, ofoua, voutcw. 

thirty-five, révre kal rpidkovra. 

this, oitos, dde. 

Thracian, Op@é. 

three, rpeis ; — thousand, rpioxtAro.. 

through, did. 

throw, BddAdAw, tym. 

thus, ofrws, ade. 

time, xpdvos, Spa ; at that time, rére. 

to, eis, érl, mapd, mpéds. 

training, madela. 

troops, grpari@ra; (light a 
yUMYITES. 

truce, crovdal. 

true, aAn@fs. 

trust, moTevw. 

truth (speak the), aandedvo. 

try, meipdouat. 

twenty, efkoot. 

two, dvo. 

t & U 

under arms (get), 7a dmAa riOeua. 

understand Suede emigT apa. 

unless, «i (éav) Kh. 

until, éws, mpiv. 


valuable, of value, &fvos. 
victorious (be), virdw. 
victory, vi«n. 
village, céun. 
village chief, cwudpyxns. 
violently, icxupés. 

WwW 
wagon, duata. 
wait, weve. 
wall, retxos. 
war, éAeuos ; make war on, 7oAcuew. 





THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


was, jv. 

water, vdwp. 

we, jets. 

well, cards, ev. 

what? ti; 

when, ézei, ére:dn, ore. 

whenever, dre (dtar). 

where, drov. 

wherever, drov (&r). 

whether, «i, efre. 

which, és, 4, ¢ 

why? Tl; 5a tl; 

wicked, raxds. 

wild, &ypios ; — animal, @nplov. 

will (against one’s), axwy. 

willing (be), €0éAw, BovAouat. 

willingly, éxdv. 

wing, «épas. 

wise, codds. 

wish, €0éAw, BovrAoma. 

with, civ; often éxwr. 

withdraw, dva-xwpéw. 

without, dvev. 

wonder, wonder at, davud w. 

word, Adyos. 

worthy, ais; — of spines $3 tes 
Oavuacrds. 

write, ypddw. 

wrong, do wrong, ad:kéw. 


x 


Xenophon, Zevoparv. 
Xerxes, Zé¢pins. 


young man, veavias. 

Z 
zealous, mpd0upos. 
zealously, mpodiuws. 
Zeus, Zevs. 


GRAMMATICAL INDEX 


si pte 


A declension of nouns, feminine, 


12, masculine, 14. 

ability, adjectives expressing, 132. 

absolute, accusative, 155; genitive, 
81. 

accent, 4; place of accent, 5 ; reces- 
sive, 5, 6; summary of accents, 
5; accent of gen. and dat. of oxy- 
tones, 11, 12 ; monosyllables of the 
consonant declension, 31; parti- 
ciples, 80; contracted words, 84; 
second aorists, 57; compound 
verbs, 128, n.; ris and tls, 122. 

accusative of extent, 15; specifica- 
tion, 23; two accusatives, 74; 
accusative absolute, 155; of inner 
object, 159, n. 

action, formation of nouns express- 
ing, 130. 

adjectives, agreement, 11; in os, 
n (a), ov, 12, 138, 190; os, ov, 32,n. ; 
consonant declension, 47, 190; 
consonant and A declensions, 60, 
191-2; irregular, 61, 192; con- 
tracted, 88, 192-3; verbals, 143; 
comparison, 63; formation, 132. 

adverbs, 67. 

agent, 28; formation of nouns ex- 
pressing agent, 130. 





alphabet, 1. 

aorist, 7; stem, 22; second aorist, 
56. 

apodosis, 37. 

appendix, 183. 

article, 11, 197; w. poss. pronouns, 
135, n.; w. proper names, 15, n. — 

attributive position, 15, n. 

augment, 8; in compound verbs, 25, 


belonging to, adjectives expressing, 
132. 
breathings, 3; place of, 4. 


case, 9; endings of consonant de- 
clension, 30. 

circumstantial participle, 81. 

classification of mutes, 3. 

cognates, 3. 

commands and prohibitions, 70. 

comparatives without 7, 65. 

comparison, of adjectives, 63 ; irreg- 
ular, 64; of adverbs, 67, 68. 

comparison implied, 65. 

compound verbs w. dat., 69. 

conditions, particular, 37; vivid 
future, 41; vague, 45; contrary 
to fact, 57; general, 116; review, 
126. 


277 


278 


conjugation, 200-226. 

consonants, 8; consonant declen- 
sion, 186-188 ; palatal and labial 
stems, 30, lingual stems, 34, liquid 
and syncopated stems, 47, stems 
in s, 50, in 1, v, ev, 73, digamma 
nouns, 91; review and rules for 
gender, 110. 

contract nouns and adjectives, 88 ; 
contract verbs in dw, 101, 211, in 
éw, 84, 209, in dw, 213. 


contraction, 84, 88, 101; accent of 


- contracted words, 84. 
coordinate mutes, 3. 
coronis, 69, n. 
crasis, 69, n. 


dative of agent, 28; cause, manner, 
means or instrument, 92; degree 
of difference, 92; resemblance, 
68; time, 89; with adjectives 
and adverbs, 62; with compound 
verbs, 69. 

declension, 9, 184-200. 

demonstrative pronouns, 199. 

denominatives, 130; denominative 
nouns, 131, verbs, 132. 

deponent verbs, 56, 108. 

dialogues: @wyuas cat 6 Maéyrhs, 16; 
Ato Tiadla, 26; Tuvh kal Xv 
(Aesop), 33; Mévirmos kab ‘Eputjs 
(Lucian), 39; Tept tod Mévwvos, 
49 ; Tépwy kal Swxpdrns (Aristoph- 
anes), 52; Work and Play, 72; 
The Two Cyruses, 111. 

digamma nouns of the consonant 
declension, 91. 

diminutives, 181. 

diphthongs, 2. 





THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


division of syllables, 4. 
double consonants, 3. 
double negatives, 162. 


enclitics, 16 ; accent, 17. 
entreaties and exhortations, 41, 71. 
euphony, rules for, 183. | 

extent of time or space, 15. 


fables (Aesop) : “Immos kal”Ovos, 23 ; 
“AvOpwmros kal Aéwy Suvodevovrtes, 
59; Tépwv kal @dvaros, 125. 

fearing, construction after verbs of, 
54. 

final clauses, 45. 

fitness, adjectives expressing, 182. 

formation of words, 129; primitive 
nouns, 1380; denominative nouns, 
131; adjectives, 132 ; denomina- 
tive verbs, 132; inseparable pre- 
fixes, 133; prepositions in com- 
position, 133. 

future conditions: vivid, 41, vague, 
45. 

future stem, 21; in liquid verbs, 
113. 

future perfect middle and passive 
stem, 27. 


gender, 9; of O declension, 10; 
A declension, 12; consonant de- 
clension, 110. 

general suppositions, 116. 

genitive of agent, 28; comparison 
and implied comparison, 65; ful- 
ness and want, 127, n.; measure 
and material, 82; subjective and 
Objective, 32; separation, 35; 
time, 89; with verbs, 51 ; genitive 
absolute, 81. 


GRAMMATICAL INDEX 


historical present, 65, n. 


imperative, 70 ; lacks first person, 8; 
personal endings, 70. , 

imperfect stem, 21. 

indefinite pronoun tis, 122, 199; in- 
def. relative, doris, 122, 200. 

indirect discourse, 95 (model simple 
sentences, 96, complex, 98) ; par- 
ticipial, 159. 

indirect questions, 123. 

infinitive, 76; with the article, 77, 
78 ; in indirect discourse, 96. 

inseparable prefixes, 133. 

instrumental dative, 92. 

intensive pronoun, 85, 197. 

interrogative ris, 122, 199. 

tota subscript, 2. 

irregular adjectives, 61, 192; nouns, 
119 ; Mi verbs: eiui, 222, efus, 223, 
tyut, 224, ofda, 226, pnul, 226. 


labials, 3; labial stems of the con- 
sonant declension, 30. 

lingual stems, 34. 

liquids, 3; liquid stems of the con- 
sonant declension, 47. 

liquid verbs, 113. 


manner, means, etc., 92. 
measure and material, 32. 
middle voice, 7, 24. 
mood, 7. 

mutes, 3. 


negatives in conditions, 37; exhor- 
tations, 41 ; final clauses, 45; ob- 
ject clauses, 54; w. the infinitive, 
127, n.; double negatives, 162. 





279 


neuter plural subject, 18, n. 

nouns, 9; O declension, 10, 184; 
A declension, feminine, 12, 185; 
masculine, 14, 185; consonant 
declension, see consonants ; con- 
tracted, 88, 189; irregular, 119 ; 
formation: primitives, 130, de- 
nominatives, 131. 

number: nouns, 9; verbs, 7. 

numerals, table of, 196. 


O declension of nouns, 10. 

object clauses, 54. 

objective genitive, 32. 

optative active, 44; middle and pas- 
sive, 53; in vague future condi- 
tions, 45; final clauses, 45; w. 
verbs of fearing, 54; potential, 102. 

orders of mutes, 3. 

oxytones, 5. 


palatals, 5; palatal stems, 30. 

participles, 80 ; declension: 9 verbs, 
194; MI verbs, 195; accent, 80; 
circumstantial, 81; in indirect dis- 
course, 159. 

particular suppositions, 37, 38. 

passive voice, 24; second passive 
system, 115, 207. 

perfect and pluperfect active stem, 
22; second perfect and pluper- 
fect, 22; middle and passive, 
27, 208. os 

person, 8. - 

person concerned, nouns expressing, 
131. 

personal endings: indicative, sub- 
junctive, and optative, 24; imper- 
ative, 70; infinitive, 76. 


280 


personal pronouns, 197 ; review, 148; 
position, 146, n. 

potential optative, 102. 

prefixes, inseparable, 133. 

prepositions in composition, 133. 

present stem, 21; historical present, 
65. _ 

primitives, 130; nouns, 130. 

privative, a, 133. 

proclitics, 16, 18. 

pronouns, personal and intensive, 
197; reflexive, 198; reciprocal, 
198 ; demonstrative, 199; inter- 
rogative and indefinite, 122, 199; 
relative, 122, 200; position of pos- 
sessive and reflexive, 146, n. 

pronunciation of vowels, 2 ; conso- 
“nants, 3. 

protasis, 37. 

- punctuation, 6. 


quality, nouns expressing, 131. 
quantity of syllables, 4. 
questions, 122, 123. 


reading exercises: Menon’s Speech 
to his Men (Anabasis), 43 ; How a 
Woman became Satrap (Hellen- 
ica), 87; From Hecuba’s Speech 
to her Maidens (Euripides), 93 ; 
Tept tod Synxod (Lysias), 938; Cy- 
rus’ First Appearance at Court 
(Cyropaedia), 104; ‘HpaxAfs ral 
*"A@mva (Aesop), 118; iAdripos 
Tvvf (Pausanias), 121; The Trial 
of Orontas (Anabasis), 129, 136 ; 
Introduction to a Speech of Ly- 
sias, 142; A Persian Little Lord 
Fauntleroy (Cyropaedia), 150, 153; 





THE FIRST GREEK BOOK 


The Song of the Swallow, 157; 
An Epigram of Lucillius, 164. 

recessive accent, 6. 

reduplication, 19. 

reflexive pronouns, 198; position, 
146, n. 

relative and temporal clauses, 138. 

resemblance, union, and approach, 
68. 

result, formation of nouns of, 181. 

review of nouns and verbs, 21 ; pro- 
nouns, 143; the active verb, 105; 
middle and passive, 107; conso- 
nant declension, 110; conditions, 
126 ; Yornucand rlé@nuw, 140; review 
exercise, "Avijp kal Aéwy, 66. 

rules of syntax, 227. 


second aorist, 56 ; of the MI form in 
ON verbs, 151; second passive sys- 
tem, 115, 207 ; second perfect and 
pluperfect, 22. 

selections for reading: The Battle 
of Cunaxa (Anabasis), 165; the 
Peace of Antalcidas (Hellenica), 
169; Gobryas before Cyrus (Cy- 
ropaedia), 172; The Choice of 
Heracles (Memorabilia), 176. 

semivowels, 3. 

separation, 35. 

servus, 10. 

sibilant, 3. 

specification, 238. 

subjective genitive, 32. 

subjunctive, 41 ; in vivid future con- 
ditions, 41; present general sup- 
positions, 116; exhortations, 41 ; 
final clauses, 45; used vividly for. 
optative, 54, n. 


GRAMMATICAL INDEX 


subscript iota, 2. 
syllabic augment, 8. 
syllables, 4. 
syncopated nouns, 47. 


table of conditions, 126, 127; of nu- 
merals, 196 ; of personal endings, 
24, 70, 76. 

temporal augment, 8. 

temporal clauses, 138. 

tense, 7; in conditions contrary to 
fact, 58. 

time, constructions of, 89. 

verbal adjectives, 143, 144. 





281 


verbs, 7, 8; contracted, 84, 101; 
liquid, 113 ; review of the active 
verb, 105; middle and passive, . 
107 ; MI verbs, 134, 137, 140, 145, 
148, 151, 155, 158, 161 ; conjuga- 
tion, 200-226; formation — de- 
nominatives, 132. 

vocative of A-declension mascu. 
line nouns, 14; lingual stems, 
34. 

voice, 7. 

vowels, 1. 


wishes, 113, 114. 








GREEK INDEX 


—__.—— 


a, privative, 133. 

a&ya0ds, 190 ; comparison, 64. 
a&yw, perfect passive system, 208. 
G0poitw, perfect passive system, 208. 
aioxpés, comparison, 63. 

akev, 60. 

é&An OAs, 50, 190; comparison, 63. 
GAAHAw, 198. 

av with temporal particles, 139, n. 
avjp, 48, 187. 

avOpwros, 10, 184. 

ave, comparison, 68. 

atAdos, 193. 

a&pyvpeos, 192. 

aorv, 188. 

aités, 197 ; use, 85. 

avrod, 198. 

axpt, 146. 


BactActs, 73, 188 ; without article, 75. 
Bots, 91, 188. 


yévos, 50, 187. 

yéhupa, 12, 185. 

yf, 88, 189. 

ylyvooKke, 2d aor. éyvwv, 222. 
yAuxis, 61, 191. 

ypats, 91, 188. 

yuv7, 119. : 





Seixvopt, 148 ; synopsis, 215 ; inflec- 
tion, 216. ¢ 

Secxvis, declension, 195. 

SAAds elpr, construction, 159. 

SynAda, 215. 

StS0vs, declension, 195. 

Sidwpr, 145; synopsis, 215; conju- 
gation, 216. 

Sixatos, comparison, 63. 

Suxatws, 67. 

Sidpvé, 30, 186. 

Soxéw, construction, 95. 

Sdpv, 119. 

Sotdros, 10, 184. 

Svo, declension, 197. 

Siw, 2d aor. vv, 216. 

Sadpov, 10, 184. 


éavrod, 198. 

éyyts, comparison, 68. 
éyvev, 222. 

éyo, 197. 

éSuv, 148, 218. 

el@e, in wishes, 114. 
eipi, 222. 

etpt, 223. 

eirré, 71. 

etrrov, construction, 95. 
eis, declension, 197. 


283 


284 


éxav, 60, 191. 

érdé, 71. 

éXrris, 34, 186. 

épavtod, 198. 

érpiapynyv, 220. 

‘Eppifjs, 189. 

éore, 146. 

éori, omitted, 65. 

gor, 18. 

ev8alpwv, 47, 190; comparison, 64. 
e¥vous, comparison, 64. 
' ebpé, 71. 

éx8pds, comparison, 63. 
éws, while, 146. 

éws, morning, 119. 


fa, contraction, 124, n. 
Zevs, 119. 


nHyepov, 47, 187. 

Hyéopar, construction, 95. 
Hdéws, 67. 

dvs, comparison, 63, 


iSé, 71. 
impr, 224. 
tva, 45. 


ioras, declens| ean 
tornpt, 154; synopsis, 215; inflec- 


tion, 216. 
ix@%s, 188. 


Kkakés, comparison, 64; Kakas, 67. 

KaAds, comparison, 64. 

KeXevw, perfect middle, 29; 
pass., 38. 

Kfpvé, 30, 186. 

Kpéas, 50, 187. 

Ktov, 119. 


aor. 





THE FIRST GREEK BOOK _ 


Aafé, 71. 

AavOdvw, construction, 152. 

Aéyw, construction, 95. 

Aeirw, 2d aor. and 2d perf. and 
pluperf. act., 204. 

Adyos, 184. 

Avw, active, 200; middle, 202; pas- 
sive, 203; Avwv, Avords, AvOels, Ae- 
Aukas, declension, 194. 


poda, comparison, 68. 

péyas, 61, 192 ; comparison, 64; pé- 
yo, peyddra, 67. 

péAas, 61, 191; comparison, 638. 

péev .. . 5é, 51. 

péxpt, 146. 

ph, 37, 41, 45, 54, 127, n. 

pyv, 47, 187. 

BATHp, 47, 187. 

Mt verbs: tornpt, 154; ri@npr, 137; 
review of tornps and tidy, 140; 
Sid@pr, 145; Seixvopr and wv, 
148; second aorists of the Mt 
form in 2 verbs, 151. 

pikpdés, comparison, 64. 

pva, 88, 189. 

povov, 67. 

Moitoa, 12, 185. 


v movable, 13. 

vats, 91, 188. 

veavias, 14, 185. 

vopnifw, construction, 95. 

vots, 88, 189. 

vr, vd, v8, dropped before o, 35, 183. 
vvé, 34, 186. 


6Se, 199. 
otSa, 226; construction, 159. 
otopar, construction, 95. 


GREEK 


Srws, 45, 54; Saws ph, 54 
dpvis, 34, 186. . 
és, Satis, 200. 

oototy, 88, 189. 

ovs, 119. 

ov, 197. 

ovTos, 199. 


amais, 119. 

wavtTws, 67. 

mwas, 60, 191. 

twathp, 47, 187. 

meATacTHs, 14, 185. 

méumrw, perfect passive system, 208. 
wAXvUs, 73, 188. 

tAois, 88. 

arovéw, 209. 

mov@v, declension, 195. 

moXts, 73, 188. 

toXtrys, 14, 185. 

qwoAb, todd, 67. 

modus, 61, 192 ; comparison, 64. 
aptly, 152. 

wip, 119. 


padios, comparison, 64. 
pytwp, 47, 187. 


catpamns, 14, 185. 

cavrod, 198. 

oKnyvy, 12, 185. 

codés, 10; comparison, 63; codas, 
67. 





INDEX 285 


otpatnyés, 184. 
ov, 197. 
Zexparns, 50, 187. 
capa, 34, 186. 


Todas, 61. 

Taxvs, comparison, 63. 

rérrapes, declension, 197. 

TlOnpi, 137; synopsis, 215; 
tion, 216. 

Tipaw, 211. 

tipav, declension, 195. 

tis, tls, 122, 199. 

Tvyxave, construction, 152. 


inflec- 


tSep, 119. 


dative, liquid forms, 206. 
davepds etyr, construction, 159, 
onpt, 226; construction, 95. 
$0dvw, construction, 152. 
irtos, 190. 

Prép, 30, 186. 

pvAa£, 30, 186. 


xaples, 60, 191; comparison, 64. 


xelp, 119. 
X@pa, 12, 185. 


@v, declension, 195. 
as, 45; w. participle, 82. 
aore, 148. 


Norwood Wress 
J. 8. Cushing & Co. — Berwick & Smith 
Norwood Mass. U.S.A. 


vet 


a 
t 


fi) ae fs 
ae ts 


ie) 
PJ 








14 DAY USE 
RETURN TO DESK FROM WHICH BORROWED 


LOAN 


This book is due on the last date stamped below, or | 
on the date to which renewed. : 


Renewed books are subject to immediate recall. 


DEPT. 





















































REC'D LD 
JUN 8 1960 | pees CP 
__9gsnclih | yyy 7 1962 : 
IN B7ADKB sacs 
Sep 15 146! uae 
REC'D LD 
ae ; IAN 11 1963 
a ~=6—CrR ECD Lp | 
FEB 1 1962 REC Bn 
ye Feb'8266 FEB 1 FER 0; 
__!N Stacks *6F eb’ Osh 
—_FEB—+ 49g RSD LD 
: JN 5°65 -I1 AM 
cere var 





THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 
bi igs - 












































